182
DRAFT Marshall Islands Chronology 1944 to 1990 January 11,1991 .’, Prepared by Am C. I)eines David L Cm@pap Ruth !+?L Ha~+. ‘:: ‘--- Laura J. Kens. .“ HISTORY ASSOCIAms INCORPOti~D The Histotic Montmse~S&ool 5721 Randolph Road Rockvillq MaryIand 20852 Pre~amd far the U.S. I)epmcnt of Energy Under Contract No. DE-ACOS.S7,WI0594

MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

Marshall Islands Chronology

1944 to 1990

January 11,1991

.’,

Prepared by

Am C. I)einesDavid L Cm@pap

Ruth !+?LHa~+. ‘:: ‘ ‘---Laura J. Kens. .“

HISTORY ASSOCIAms INCORPOti~DThe Histotic Montmse~S&ool

5721 Randolph RoadRockvillq MaryIand 20852

Pre~amd far the U.S. I)epmcnt of EnergyUnder Contract No. DE-ACOS.S7,WI0594

Page 2: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

MARSHALL ISLANDSCHRONOLOGY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...ii

HISTORIG4L ’BACKGROUND.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~

CHRONOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...1

APPENDIX A- SECTIONS OF THE COCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..lK

APPENDIX B-ABBREVIATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...110

APPENDIX C- LIST OF CROUPS INVOLVED WITHMARSHALL ISIANDS DEVELOPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

ENDNOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..7?6

LIST OF MAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..155

Page 3: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT ii

MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY

INTRODUCTION

This draft chronology presents the historical record of events relating to theDepartment of Energy/Energy Research and Development Administration/AtomicEnergy Commission (DOE/ERDA/AEC) medical, environmental, and radiological safetyactivities in the Marshall Islands from 1946 to 1990. Among the milestones includedare agreements between the Marshake and the United States, particularly thoseinvokg the DOE and its predecessorrs; relocation and resettlement efforts; legalresponsibilities assumed by the AEC, the ERD& and the DOE; administration of U.S.government activities in the islandq medical findings; environmental studies; radiationsafety criteria applied in the Marshalls and in the U.S.; and U.S. nuclear testingactivities in the region.

In order to facilitate use of the chronology by those interested in a particularaspect of developments in the Marshall Islands, we have assigned each entry one ormore topical headings from the following list

ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENTCLAIMSCONGRESSIONAL REIATIONSI-IIPCONTRACTORLEGAL RESPONSIBILITYMEDICAL

POLICYPLUTONIUMRADIATIONRELOCATIONWEAPON TESTING

By selecting only those entries under a specific headin~ one can follow moredirectly the story of any area of particular interes$ such as the DOE medical program,government policy, or legal responsibility.

In dweloping this chronology, History Associates searched 1) records in theDOE Archives in Germantown, including the AEC Secretariat files, Division of Biology

and Medicine files, the Joe Deal and Tommy McCraw collections, as well as a numlxrof other collections; 2) records held by Environment Safety, and Health (EH),including the files turned over by John Rudolph (DP) and by Management (AD); 3)files from the Nevada Operations oMce made available to us by Harry Brown; 4)Joint Committee on Atomic Energy (JCAE) records at the National Archives; 5) thedocument collection at the Coordination and Information Center in Las Vegas,Nevada; 5) U.S. Statutes at Lame, and tj) Executive Orders of the President. The

Page 4: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT...Ill

Department of Energy History Division researched the DOE Executive Secretariat files.Mr. L Joe Deal and Mr. Roger Ray made available to us documentary materials fromtheir personal files

It was not possible in the time available to do an exhaustive search ofDOE/ERDA/AEC records, although we believe that major developments involving theagency have been covered. No effort was made, with the constraints of time andfunds, to examine records from other agencies involved in the Marshall [stands exceptas documents from these agencies were fwnd in DOE files. For the chronol~ tobe complete, we suggest searching at the very least, the records of the Departmentsof the Interior, State, and Defense relating to the history of U.S. involvement in theMarshall Islands.

Appendices have been included to assist the user of the chronology-a

summafy of the terms of the Compact of Free Association and of its implementingagreement of relevance to the DOE, lists of officials and groups concerned with theadministration of the Marshall Islands, a list of abbreviations and acronyms used inthe chronology, and a series of maps showing the Marshall Islands and the individualatolls affected by nuclear testing. Also included are a map of U.S. Navy shippositions after Castle Bravo and a map showing relocations of the Marshallesethrough May 1954.

Copies of the cited documents have been provided. The documents areidentified by alphanumeric designations, which are included in brackets following thecitation in the endnote. When the relevant information is contained in one part ofa larger documen~ the cited information has been indicated with a dark line in theleft margin of the document.

Page 5: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT iv

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

Low-lying coral atolls and islands scattered over some 180,000 square milesof the Pacific Ocean, the Marshall Islands have been home for the Marshallesepeople for over 2000 years. In rexmt times the situation of the Mamhall Islandershas captured world attention because of the effects of United States nuclear weapontesting in the Marshall Islands.

Although the Spanish navigator Alvaro Saavedra sighted the Marshalls in 1529,westerners showed interest in the Marshalls only after British naval captains exploredsome of these islands in the eighteenth century. The British named the islands afterone of those exploring naval captains. & a result of agreements with island chiefsand Great Britain, Germany established a protectorate over the Marshalls in 1886.Japan seized the islands during World War I and in 1920 received a League ofNations mandate to administer them, Japanese troops used the islands during WorldWar II until 1944 when United States troops ousted them and occupied the MarshallIslands.

Meanwhile, during the final months of World War II United States and Alliedscientists successfully developed the atomic bomb, which the U.S. used against Japan.After the war ended, the United States sought a remote area with accessible ports andland for installations to test atomic weapons. In 1946 U.S. officials selected theMarshall Islands’ Bikini Atoll and obtained the consent of the Bikini chief to relocatehis people elsewhere. The United States subsequently conducted two nuclear weapontests at Bikini in July 1946. In 1947 the United Nations designated the United Statesas administrator of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, which included theMarshal Is.

The trust agreement permitted the U.S. to close off the Marshall Islands for

security reasons. Subsequently, the United States expanded its weapon testing area,which the government named the Pacific Proving Grounds. After reaching an accordwith the Enewetak people and relocating them, the U.S. used Enewetak for nuclearweapon testing in 1948, 19S1, and 1952. The U.S. nuclear weapon testing taskforce returned to Bikini for the 1954 Castle series The first shot of the Castle seriesproduced such extensive radioactive fallout that a third Marshallese group, theRongelapese, was evacuated from its contaminated home island and relocated forseveral years.

After Castle Bravo the Marshall Islanders petitioned the United Nations to stopthe nuclear testing in their territory or, if the testing was essential, to exercise all

precautions to safeguard the inhabitants and their possessions. The U.S. continuedto test at Bikini and Enewetak in 1954, 1956, and 1958. By October 31, 1958, theU.S. had tested 66 nuclear devices in the Marshall Islands since 1946.

Since Castle Bravo the U.S. has mnducted medical, environmental, andradiological safety activities in the Marshall Islands and has cared for inhabitants

Page 6: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT v

suffering from conditions, including thyroid cancer, resulting from exposure to theCastle Bravo fallout. The U.S. government also has continued radiological suweys ofthe Marshails and has mounted cleanup act”wities to make contaminated areashabitable. In the meantime, the Bikini people have been relocated several times. In1980 the Enewetak people returned to their atoll, but insufficient food caused 100of them to leave a year later. The Rongelapese, resettled in Rongelap Island in 1957,moved away from Rongelap in 1985 because of fear of contamination from I“WingonRongelap Island.

In the 1980s the U.S. and the Republic of the Marshall Islands negotiated aseries of agreements connected to the “Compact of Free Association,n signed into lawin the U.S. on January 14, 1986. Potiions of the Compact and agreements require

the Department of Energy to fulfill certain obligations to the Marshallese.

Since 1947 the AEC, ERD& and the DOE have been responsible for numeroussafety and health activities related to the Marshall Islands affected by nuclear testing.In 1990 DOE Secretary James D. Watkins designated the DOE Office of Health asthe unit responsible for the DOE share of Marshall Islands programs. To assist it incanying out these duties, the OffIce of Health subsequently requested HistoryAssociates to prepare a chronology on activities connected with the nuclear testactivities in the Marshall Islands.

Page 7: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

MARSHALLISLANDS CHRONOLOGY

1

Jan - Feb 44ADMINISTRATIONLEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

The Marshall Islands, administered by Japan since the end of World War 1, fallto the United States military forces during the Pacific war.’

2 Mar 44AGREEMENT

The government of the Trust Territo%

of the Pacific Islands c.T.) conveys tothe U. S. government the exclusive right to t e use and occupancy of Enewetak Atollfor an indefinite period of time for “the sum of ten dollars.’ (This 1944 date is usedin this chronol

Ybecause the date probabty refers to the first agreement negotiated

between a Mars all Islands leader and a U.S. representative, probably military. Thefirst paragraph of this document identifies the date of the agreement as that of 2March 1944, but this partiadar document was drawn up later, probably in 1957. Theterm “Trust Territory,” was not used in 1944 for the Marshall Islands and the signerswere officials in 1957, not 1944. Subsequent Ian age and signers of the documentalso indicate the agreement was written later. R“T is agreement was recorded in theMarshall Islands District Record Book 1, pp. 5, 6, and 7, on June 20, 1957.)2

Jan 46WEAPON TESTING

U.S. officials select Bikini Atoll for the first U.S. nuclear weapon tests in thePacifiC3

Feb 46AGREEMENlRELOCATION

The military governor of the Marshall Islands obtains the consent of a Bikinichief to relocate his people so that Bikini can be used for nuclear weapon tests.’

7 Mar 46RELOCATl@N

The U.S. Navy evacuates Bikini Atoll inhabitants to Rongerik Ato[l.s

May 46RELOCATION

Residents of Enewetak are moved to Meek Island in Kwajalein Atoll, and theRongelap and Wotho people are evacuated to be Atoll for the duration of the Bikinitests.6

1 and 25 Jul 46WEAPON TESTING

The United States detonates two nuclear weapons at Bikini in OperationCrossroads.’

Page 8: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 2

1 Aug 46ADMINISTRATION

President Harry S. Truman signs the Atomic Energy Act creating the AtomicEnergy Commission (AEC).e

1 Jan 47ADMINISTRATION

The Manhattan Engineer District, responsible for developing the atomic bomb,transfers atomic energy work to the AEC.

2 Apr 47LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

The United Nations (UN) Security Council designates the United States asadministering authority of the Trust Tenitory of the Pacific Islands (T.T.), including theMarshall Islands. Article 5 entitles the United States to establish naval, military, andair bases and to erect fortifications in the territory. Article 6 obliges the United Statesto

Promote the economic advancement and self-sufficiency of theinhabitants ... regulate the use of natural resources; encourage thedevelopment of fisheries, agriculture, and industries; protect theinhabitants against the loss of their lands and resources ... [and]protect the health of the inhabitants ...

Article 13 nxognizes the authority of the administrator to close areas for securityreasons.g

18 jld 47ADMINISTRATION

President Truman approves the Territory of the Pacific islands trusteeshipagreement between the United States and the UN Security Council and delegatesadministration of the Pacific Trust Territory to the Navy on an interim basis.’”

Aug 47MEDICALRELOCATION

An official investi sting board recommends removal of the Bikini Islandersffrom Rongerik because o insufficient food and water.”

20 Nov 47LEGAL RESPONSIBILHYRELOC4TIONWEAPON TESTING

AEC Chairman David E. Lilienthal informs President Truman that the use ofEnewetak for nuclear testing will require the evacuation of 145 natives. According toLilienthal, to meet U.S. obli ations under the Trusteeship A reemen~ the U.S.

F \government will accord norms constitutional rights of atizens to t e Enewetakese butwill treat them as U.S. wards will keep displacement to the minimum required fortheir safety; will resettle the Enewetakese according to agreements reached with them;and will provide adequately for their well-behg in their new locations. Lilienthalstates that the AEC and the Secretary of Defense will apprise the State Departmentthat during weapon testing at Enewetak the U.S. will not subject T.T. inhabitants ~perce~tiblv weater dan~er than, sav, the xcmle of the United States.”’z

Page 9: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 3

25 NOV 47RELOCATIONWE4PON TESTING

President Truman signs a directive for the removal of natives from Enewetak.Secretary of Defense Robert S. Lovett recommends that the forthcoming news releaseon the sehxtion of a proving ground at Enewetak ought to mention that the nativesare not now living in any historic home but instead on islands to which U.S. forcesmoved them during World War 1!.’3

1 Dec 47RELOCATIONWEAPON TESTING

The AEC announces the selection of Enewetak Atoll as a site for rovingEgrounds because it has the fewest inhabitants to care for and is isolated. T e U.S.

government will transfer the Enewetak inhabitants to sites they will select and willreimburse them for the lands utilized. The AEC explains that the establishment ofthese proving grounds is necessa

Tto provide a suitable area to verifi by

experimentation “indicated results” of aboratory studies. Bikini is unsuitable for such~ping because it lacks sufficient land surface for the necessary scientific information.

21 Dec 47RELOCATION

The Navy moves 145 Enewetak inhabitants to Ujelang prior to U.S. testingnuclear weapons at Enewetak.’S

31 Jan 48RELOCATION

On a visit to Rongerik Leonard Mason, a University of Hawaii anthropologi~and James Milne find a critical food shortage affecting the Bikinians.’s

14 Mar 48RELOCATION

The Bikini evacuees are moved to a temporary camp on the Kwajalein Navybase.”

16Apr -16 May 48WEAPON TESTING

The United States conducts three nuclear weapon tests at Enewetak as partof Operation sandston~.’a

28 Apr 48ADMINISTRATION

The AEC goes on record as desiring that Enewetak Atoll be retained as a

$;~~o:etl~roving ground for nuclear weapons after the completion of Operation.

18 Jun 48CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

The House of Representatives and the Senate establish a joint con ressionalfcommittee of 12 members to recommend legislation to administer the Paci IC Islands

trust territory and

Page 10: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 4

To assure to the peoples of such areas justice, peace, and tranquility,a voice in their civic affairs and overnmen~ the development of their

feconomies and the protection o their civil ri hts, all with due regardto the establish customs of such peoples.$

24 Jun 48ADMINISTRATION

Congress appropriates $2.25 million to the U.S. Navy for administering Pacificisland governments, including the annual appropriations for the Trust Territory (T.T.).2’

29 Jun 48ADMINISTRATIONRELOCATION

Admiral D. C. Ramsey, commander-in-chief of the U.S. Pacific Fleet(CINCPACFLT), and his staff visit the Enewetakese at U“elang and find the community

J“a happy one...well kep$ and the people... heakhy an industrious.”=

2 Nov 48RELOCATION

After Bikini leaders select Kili Island for a settlement, the Navy moves theBikini community of 184 people to ICdi, which lacks a lagoon and protectedanchorage.=

Mar 49CONTRACTORRADIATION

The Holmes and Narver (H&N) Construction Company and Los AlamosSaentific Laboratory (LASL) study the feasibility of replacing radiologicallycontaminated top soil with uncontaminated soil at the Pacific Proving Ground (PPC)at Enewetak Atoll.z’

9 Apr -26 May 51WEAPON TESTING

In Operation Greenhouse the United States detonates four nuclear weaponsat Enewetak.2S

8 Jun 51ADMINISTRATION

The AEC accepts an informal arrangement under which the Secretary of theInterior would administer Enewetak and “would do everything they [ resumably the

s?Secretary of the Interior] could to maintain conditions sati actory to theCommission’s program there.”=

1 JUl 51ADMINISTIUiTION

An executive order transfers the T.T. civil administration to the Secretary ofInterior.z’

12 JUl 51LEGAL RESPONSIBILllY

The AEC states that an information paper is to be prepared explainingresponsibilities of agencies associated with the maintenance of the Enewetak ProvingGrounds, including the ownership of land and facilities.ze

Page 11: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 5

20 Jul 51ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORR4DIATION

At Enewetak the AEC is represented through the Santa Fe Operations Officeby H&N. H&N performs the AEC post-Greenhouse “roll-up,” including reducingresidual radioact’wity somewhat by bulldozing surface diti away from shot areas.m

31 Aug 51ADMINISTRATION

Congress appropriates funds to the Department of the Interior (DOl) for theFY 1952 for qenses of the hi h commissioner and the T.T. and for grants to the

fT.T. for support of governments functions. In addition, Congress authorizes the T.T.to make purchases through the General Setvices Administration and permits transfersof excess Navv De~artment oroDettv to the Secretarv of the Interior for administeringthe T.T. (Public l-aw

25 Sep 47-17 Aug 51ADMINISTRATIONCIAIMS

(P.L) 8~-156).Au

The Navy Department’s Bureau of Yards and Docks is desi nated in 1947 as%the representative of the AEC to obtain title to land at EnewetaL T e Bureau asserts

that the AEC should pay the Enewetak natives $515,36o for the land area of whichthey were historic owners until their December 1947 removal. The AEC contends thatpayment should be made only after proper establishment of claims based on landownership. A of August 1951 no such claims have yet been lodged against theAEC.3’

28 Sep 51ADMINISTRATION

Congress appropriates $1,772,000 to the Navy to acquire land for yards anddocks facilities in the T.T. (P.L 82-155).U

27 Apr 52RELOCATION

A delegation, including former Sen.T.T., discusses the plight of the Bikiniansdelegation seeks a better place for the Bikinians to live because Kili lacks fishin~opportunities and cannot receive supplies during at least four months of the year.

Elbert Thomas, high commissioner of thewith AEC Chairman Gordon Dean. The

12 Sep 52RADIATIONRELOCATION

The AEC concludes tentatively that the natives now living on ICdi cannot bemoved to Bikini because although Bikini “is in ail probability quite inhabitable fromthe radiological point of view,” the atoll satisfks operational requirements for apossible supplementary site.”

Ott 52RELOCATION

The Navy transpo~ 169 Ujelang people 100 miles farther away fromEnewetak for a temporary relocation as a precaution before Operation ~ nucleartests.3S

Page 12: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 6

1-16 NOV 52RADIATIONWE4PON TESTING

The United States conducts two nuclear tests at Enewetak in Operation ~.”Joint Task Force 132 observes no significant radioactive fallout from the

~to~ation of the Ivy Mike sho~ the first till-scale thermonuclear device fired by the. .

20 Dec 52

5 Jan

6 Jan

5 Feb

2 Apr

WEAPON TESTINGW. K Phillips, chief of staff at headquarters of the CINCPACFLT, states that

“the significance” of a danger area for radioactive fallout for safety purposes fromnuclear testing “is not of great importance” but that the danger area is convenient forsecurity matters. lie adds that for Operat”m ~ the joint task force maintainedsurveillance of all shipping within a 500-mile radius of the Enevvetak shot site andconducted specific searches downwind up to 800 miles away.~

53WEAPON TESTING

CINCPACFLT recommends to the AEC a danger area of 160’’35’-166’’28’ eastlongitude and 10”15’-12°45’ north latitude for conducting nuclear tests in the Pacific”

53LEGAL RESPONSIBIUIY

The AEC confirms its retention of Bikini Atoll and Enewetak Atoll for anindefinite time for use in testing nuclear weapons. Simultaneously the Commissionrecognizes that the atolls’ former native inhabitants may have land rights. Becausethe Departments of Navy and Interior are discussing which agency will adjudicatesuch rights, the AEC %411look to whichever agency it is agreed will ... adjust claims”against the AEC. Meanwhile, the AEC acknowledges “that the Interior Departmentwill administer the trust territory government in these atolls and exercise surveillanceover the former native populations.ti

53WEAPON TESTING

T.T. High Commissioner Elbert D. Thomas protests the proposed e~em .extension of the nuclear test danger area because the enlargement would includeabout two-thirds of Minginae Atoll. ~omas contends that removal of that atoll fromuse would harm the Rongelapese who obtain fish and other food from Ailinginae. Heurges limitation of the proposal danger area boundaries to exclude Ailinginae andall other Marshall atolls and islands except Bikini and Enewetak. Thomasrecommends an eastern danger area boundary of 166°17’.41

53WEAPON TESTING

The AEC enlarges the PPG to include Bikini as well as Enewetak.42

28 Apr 53WEAPON TESTING

Brig. Cen. K E. Fields, AEC director of military application, establishes a newdanger area around the Pacific Proving Grounds of 160°35’-166016 east longitude by10“15’-12°45’ north latitude.43

Page 13: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 7

7 May

26 Jun

53ADMINISTRATIONLEGAL RESPONSIBILllY

Gen. K. E. Fields, director of military application, informs the AEC generalcounsel that the DMA “has always held that there is no need for purchasin or

Pleasing” the land used at Enewetak and Bikini Atolls for weapon testing. He exp ainsthat with current AEC use of these atolls through agreement with the Navy and DOI,“We maintain possession to a sufficient degree” to mnduct the AEC testing withouthindrance.”

53WEAPON TESTING

Adm. A. W. Radford, commander-in-chief of the Pacific flee~ states that, basedon @ experience, the aerial survey could be greatly reduced during Castle and thatatolls in the Marshall Islands that lie within a potentially hazardous radius from thetest site would require individual surveillance by the aerial technique.’s

21 Ott 53RADIATIONRELOCATION

Gordon Dunning of the AEC discusses safety precautions for the Castle serieswith the observation that the ‘main objection to evacuation is the high cost and thelogistic problems presented in supporting such an operation.” Edward Heller of theJC4E repoRs that this matter will be discussed with Dr. John C. Bugher, director ofthe AEC division of biology and medicine (DBM) when he returns from his vacationin mid-November.”

31 Ott 53RELOCATIONWE4PON TESTING

In its preliminary radiological safety plan for the Castle series the joint taskforce does not expect to evacuate native populations before the Castle series. Therationale for not conducting such evacuations is based on February 1953 discussionsbetween cognizant headquarters sections, radiological documentation from ~“apparent unrealism in the assumption of health hazards of a ma nitude conjectured

ffor ~“ a policy of financial austerity for FY 1954, and the unavai ability of task forceequipment for evacuations. The plan states, “However, consideration of populatedislands will be one of the major factors influencing the decision to shoot.’

Commenting on the proposals, H. G. Hopwood, chief of staff for theCINCPACFLT, advkes the CINCPACFLT that the upwind populated areas “present kastconcern since they are situated in a potentiality safe region” but that the “aloudtracking within the danger area will not provide information useful to CINCPACFLTin the discharge of his responsibilities for the safety of other units and populated“~iands of the Pacific . . . In the remote arcumstance that extreme post shotconditions develop a necessity for the temporary evacuation of any populated islandin the Marshalls, units of jTF-7 would be required to accomplish this emergencymeasure upon the request of CINCPACFLT.’”7

Page 14: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 8

11 Dec53ADMINISTRATIONRADIATIONRELOCATIONWEAPON TESTING

The AEC appoints Maj. Gen. P.W. Clarkson as the senior AEC representativefor Operation castle at the PPG. Amen his responsibilities are decisions to act in

Pemergency situations to protect the heath and safety of task force personnel andproperty and “the national interest.’ Clarkson also is the military commander forJTF-7.U

Revking the castle radiological safety plan, Clarkson emphasizes, “Temporatyevacuation of native populated islands is not recommended as a peshot measure.”He will use weather as a major safety measure to detonate shots “when windconditions present minimum hazards to inhabited islands and air and surface routesof the Pacific” He augments the aloud trackhg for Castle and places the downwindarea from the shot site as first priority, the upwind area in the task force camp siteas second priority, the upwind region of populated atolls in the southeast quadrantas third priority, and air and surface routes through Wake and the Marshall Islandsas least priority.

Clarkson acknowledges “a remote possibili of adverse conditions out topopulated atolls.’ ?’Because of “operational diffku ties” Clarkson has insufficientdocumentation of fallout from Pacific high-yield shots, especially on the area abovethe Pacific tropo ause, which is 15,000 feet higher than the Nevada Test Site

rtropopause. tie a so cites limitations on weather and radsafe forecasting techniquesthat make it impossible to assure “that no radsafe conditions conducive to possibleadverse criticism will ensue.”

Relying on an earlier prediction by Dr. T. L Shipman, IASL health divisionleader, Clarkson cites Ujelan

tas a remote possibility for fallout hazards. The

commander considers similar azards at other populated islands %ery remote.” Iftemporary evacuation of the natives is required after a shot, Clarkson will use taskforce security ships for that purpose, and personnel with T.T. administrative andinterpretation experience will be required to supervise that effort.49

1 Mar 54RADIATIONWEAPON TESTING

The United States detonates an experimental thermonuclear device in CastleBravo at Bikini. Because of a surprisingly higher yield than expected radioactivefallout extends beyond the announced danger area and reaches Rongerik Atoll, siteof a U.S. weather station, and inhabited areas, including Ron clap and Utirik Atolls

Iin the Marshall Islands. Also, according to the AEC, these ato s “were contaminatedby radioactive fallout because of an unqected shift in wind Conditions”m

1 Mar -15 May 54RADIATIONWEAPON TESTING

Operation Castle tests are conducted at Bikini.S’Estimates differ on the amount of radiation exposure received by the Marshall

Islanders. A military report made shortly after the detonation suggests Rongelapeseexposures of “150 r. whole body aroma.”=

fAnother military memoran urn reports that 64 Rongelapese may have receivedup to 130 roentgens over 51 hours; 17 additional Rongelapese on Ktlinginae, 80

Page 15: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 9

roentgens in 58 hours; 1S4 Utirik residents, 17 roentgens in 78 hours; and 401 Ailukinhabitants, not evacuated, less than 20 roentgens total doses for their lifetimes.53

An Armed Forces Institute of Pathology study estimates point source doses at“26o r.” for the Rongelapese and “2o r.” for the Utirik group.~

bter studies by the AEC/DBM estimate that some Rongelapese may havereceived a whole-body gamma dose of 175 roentgens; that 20 percent incurred deeplesions 70 percent, superficial lesions and 10 percen~ no lesions; and that 55percent lost some hair, which regrew Iater.w

According to later estimates, the thyroid glands of young Mamhallese childrenabsorb approximately eleven microcwies of “kxiine’3’ and from 700 to 1400 rads.%

2 Mar 54RADIATION

After the task force radsafe officer measures 0.200 R/hr at 500 feet in amorning flyover at ltongeri~ the radsafe officer evacuates 28 U.S. weather personnelfrom that atoll. An afternoon flight over the populated Marshalls extra elates 1.350RR/hr at round level at Rongelap; 0.400 R/hr at Ailinginae, 0.001 R/ r at Wotho,

b0.240 R r at Utiri~ and 0.076 R/hr at Ailuk. The flight over the unpopulated atollscalculates ground contamination as 0.600 R/hr at Bikar Island and Taongi Island at0.014 R/hr. Task force officials then decide to evacuate Rongelap, Ailinginae, andUtirik Islands. They send the destroyer USS Philip 43 nautical miles southwest ofEneu Island, to evacuate Rongelap and Ailinginae the following morning and the USSRenshaw, 13 nautical miles north of Eneu Island, to evacuate Utirik on 4 March.Meanwhile radsafe monitors flown to Rongelap measure 1,400 R/hr in the livingquarters of Rongelap Island.s’

3 Mar 54RADIATIONRELOCATION

The U.S. Navy DDE Philip evamates 64 inhabitants from Rongelap andeighteen Rongelapese from Ailinginae and takes them to Kwajalein.W

~TF-7 radsafe monitors measure 0.160 R/hr on the ground at Utirik Island.”

4 Mar 54MEDICALRADIATIONRELOCATION

The DDE Renshaw evacuates 154 Utirik inhabitants to Kwajalein. The JTF-7reports “comparatively low radiological exposure of this roup.” Medical examinations

fat Kwajalein of the Utirik people reveal no sickness but md a loss of appetite amongsome small children, a condition physiaans attribute to diet change.a

5 Mar 54AGREEMENTCONTRA~ORMEDICALRADIATIONRELOCATION

Gen. ClarkSon confers on relocation and medical renditions of the Marshallesewith Rear Adm. Clarke, commander, Naval Station, Kwajalein; Brig. Gen. Estes,commander, Task Group 7.4; Dr. Thomas White, health division, Los Alamos ScientificLaboratory (lAL); Commander L H. Alford, Us Renshaw, members of Clarke’s staff;and local representatives of the T.T.”

Page 16: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 10

6 Mar

8 Mar

9 Mar

Describing the condition of the evacuated Ron elapese, the JTF-7 commanderfreports, “Many complained of stomach aches an headaches accompanied by

vomiting on first day with similar sys toms [sic] to lesser d ree on second da .“E Y iFive days later Gen. Clarkson, the tas force commander, cha Ienges this report y

stating that the latter is based on Ron elapese statements and that medical personnelobserved only one person vomiting. $

The people from RongelaL

and Utirik want to know when they can returnhome and are told “that it would in approximately two to four weeks” with a finalanswer after surveys determine whether it is necessary to keep them evacuated untilthe end of the Castle operation. The Rongelap and Utirik people also are concernedabout their animals. Because Clarkson determines that it wwld be less expens”wetoreplace the animals later than care for them now, the task force commander expectsno action to supply food and water to these animals. Some of the evacuees leftmoney underneath their huts, and the conferees state, “Care will be taken to insurethat any m-entry parties do not disturb the natives’ belongings.ti

Captain Haight of the AEC/DMA reports that hysical examinations of thefevacuees show satisfactory health and no symptoms o radiation sickness as of this

date.”Gen. ClarkSon assures Adm, Clarke and the T.T, representative “that the Joint

Task Force would stand any expense from Task Force funds over and above normalNaval or T.T. expenses” for such items as rations and interpreters’ pay and wouldevacuate by air anyone stricken with radiation sickness to Tripler Hospital.ss

54RADIATION

Bugher advises Alfred J. Breslin at JTF-7 that there is no limit for the numberof soil samples to collect from the Marshall Islands area exposed to Castle Bravofallout. Bugher is particularly interested in ruthenium’w and strontium and ‘.*

54RADIATION

Dr. Herbert Scoville, technical director of the AFSWP, leads a JTF-7 radiologicalsurvey team measurin

fthe gamma dose rates in soil and water from Castle Bravo

fallout at Rongelap an Utirik Islands. The milliroentgens(mr) per hour at waist heightaverage 375 at Rongelap and 40 mr per hour at Utirik.s7

54RADIATION

Because of the 2 March detection of contamination of Bikar Atoll,approximately 300 miles east of Bikini, Scoville’s survey team measures 160 mr perhour waist-high from the soil at Bikar Island on unpopulated Bikar Atoll in theaftermath of ~.”

10 Mar 54MEDIC4LPLUTONIUMR4DlAT10N

The Scoville suwey team, measuring waist-high from the soil, finds an averageoutside dose rate of 280 mr per hour at Enewetak Island, Ron erik Atoll, and 100 mr

!per hour at Sifo Island, Ailinginae Atoll-all rates resulting rom the Castle Bravoshot.sg

Dr. Thomas L Shipman receiv~ local approval to collect and analyze urinesamples from the natives and air weather personnel exposed to the Castle Bravo

Page 17: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 11

fallout. He recommends analyses of variouslA.SL”

11 Mar 54MEDICALRADIATION

The AFSWP chief, with the concurrence

substances, including plutonium, by

of the JTF-7 commander, adds to theweapons effect program of O ration castle project 4.1, “Study of Response of

rHuman Beings Exposed to Si ni Icant Beta and Gamma Radiation due to Fall-out fromHigh yield Weapons,” a stu4 of the Marshallese exposed to fallout. The commanddesignates Commander E. P. Cronkite of the U.S. Navy as project officer.”

12 Mar 54RADIATION

* part of the fallout collection for Cast Ie Bravo, JTF-7 radiological surveyparties send water and soil samples from 12 Marshall Islands atolls to the AEC NewYork operations of%ce (NYOO) for analysis.n

15 Mar 54CONGRESSIONAL REIATIONS1-llPPLUTONIUMRADIATIONWEAPON TESTING

Joint Committee on Atomic Energy (JCAE) members Sen. John O. Pastore (D-Rhode Island) and Rep. Chet Holifield (D-califomia) visit evacuees at Kwajalein Islandand hold hearings on the radiation exposure from the Castle Bravo operation.Pastore and Holifield report that “some of the residents of the Islands receivedradiation exposures considerably in excess of the tolerances set for workers in atomicenergy plants” but that, to date, scientific and medical testimony “seems to indicatethat no permanent injury will occur as a result of the excess exposure.n

A military report shortly after the detonation su ests that the Rongelap7children’s white blood cell counts are lower than those of a ults as a resuk of Castle

Bravo. In testing urine of the affected Marshall Islanders, an unidentified (possiblyLASL) scientist states, “This plutonium number you cannot depend on.”74

Gen. Clarkson decides that the remainder of the Castle detonations will berestricted to limited weather conditions under which it will be safe to fire becauseBravo showed what IVV Mike did not that high-yield detonations can releaseradioactivity with potential health hazards hundreds of miles away from ground zero.ClarkSon vows to “take every precaution to avoid danger during the course of futureoperations to other populated areas of the Pacific” Because of Castle BravQ heextends the danger area.7S

Mid-Mar 54ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

Upon determination of excessive radioact”we fallout in Castle Bravo, themmmander of JTF-7 requests assistance of the Department of Defense (DOD) andthe AEC and asks for a medical team and a medical study of ~ osures. The Armed

[Forces Special Weapons Project (AFSWP) of the DOD and t e AEC/DBM shareresponsibility for the organization of the initial medical team, which is formed by“experienced” personnel from the Nava{ Medical Research Institute (NMRI) and theNaval Radiological Defense IAmratory (NRDL) and directed ~~ Eugene P. Cronkite,M. D., head, hematology division, NMRJ, Bethesda, Maryland.

Page 18: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 12

16 Mar 54RADIATION

Naval station, Kwajalein, repom signs of radiation injury to the Rongelapgroup with a “modest decrease in white blood cells.” During the first 48 hours tworeportedly vomited and others experienced nausea. “These residents receivedapproximately 125 r. Cumuiat”we.”n

23 Mar 54MEDICALRADIATION

The Rongelap Islanders are the only Marshall Islanders now showing radiationsickness symptoms, including hair loss, skin and mucous membrane lesions, andblood count averages about two-thirds of normal.”

26 Mar 54

1 Apr

CONTRA~ORRADIATION

The University of Washington Lakmratory of Radiation Biology (LRB)participates in the first expedition to Rongelap Atoll to collect biological samples formeasurements of radiation Contamination.n

54ADMINISTRATIONMEDICAL

Graves requests the IA5L director to contriie an excuse to call Shipman backto Los Alamos as soon as possible. IASL Director Norris E. Bradbu~ replies thatShipman is returning in a few days.m

13 Apr 54MEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIATION

Dr. Thomas L Shipman of IASL reports that the analysis of urine ofRongelapese and air weather service personnel exposed to Castle Bravo fallout showsan initial total body dose of iodine’3’ of about 50 microcuries accom anied by shorter-

$,lived iodine isotopes equivalent to about s millicuries of iodine at the time ofuptake. The estimated total integrated dose to the thyroid is about 130 “rep” ofwhich 50 “rep” is from iodine131. Shipman gives estimated body burdens of othernuclides; he finds ~lutonium as less than one-half of the maximum acceptedpermissible amount. 1

20 Apr 54CIAIMS

Prominent Marshall Islanders petition the UN to end the Pacific test operationsif possible, bu$ if tests are necessa~ to take all possible precautions to protect thehealth and welfare of the residents.

22 Apr 54ADMINISTRATIONMEDICALR4DIATION

According to JTF-7 Commander an. ClarkSon, although the Joint Chiefs ofStaff (lCS) directive for Castle “is silent on responsibilities” for the radioactive exposure

Page 19: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 13

of the Marshallese, the “CMM consider restoration to preevacuation standards isinescapable moral responsibility [ofl both AEC and DOD. . .“ (Possibly “CMM” refersto the commander,) ClarkSon believes that CINCPACFLT should be assignedresponsibility with AEC assistance for continued medial observation of the islandersand accompanying radiological studies.=

27 Apr 54ADMINISTRATIONRELOCATION

Persons not affected or slightty affected by Castle Bravo have been moved toa tent camp on Ebeye Island, Kwajalein Atoll, and the high commissioner of the T.T.expects the DOD and the AEC to restore clothing and I“westockand assure continuedmedical checks as needed to the Marshallese evacuees.~

May 54RADIATIONRELOCATION

The Utirik residents are allowed to return to their island, which BrookhavenNational Laboratov (BNL) physicians find “only slightly contaminated and consideredsafe for habitation.*

2 May 54RADIATIONRELOCATION

Bugher, the AEC/DBM director, reports that “it appears to be undesirable” forRongelap residents to return to their home for a year but that the health of theislanders seems to be satisfactory.~

21 May 54ContractorMEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIATION

Commenting on the IA5L analysk of data on plutonium excretion fromurinalysis of the Rongelapese, Cordon Dunning AEC/DBM health physicist, questionsthe reliability of the LA5L data. Accordin to the IA5L data, three of the readings

%reported are above the maximum permissi Ie body burden.e’

24 May 54RADIATIONRELOCATION

Gordon DunningIsland is 0.5 microcuries

of AEC reports that the highest Strontiumm value on NaenDer souare foot and on RonzelaD 1.6 x 10+ microcuries ~er

square foot. He adds t~at “o;& a small fraction” o~ thb Rongelapese food supplymmes from island plan~ that the calcium content is significantly greater than 1,000pounds per acre and thus will correspondingly reduce the strontium uptak~ and thatweathering may eliminate a small amount of the strontium act”wity. Therefore,Dunning thinks that the amount of Strontiumm in the soils should not prevent areturn of the Rongelapese to their islands.~

Page 20: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 14

28 May 54CIAIMSLEGAL RESPONSiBILllY

AEC Chairman Lewis Strauss requests the Secretary of Defense to considersettling claims of the Marshall Islanders resulting from the weapon test activitiesbecause the Fderal Tort Claims Act precludes the AEC from covering MarshallIslanders’ claims.m

3 Jun 54CONTRACTORRADIATION

Through a contract w“th the AEC the University of Hawaii agrees to managethe newly created Enewetak Macine Biological Laboratory on Medren Island, EnewetakAtoll. The AEC/DBM provides policy direction and sponsorship. The laboratory willswve as a base of information about the systemati~, ecology, and life history of theatoll’s flora and fauna.m

21 Jun 54ADMINISTRATIONMEDICALRELOCATION

Maj. Cen. E. McGinley, U.S. Army chief of staff, lists the following asresponsible for the care and disposition of the Rongeiap and Utirik Atolls inhabitants:Thomas A. Hardison as the CJTF-7 representative at Enewetak for the temporary careand disposition of the Marshallese affected by Castle Bravo; CINCPACFLT for overallresponsibility for restoration of atolls with AEC assistance and for the return ofinhabitants; the T.T. high commissioner for routine welfare and care; and theAEC/DBM for monitoring the physical conditions of the Rongelap and Utirik residents.The JTF-7 is paying for such matters as certain medical expenses for the evacuees,replacement of livestock lost because of contamination, and the construction of atemporary village for the Rongelapese at Majuro Atoll.9’

9 JUl 54CIAIMSLEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

.

The DOD general counsel agrees to accept Marshall islanders’ personal injury,damage, and private property loss claims received by the AEC because the Forei n

fClaims Act authorizes the United States armed forces to pay such claims un er -$5000.’2

12-13 JUi 54ADMINISTRATIONMEDICALRADIATION

Participants in a conference on SUIVeyS and studies of the Marshall Islandsagree to the need for a series of long-term medical and environmental suweys for anindefinite time of the Marshall Islands and their inhabitants affected by the nuclearweapon testing. Dr. John Bugher assumes that the DBM will bear finanaalresponsibility for such work but expects the trust territory to handle normal medicalcare. “Our job is to see that it is done and that the facilities are provided,” Bughersays.93

Page 21: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 15

16 jUl 54CONTR4~ORRADIATION

Both Navy and Universi~ of Washington scientists participate in a secondsuwey of Ron clap Atoll to conduct radiation readings and collect biological samples

7for radiologi~ measurements.~

23 jld 54AGREEMENT

The AEC decides to request the Department of the Navy to represent the AECin negotiating with the trust territory government for the use of Bikini and Enewetak.95

Sep 54MEDICALRADIATION

Follow-up medical examinations by the NMRI and the NRDL of theRongelapese show, in general, health and normally active individuals with minimalamounts of residual radioactivity in aL t onethird of those exposed.%

14 Sep 54CLAIMSR4DIATIONRELOCATION

K. D. Nichols, the AEC general manager, informs the JCAE that the DOI andthe Navy Department are currently taking steps to settle claims with inhabitants ofBikini and Enewetak atolls for the use of their lands.g’

Accordin to the AEC, the amount of radioactivity in Bikini and EnewetakFlagoons makes Ish there unsuitable for human consumption.~

The AEC also reports that radiological damage to Bikini and Enewetak includeshigh radioactive contamination levels that will require passage of several years beforehumans can inhabit these lands. Of the Castle Bravo fallout recipients, Ailinginae,Rongerik Utiri~ and Rongelap, onty the latter is seriously affected, and AECauthorities expect Rongelap land areas to fall below the permissible occupationalexposure rate in about 12 months.m

25 Ott 54CONTRACTORRADIATION

Dr. C. L Dunham, deputy director of the AEC division of biology andmedicine, agrees with representat”wes of the NRD~ the Bureau of Ships, and Dr.Lauren Donaldson of the University of Washington Applied Fisheries laboratory (AFL)on proceeding with radiological surveys of Ron clap, Rongerih Ailin inae, Bikar, and

f fUtirik. The specimens and samples collected or the AEC will be onvarded to thefi~loo

2 Dec 54ADMINISTRATIONCONTIU~ORLEGAL RESPONSIBILITYMEDICALRADIATION

The DOD agrees to Compenwte the Rongelap and Utirik people for damagesfrom the 1 March fallou$ but under the Foreign Claims Act such ciaims must be

Page 22: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 16

presented within one year after the occurrence. AS of this date, no claims have beensubmitted.

The hwses built by H&N, an AEC contractor, on Ejit Island in Majuro Atoll,are constructed so that the Rongelapese can remove them to their original homesites.

The AEC accepts responsibility for continued medical examinations of theRongelap people as a rwtine precautionary measure.

The AEC also assumes responsibility for periodic radiological resuweys ofRongelap to determine when the inhabitants may return safely.

The AEC will pay for constructing an island mmmunication system betweenKili and Jaluit and for family housing units on Jaluit so that Bikinians on Kili may fishat the Jaluit lagoon.’”’

8 and 18 Dec 54CONTRACTORRADIATION

AFL NRD~ and AEC/DBM scientists collect samples and record radiationlevels at Rongelap Atoll.’”’

25-30 Jan 55CONTRA~ORRADIATIONRELOCATION

The NRDL and AFL make the most extensive suwey and biolo ical collectingtrip to date for the AEC at Rongelap Atoll. fThe work reveals unsa e amounts ofradioactivity in shellfish and crabs, important in the peoples’ diets.’03

Feb 55ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

The AEC/DBM establishes criteria and procedures deemed necessary to protectthe health and welfare of the general populace from consequences of weapon testsat the Nevada test site. The criteria are up to 30 roentgens, no evacuationindicated; 3050 roentgens, evacuation only if 15 or more roentgens are saved; and50 roentgens and higher, evacuation without regard to the amount of the dose. Thepnxedures are: make rough estimates of radiation doses before and after detonationsand then take doserate readings with smvey meters, which are held three feet aboveground.’”

The NRDL collects soil and biological samples in the Marshall Islands for aradiological study.’os

Mar 55CONTRACTORMEDIC4LRADIATION

Most of the Ron clap natives appear “in excellent general health”, accordingto a medical recheck %y Dr. Eugene P. Cronkite of BN~ Lt. Cmdr. Samuel D.McPherson of Bethesda Naval Medical Hospital, and Dr. Charles L Dunham, deputydirector of the AEC/DBM.’-

A resurvey of flora and fauna of the Marshall Islands by NRDL and AFLreveals “si nificant amounts of radioact”wecontamination” in the animals, food plants,

%water, an soil samples one year after their contamination by fallout from CastleBravo. The U.S. NRDL finds the highest ~ncentrations of internally deposited act~lin marine specimens taken from the northern Rongelap lagoon. YZirconiums -

Page 23: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

6 May

niobium” and rutheniumlW-rhodium’M contribute most of this activity. The NRDLteam reports cesium’37 as the major radionudide in land animals and island soil andIagmn water contaminated prinapaity by mthenium’~-rhodium’w and zirconium9s-niobium95.’07

55AGREEMENT

The AEC finds acceptable a land agreement between the Departments of Navyand the Interior on the T.T. with the understanding that the Navy will pay forEnewetak and Bikini Atolls and that the AEC will be given an opportunity to ap~rovein advance the form and content of the agreements covering those two atolls. m

13 May 55CLAIMSLEGAL RESPONSIBILllY

After agreement by the Navy and the Pacific islands T.T. officers the NavyForeign Claims Commission completes settlement of the claims of Marshall Islandersresulting from the March 19S4 nuclear t- by paying totals of $1,719.27 to Utirikinhabitants and $5,162.53 to Rongelap residents in April and May.’m

8 Jun 55

5 Ott

21-23

RADIATIONRELOCATION

According to AEC Chairman Lewis L Strauss, Rongelap currently is unsuitablefor habitation because of radioactivity in the atoll’s northern islands ‘somewhat above”exposures recommended by the National Committee on Radiation Protection (NCRP)(later named the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements) andthe International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP) and radioactivecontamination of mollusks and crustaceans, part of the natives’ diets, in the southernhalf of the atoll. According to D. H. Nuder, deputy high commissioner of the T.T.,shellfish, especially crabs and dams are traditionally part of the Rongelapese diet.Nucker considers the island’s shellfish too contaminated to eat. Although theRongelapese have been alerted to the dangers of radioactivhy in the residualcontamination in mollusks and crustaceans, Nucker explains

We anticipate something less than 100 percent cooperation in theavoidance of these areas and foods were the eople to return

Khome...There simply is no practical way to police t e people if theywere to return home.

Consequently, Nucker recommends keeping the Rongelapese on Ejit Island for at leastanother six months.”o

55RADIATIONRELOCATION

I(.E. Fields, general manager of the AEC, advises that repatriation of theRongelap people should be deferred until data from another planned Rongelap Atollradiologid survey can be evaluated.’”

Ott 55CONTRACTORRADIATION

The AFL collects soil and biological samples in the Marshall Islands area forradiological studies.’12

Page 24: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 18

7 Nov 55ContractorRADIATION

As part of a radiological study, the AFL takes biological and soil samples fromthe Marshall islands.”3

1956RADIATION

The NRDL and Walter Reed Army Medical Center study radionuclides in urinesamples of the ftongelapese.’”

A radiobiological analysis indicates contamination during this year of reeffishes of Rongelap and Ailinginae Atolls, probabty from Operation Redwing conductedduring spring and summer 1956.”s

7-14 Feb 56RADIATION

The NRDL collects soil and biological samples on the Marshall Islands forradiobiological study.’ ‘G

9 Mar 56CIAIMS

The Marshallese Congress Hold-over Committee petitions the UN VkitingMission for

● cessation of lethal weapons test in their home islands or, if such tests arenecessq, for taking all precautions prior to explosions to move humans andtheir possessions to a safe distan~

. instruction of inhabkants and their physicians in safety measures;● adequate compensation of wacu~ and. satisfaction of land claims of Bikini and Enewetak evacuees.”7

6 Apr 56ADMINISTRATION

Herzel Plaine of the office of the AEC general counsel describes the MarshallIslands as”a Class C category mandate and indicates that the U.S. intends to treat theT.T. as an integral part of the U.S. in order to apply the laws of eminent domain toconducting the nuclear tests in the T.T.”8

24 Apr 56MEDICALRADIATION

Current medical examinations indicate that the Rongelapese show noconditions related to radiation effects but that they are restless because of inactivityand social tension among themselves and with other groups.”9

5 May -22 Jul 56WEAPON TESTING

The U.S. conducts nuclear weapon tests at Enewetak and Bikini in Operation

-“’”

Page 25: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 19

11-21 Jun 56CONTRACTORRADIATION

On contract with the AEC to assess radioactive materials distribution from1956 nuclear testing the AFL collects and measures radiation in plankton, water, andfish samples near Bikini and Enewetak Atolls. This survey finds radioactivity at eachstation with the highest readings in plankton and water samples from stations northof Bikini Atoll.’z’

20-22 Jill 56RADIATIONWE4PON TESTING

Fallout ocmrs at Parry Island and Enewetak and on ship routes between Bikiniand Enewetak from the OperationDr. Caelen Felt reports maximumEnevvetak.’z

23-24 Jld 56ContractorRADIATION

Redwing Tewa shot. At 26 hours after the shotreadings of approximately 120 mr at Parry and

The AFL collects soil and biological specimens in the Marshall Islands for aradiobiological Study.’m

A Rongelap Island survey shows a range from 0.2 to 0.5 mr per hour with anaverage of 0.4 mr per hour. ‘2’

1-20 Sep 56CONTRA~ORRADIATION

An AEC-sponsored survey conducted by AFL in the north equatorial currentfrom the Marshall Islands to the Marianas shows a sharp decrease in the distributionof radioactivity east of Bikini and a gradual, irregular decrease west of EnewetaL’Z

14 NOV 56LEGAL RESPONSIBILllYRELOCATION

G.L Russell, deputy chief of naval operations, declines the request of the AECdirector of milita~ application, Brigadier General Alfred D. Starbird, to commit theNavy to fund the costs of repatriation and restoration for the Rongelapese displacedby the 1954 tests’~

19 NOV 56AGREEMENT

Through T.T. High Commissioner Delmas H. Nucker the U.S. governmentconcludes an agreement with two chiefs representing the Enewetak Atoll. Theagreement allows the United States to use Enewetak Atoll in exchange for grantingthe Enewetak people full use rights in Ujelang Atoll until they can return to Eneweta~and it provides $175,000 to those Enewetakese possessing rights in Enewetak Atoll.’z’

22 NOV 56AGREEMENT

Representing the U.S. governmen~ the high commissioner of the T.T. si ns anfagreement with chiefs and representat”wesof the Bikini people for the use o Bikini

Atoll by the United States. The agreement provides in exchange full use rights of the

Page 26: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 20

Bikini people to several islands, islets, and land parcels in the trust territory publicdomain and for $325,000 for those with rights in Bikini Atoll.’z’

27 NOV 56RADIATION

The Advkory Committee on Biology and Medicine (ACBM) recommends thatthe Rongelapese be returned to their islands. To avoid an appreciable genetic risk tothe U.S. population, the committee also recommends approval of a level of 10roent ens in 10 years for criteria for off-site exposure to fallout for U.S. continentaltests.%

1957ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORRADIATION

Seven Marshall Islanders are brought to Argonne National Laboratov (ANL) fortests to determine precise body burdens, including total body gamma activity.A onne scientists have not yet obtained complete test results, according to

?in ormation g’wen at a JCAE hearing.Dr. Robert A. Conard of BNL is responsible for annual medical sunqs of the

Marshallese.’w

6 Feb 57ADMINISTRATIONRADIATIONRELOCATION

The AEC/DBM director recommends the return of the Rongelapese to theirhome as soon as rehabilitation is completed and the continuation of medicalinspections and radiation surveys on the island. He bases his recommendations onprojected statistics. Extrapolation of data suggests that gamma doses on Rongelap“would not greatly =ceed (if at all)” os roentgens for the first year and would declinein later years. The director compares these figures to those recommended by theNCRP for adult workers of 0.3 roentgens per week with “a restriction and forpopulation as a whole of a total of 14 million rem per million of population” over thefirst 30 years of life. He also projects that the average concentration of strontiummight be less than 36o Sunshine units and, with the elimination of land crabs, 107Sunshine units. (A Sunshine unit equals 0.001 of the permissible body burden. TheNational Academy of Sciences (NAS) allows 100 Sunshine units for adult workersJ’3’

The AEC division of military a plication (DMA) also accepts responsibility torfund the reconstruction and rehabi itation of f?on~elarr at a Droiected cost of

$280,000.’”

21 Feb 57RELOCATION

The AEC approves theas rehabilitation of the island

Prior to 27 May 57ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

WI ,,

return of the Rongelapese to their home island as soonis completed.’=

The commander of JTF-7 designates a representative for each off-site locationoutside the PPC. The representative is responsible for the radiological safety of the

Page 27: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

local ~o~ulation in the Doi)ulated islands near the

21

PPC and members of the taskforce.{x ‘

,,

25 Jun 57RADIATION

A radiologid survey of the gammaaverage gamma dose rate as 0.26 roentgens

29 Jun 57RELOCATION

levels on Rongelapper year.’3S

Island shows the

The Rongelapese are returned to their home island.’w

7 Apr 58

1 May

6 May

WEAPON TESTINGThe AEC commissioners decide not to conduct two very high altitude firings

of nuclear weapons at Enewetak Proving Ground because the AEC cannot assureabsolutel that the Mamhallese would receive no eye damage from the light resulting

c1from w detonations.’37

58RADIATION

As part of the Hardtack tests operation in the Pacifi~ the task forceradiological safety office is ~re~ared to warn, advise, and helD inhabitants in takingsafety ‘measures’ in case 0{ significant fali~tmonitors also have trained Marshallese medicalemergency measures.’-

-19 Aug 58

in an inhabit~ area. The office’;practitioners and health aides in basic

The U.S. conducts nuclear weapon tests in Operation Hardtack I at Bikini,Eneweta~ and Johnston island.’3’

31 Ott 58WEAPON TESTING

In a moratorium, the United States, Great Britain, and the USSR suspendnuclear weapon testing.’a

Mar 59CONTRACTORMEDICALRADIATION

A BNL team conducts the regular annual medial survey of the Rongelapeseand finds no illnesses or diseases directly associated with radiation effects.Preliminary results su est a “slight lag” in growth and development of exposed

Tchildren, blood platelet evels somewhat below the unexposed population but withinnormal range, and increases, though within permissible levels, in body burdens ofcesium137,zin&, and strontium , attributed to living on “the slightly contaminatedisland of Rongelap.”141

Page 28: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 22

9-24 Mar 60CONTR4~ORMEDICAL

Results of the 1959 and 1960 medical surveys of the Marshallese by Conardof BNL reveal no “clinical signs and symptoms or abnormalities clearly attributable to”the 1954 Castle Bravo test. The tests reveal, howwer, “low body burdens ofStrontiumw, cesium’37, and zirmniumGk that are attributd to the contamination of theislanders’ food supply. The report cautions that the “next fwe ears will be the critical

Yperiod for the development of leukemia in the Marshallese.”’ 2

1961CONTRACTORMEDICAL

Conard notes that body burdens of cesium137, zirconiumGS, and Strontiummreach “equilibrium with environmental sources” and that “no effects from theseisotopes have been detected.”’43

Mar 61CONTRA~ORMEDICAL

Conard’s medical sutvey reveals “no apparent illnesses or disabilities relatedto radiation effects” and a “generally good” state of nutrition. BNL examinersrecommend future surveys because of persistent trends, such as the “incompleterecovery of certain blood elements to levels found in the unexposed people,” growthretardation in some irradiated children, and “pigmented changes at the sites ofradiation burns.” During the survey the Rongelapese complain of ‘not getting enoughto eat” and the continued T.T. ban on eating coconut crabs They also attributecertain phenomena to radiation, such as changes to the coconut and pandanus trees,illnesses resulting from the eating of fish with “black spots” on their abdomens, and“inflammation and blistering of the mouth from eating arrowroot flour.” The latter, inConard’s opinion, results from improper preparation of the flour and not radioactivecontamination.’”

23 Ott 61POLICYWEAPON TESTING

Officials from the DOI, the Department of State, and the DOD discuss thepossible resumption of nuclear testing in the T.T. Beause of adverse world opinionand the fact that the Micronesians are now well represented legally, Johnston orChristmas Islands are preferred over Bikini or Eneweta~ and it is agreed that testingat Enewetak should only be considered if other feasible test sites cannot be found.’

3 NOV 61POLICYWEAPON TESTING

Noting that under the trusteeship agreement with the UN the U. S. is “directlyresponsible for the well-being of the people of Micronesia,” Acting Secretary of theInterior James K. Carr, advises Glenn T. Seakw chairman of the AEC, “against anyfurther testing in the T.T. of the Pacific Islands.”’”

Page 29: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 23

15 NOV 61CONTRA~ORR4DIATION

Basing his judgment on studies of Ja anese atomic bombing survivors andJRongelap natives, Clinton S. Maupin, Reynol s Electrical and Engineering Company,

(REECO), radiological safety advisor, states, “An qmsure limit of 3 R per quarter and5 R per year is obviously an atremety safe limit.”’”

27 NOV 61POLICY

Seaborg states that the AEC is “exploring other means and locations in thehope that ... it would not be necessa~ to utilize Islands in the Trusteeship Territo~should atmospheric testing be resumed.’*

15 Feb 62

7 May

CONTR4~ORRADIATION

Results of sutveys by the University of Washington Laboratory of RadiationBiol

T(LR8) at Bikini and 10 other central Pacific islands between 1954 and 1958

revea that “radioactivity decreased with distance and direction” from the Enewetaktest site. Thus, islands within a 13Gmile radius of the site exhibited 10 or moretimes the radioactivity of those surveyed outside this area, and the “major portion ofthe radioact”witywas deposited at or close to the test sites at Enewetak and BikiniAtolls.” In addition, islands east of the Bravo test site, i.e., Bikar, Likiep and Ron eri~

J“contained relatively high amounts of radioactivity.” These surveys also show thatzirconiumgS-niobiumgS, ruthenium’03 and’ti, and -rhodium’a and’” were thepredominant radioisotopes in most sampl~ that isotopes such as tun sten’a’ and’w,zirconiumAs,and cesium’37 i?were relatively high in some samples; and t at strontiumwas found usually in very low amounts.’49

62ADMINISTRATION

In transferring to the Secretary of the Interior the responsibility for civiladministration of all sections of the T.T., ExeCut”weOrder (E.O.) 11021 defines thisresponsibility to include “all executive, legislative, and judicial authority necessary forthat administration.” The President, however, retains the authority to close areas inthe territoty for security reasons and to determine how Articles 87 and 88 of the UNCharter and Article 13 of the trusteeship agreement apply to those areas closed. Theeffective date is 1 July 1%2.’W

17 Aug 62RADIAmoN

Chairman Anthony Celebrezze of the Federal Radiation Council (FRC) notesthat the FRC’S radiation protection guides, while not “specifically designed for falloutsituations,” an be used to determine when “detailed” evaluations and “protect”weaction should be taken.” In addition, while the FRC assumes that some slight risk tohealth exists from levels “even at or below the low levels set by the Guides,” it doesnot believe a major health hazard exists until the fallout measurements “are manytimes above” these levels.’s’

Page 30: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 24

NOV 62RADIATION

A proposed FRC statement “concerning radioactive iodine in fallout”recommends taking protective action when annual radioiodine intake exceeds 365,000micromicrocwies, or the average thyroid dose equivalent in infants exceeds 5R’=

1%3WEAPON TESTING

The Kennedy administration establishes Safeguard “C” upon recommendationof the JCS and the U.S. Senate to accompany the U.S. adherence to the limited testban treaty prohibiting atmospheric nuclear weapon testing. Safeguard “C: whkh isone of four test ban treaty safeguards, involves maintenance of the capability toresume atmospheric nuclear testing prom tty should the test ban treaty or any of itsterms be abrogated by the Soviet Union. &

15 Mar 64CONTRMXORMEDICAL

A preliminary statement by Conard and Hickhg (BNL) concernin their March1964 survey of Rongela

f00!reveals that the people are “generally in g health with

no apparent nutritional efficiencies,”and that “no evidence of cancer or leukemiamhasbeen detected. Some exposed children, however, have exhibited a “slight retardationof growth and development,” and “thyroid nodules were found in three exposed girls.”These nodules are being evaluated further.’w

1 May 64WEAPON TESTING

Alvh R Leudecke, the AEC general manager, tells Ataji L Bales of theMarshall Islands that, as a result of the U.S. signing of the limited nuclear test bantreaty in August 1%3, “it is clear that the United States has no present intention ofconducting any tests of nuclear weapons in the Marshall Islands.”’SS

31 Jul 64RADIATION

Upon the recommendations of the FRC, President Lyndon B. Johnson approvesthe adoption of the Protective Action Guide (PAG), or the “projected absorbed doseto individuals in the general population which warrants protective action following acontaminating even~” and the use of thisiodine 13’ is set at “3o rads to the-thyroid.

,l~ide by federal agena=. The PAG for

22 Aug 64ADMINISTRATIONCIJUMSLEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

P.L B8-485 appropriates $9s0,000 to “compensate inhabitants in the RongelapAtoll ... for radiation exposures sustained ... as a result of” Castle BravQ. Paymentsare to be disbursed by the Secretary of the Interior and considered in “full settlementand discharge of all claims against” the U.S.”’S’

P.L W-487 gives the Secretaty of the Interior the power to extend any federalprogram administered by any “departmen$ cor,~ration, or other agency of theexecutive branch of the Government” to the T.T.

Page 31: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 25

19 Ott64MEDICAL

Of the three girls diagnosed with thyroid tumors in March 1964 two have hadthyroidectomies and have been diagnosed with adenocarcinoma. The third is soonto have a thyroidectomy. Estimated doses to the thyroids are “100 to 175 radsexternal gamma plus 100 to I SO rads from absorbed radioiodine.” Pendingdocumented data, however, the AEC considers these findings “tentative.” While thetwo ids’ prognoses are uncertain, the surgmns feel “they may have removed all the

7neop astic tissue.”’S9

Mar 65CONTRACTORMEDICAL

Conard’s suwey reveals that while the “health of both the -posed andunexposed peo Ie ...

Jis generally good, and ... nutrition ... satisfactory,” three more

cases of thyroi nodules are discovered: two boys and a 41-year-old woman. Thesepeople are being brought to BNL for “further examination and treatment.” To date,no malignancies that czm be “related to radiation” and no cases of leukemia havesurfaced. In addition, the people’s “blood elements” have returned to normal; they‘appear well adjusted to life on their home island and exhibit no untowardpsychol~~,~calreactions to their experience.”’a

May 65CONTRACTORRADIATION

A study of gamma dose rates at Rongelap Atoll, done by the LRB between1954 and 1%3, reveals that the decline of these rates from 1954-1959 ‘followed thetheoretical decay of mixed fission products from U23Scalculated by Miller and Loeb.”From 1959-1%3, the reduction was “approximately half the predicted levels,” but thisis attributed to the “downward movement of the long-lived gamma-emitter CS’37in thesoiL”’G’

jlliy 65ADMINISTRATIONContractorMEDICAL

All three thyroid _ found during the March lf16s survey are successfullyoperated on at the Lahey Clinic in Boston. The tumors in the two boys are found tobe benign. The woman, however, ‘has carcinoma of the thyroid gland w“th somemetastasis to local structures.” She is given a ‘subtotal thyroidectomy” followed by30 millicuries of iodine’31, Of note is that the radioiodine dose in the woman isapproximately 160 rads, or one-tenth that of the youths. All three people are“returned to their island in satisfactory Condition.”’ti

The Congress of Micronesia holds its first session.’=

Aug 65CONTRACTORMEDIC4LRADIATION

Conard of BNL finds thyroid nodules in three more adolescents and twoadults--bringing the total number of abnormalities to 11 out of the fallout-exposedpopulation of 82.’=

Page 32: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 26

A study of “atoll soil types in relation to the distribution of falloutradionuclides,” made from collections done in 1958, 1959, 1%1, and 1963, iscompleted by the LRB. It notes that “different plant soil environments on single isletshave a different vertical distribution pattern ... from the same fallout.” In addition,‘the maximum concentration of fallwt radionudides remains at the soil surface ...except in areas where there has been erosion.” Finally, while “CS’37and SF are theprinapal radionuclides enterin a cycle within the soil-plant system” and “loss from

fthis system appears to be sma I,wno definite conclusions are drawn from this data.’G3

Sep - Dec 65CONTRACTORMEDICAL

Conard%

ins “routine administration of thyroid hormone” to the exposedRongelap people.’

1%6

ADMINISTRATIONWEAPON TESTING

The T.T. legislature requests President Lyndon B. Johnson to create acommission to consider the future status of the T.T.’t’

Safeguard ‘C” focuses on Johnston Atoll under a memorandum ofunderstanding between the Defense Atomic Support Agency (DASA) and the AEC.’W

Feb - Mar 66CONTRA~ORMEDICAL

Conard identifies five more people with thyroid nodules, bringing the total to16 of the 69 survivors from the 19S4 test. The BNL plans to bring these fwe newcases to BNL in May for study and treatment. TO date only one cancer case hasbeen found, but it is noted that thyroid ancer often grow “in nodular fashion.”Forty children from Utirik who had received 14R whole body exposures are alsoexamined, and no nodules are found. In addition, 194 unexposed Marshallese nowliving on these islands are examined, and three people over 47 years old are foundto have nodules.’69

May - Jun 66CONTRA~ORMEDICAL

The f~e Marshallese with nodules, discovered in Conard’s March 1966 survey, -are brought to BNL for evaluation and given subtotal thyroidectomies at New EnglandDeamness Hospital in Boston. All patients have goiters with nodules and one hasHtirtle cells. None exhibit complications, and the group is returned home on 16 June.They will be treated with thyroid hormones.’’”

Sep 66CONTRACTORMEDICAL

Conard visits the five Marshallese operated on in June 1966 and finds no newmedid problems. In addition, “the nodules ... of the remaining patients seem ...controllable by ... thyroid hormone.’l’l

Page 33: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 27

7 Dec 66

1967

24 Jan

RELOCATION%creta~ of the Interior Stewart Udall advises AEC Chairman Seaborg that the

DOI is “most anxious to determine whether the Bikini people can now be returnedto their homeland” and asks the AEC to review the issue at the “earliest opportunity.”Udall’s primary concern is that the Bikinians’ plight mi ht convince all Micronesians

Rto vote against permanent affiliation with the U.S. in t eir upcoming plebiscite.’n

CONTRAffORMEDIC4L

BNL studies conclude, “with increasing probabili ,“ that growth retardation in‘some of the Rongelap children” xhas resulted from “ ypofunction of the thyroidgland.”’n

67CONTRACTORRELOCATION

Oficials from the University of Washington, BN~ the DOI, FRC, and the AEC,including the Health and Safety Laboratory (HASL) of NYOO, decide to reswvey BikiniAtoll to determine if its people can be returned there. Ed Held is selected to plan theexpedition.’”

Mar 67

Apr -

CONTRACTORMEDICAL

Conard diagnoses a new case of nodules in a 17-year-old boy. Of the 19children under age 10 exposed in 1954, 16 have “developed thyroid pathology,” withtwo displaying hypothyroidism. To date, 11 people have been operated on and allare in “good condition with no further ... abnormalities.” Those children who havenot been operated on are receiving hormones.’7S

May 67RADIATIONRELOCATION

The AEC undertakes a survey of the Bikini Atoll to determine “levels andcomponents of external aroma radiation fields.” Cesium137is found to be the “majorcontributor ... fto the tota exposure rate” on Bikini and Eneu Islands, and because ofits 30.5 year half-life its “levels on Bikini ... are likely to be the limiting factor inassessing the long term hazards” to repopulating the island.”’”

An agricultural survey of Bikini Atoll finds that “while a small part of the atollwas damaged by the nuclear explosions, the atoll as a whole could support coconutgroves and subsistence crops.” In addition, fish and seabirds could provide an“extended supply of sustenanm.” It is recommended to begh an “early agriculturalrehabilitation pr

?ram” to prepare the islands for resettlement. Such a program is

expected to iast our years and cost $165,000.1”An anthropological study of the Bikinians and their leaders reveals that most

are dissatisfkd with Klli and wish to return to Bikini.”*

Page 34: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 28

10 May 67ADMINISTRATION

P.L 90-16 appropriates $25and 1%9 “for the continuance ofpurposes.”’”

21 AUR 67

miiiion for 1%7 and $35 miiiion each for 1968cMi government for the T.T. ... and for other

‘CONGRESSIONAL RESPONSIBILllYPresident Johnson submits a proposed joint resolution to Congress for the

creation of a commission on the status of the T.T. to deveiop recommendations toestabiish seif-govemment in Micronesia.’rn

20 Ott 67RELOCATION

Approximately 300 Enewetak1?

pie on Ujeian board a T.T. suppiy ship anddemand to be moved to Majuro. %T ey are angered y the iack of food and poorconditions on Ujeiang.’a’

28 Feb 68

March

RADIATIONRELOCATION

Oficiais from the DOI, the Nationai SeuIrity Councii, the DOD, the DBM andthe division of operational safety (DOS) of the AEC, and the T.T. conciude thatresettlement of Bikini Atoii wouid soon resuit in externai exposure Ieveisapproximately doubie that of the “average U. S. population,” but simiiar to that of theresidents of the Coiorado Piateau. Burying or piowing the soii, however, whiie“presumably” reducing this exposure to “near avera e ieveis,” wouid aiso reduce theisiand’s fertiiity, !In addition, consumption of iota produce wouid yieid cesium137burdens 20 to 50 times that in the U. S. during the 1%3-1964 faiiout period, butthese ieveis couid be reduced to those “deemed acceptable ... in recent years” byiimiting iocai food sources and providing substitutes.’”

68CONTRAmORMEDICAL

Conard discovers two more chiidren with thyroid noduies and decides tobring four more peopie to BNL Three of these four have not responded to hormonetherapy and the fourth is a 29-year-oid woman with an “unidentified tumor in theneck Iaterai to the giand.”’=

14 March 68AGREEMENT

Representatives of the Enewetak peopie and the T.T. high commissioneramend the 19 Novemiwr 1956 agreement concerning the “use of Enewetak Atoii” togive the high commissioner more discretion in how trust funds are invested.’’’”

13 May 68RADIATIONRELOCATION

For the Bikini cieanup Martin B. Biies, director of the AEC/DOS, recommendsthe removai of contaminated scrap metai from Bikini to make the radioactive scrapunavailable to nat-we Coiiectors’”

Page 35: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 29

Jun 68AGREEMENT

The Enewetakese request an increase in their trust fund amount.’~

1 jun 68

12 Jul

25 Jld

2 Aug

RELOCATIONRepresentatives

date for their return to

68MEDIC4LRADIATIONRELOCATION

of the EnewetakEnewetak.’67

people on Ujelang petition the UN to set a

The AEC concludes that radiation would not be a “significant” health andsafety threat in resettling Bikini and recommends six measfires to help reduceexposure. In addition, it recommends that body burdens of cesium’37 andstrontium be checked after one year and as appro riate thereafter and that effortsbe made to ensure an “adequately nutritious diet.”’J’

68RELOCATION

The Secretary of the Interior advises President Lyndon B. Johnson that the“initial contingent of returnees might be settled within a year and the remainderwithin two. In addition, he urges a public announcement of the decision to resettleBikinians on Bikini.’w

68ADMINISTRATIONRELOCATION

President Johnson requests that the AEC Chairman, the Secretaries of Defenseand Interior, and the high commissioner of the T.T. cooperate in the Planning andimplementation of a “comprehens”we resettlement program for Bikini.” w

12 Aug 68RELOCATION

President Johnson publicly announces the decision to resettle the Bikinians.’91

21 Aug 68ADMINISTRATIONLEGAL RESPONSIBILllYRELOCATION

Acting AEC Chairman James Ramey offers the DOI the cooperation of the AEC“in the development of a resettlement plan for the Bikini people” and designates Maj.Gen. E. B. Giller to coordinate the AEC role in this effort.’92

23 Aug -6 Sep 68RADIATIONRELOCATION

During a visit to the Marshall Islands Tommy F. M&raw, a health physicistof the AEC/DOS tells the Bikinians that the food from the Bikini Atoll lagoon andEneu Island is safe to eat but that villages will be built only on Bikini and EneuIslands.’=

Page 36: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 30

29-31 Aug68ADMINISTRATIONCONTRA~ORRELOCATION

Representatives of the Bikini people, members of the T.T. government, theAEC, the DOD, and the DOl estimate a deanup of fwe years at a cost of$2,%1,000. Of this amount it is decided to spend $100,000 in 1970 and 1971 torenovate the Bikinians’ accommodations on Kili and $80,000 in 1970 and 1971 forrenovations on Ujelang. The cleanup will be contracted to H&N Pacific test division,and airlitilng will be carried out by Military Air Command (MAC) and the DOD.’-

Sep 68RELocAmoN

The Marshall Islands legislature addresses a resolution to President Johnsonon the poor living conditions on Ujelang and requests that a date be set for thereturn of the Enewetak people to their atoll.’9s

21 Ott 68ADMINISTRATIONLEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

P.L 90-617 increases the funding for civil overnment in the T. T. from $35million to $40 million for 1%9 and $50 million ea& for 197o and 1971. In addition,the Secretary of the Interior is given the power to appropriate funds up to $10 million“to alleviate suffering and damage resulting from major disasters” there.’%

1969ContractorRADIATION

Suweys held in injunction with the Bikini cleanup reveal no “strikingdifferences between the 1%7 and 1%9 average values [of radionuclides] for edible”marine animals. In addition, present radionuclide levels and distribution are notexpected to change significantly, except for decreases due to physical de- . External

tradiation measurements and foliage collections are done by the U.S. Pu Iic HealthService (USPHS), and the Moratory of Radiation Ecology (LRE) handles the othersampling and prepares the analyses.’97

Jan 69RELOCATION

President Johnson transmits a $1.7 million budget request to Congress for FY197o for the cleanup, housing and village center construction, and initiation of thereplanting program on Bikini and Eneu Islands.’M

17 Jan 69ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

The DOD agrees to join the AEC in the cleanup of Bikini Atoll and willprovide $300,000, equal to the AEC contribution, to start this effort.’=

11 Feb 69A13M[NISTRATION

A ten-point agreement between the AEC and the DASA of the DODapportions the responsibilities involved in the Bikini deanup. While the DOD willmanage the cleanup, “the AEC contractor will provide planning engineering and

Page 37: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 31

technical staff support and labor for cleanup as well as ... other tasks as determinedby the Project Manager.” In addition, the AEC will determine that “radiol ical health

Tand safety requirements are met” at the project’s completion. Although t e AEC andthe DOD will each contribute $300,000, the AEC’S “funding shall not exceed$300,000 for the entire project and ... shall not be used to pay costs which accruesubsequent to’ 30 June 1%9.m

18 Feb 69RELOCATION

The DOD begins its cleanup of the islands of Bikini and Eneu and projectsthat completion will require six months.n’

Mar 69ContractorMEDICAL

Conard’s survey reveals that “retrospective estimates of the internal dose tothe thyroids from absorbed radioiodines add 600 to 1400 reins to the 175 radexternal dose.” Plans are being made to bring three children and one adult to BNLn2

20 Mar 69ADMINISTRATION

The AEC Nevada operations office (NV) designates W. A. Bonnet as itsproject officer and F. D. Cluff as radiological safety ofker for the Bikini cleanupoperation. Bonnet will administer “all functions” of the H&N Pacific test division insupport of the cleanup effort. Cluff will be responsible for determining whether theDOD’s pre-operation plans receive AEC radiologiei health and safety approval andfor advising and assisting the commander of JTF-8 in directing the on-site radiological

In addition, DOD and DOI funds will be available to the NV through theKE0#yDm&~3

1 May 69ADMINISTRATIONMEDICAL

The AEC names Conard to conduct the routine medical sutveys of thereturning Bikinians.~

5 May 69ContractorMEDICAL

Because of the “overwhelming concentration” of thyroid nodules within thegroup of children exposed during cast Ie Bravo, Conard rules out familial andenvironmental factors as possible causes. In addition, he notes that the Rongelapchildren are “well within ... the latent period for ancer development.fi5

19 Aug 69AGREEMENT

The T.T. high commissioner and Enewetak people’s representatives amend the19 November 1956 Agreement in Principle Regarding the Use of Enewetak Atoll togive the hi h commissioner of the T.T. the power to pay out ‘said amounts from the

fprincipal o the trust estate” to beneftiaries.=

Page 38: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 32

26 Aug -21 Sep 69CONTRMXORMEDICAL

Five Marshallese are brou ht to BNL for evaluation and surgery at ClevelandfMetropolitan General Hospital. T ree of the cases are diagnosed as malignant. The

case of a 34-year-oid woman from Utirik is not attributed to radiation exposure,however, because of the “low dose received and the lack of thyroid abnormalities ...in Utirik children.’ Dr. Ezra Riklon, who aca)mpanies the Marshallese, will return tothe Marshall Islands and supewise the hormone treatments of the people.n’

13 Ott 69RELOCATION

The AEC certifies that the Bikini deanup project has been “satisfactorilycompleted.’-

14 Dec 69LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

The Bikinians petition the T.T. high commissioner for their immediate returnto Bikini and $100,000 in further compensation for damages to their atoll and thediscomforts they suffered from relocation.m

Mar 70CONTFLA~ORMEDICAL

Conard of BNL conducts annual medical examinations of the Marshallese andfinds no new serious cases of thyroid disease. Seventeen of the 19 children exposedon Rongelap have thyroid dysfunction as do a significant number of adults.z’o

28-29 Apr 70PLUTONIUMRADIATIONRELOCATION

At a series of meetings with T.T. officials at Sai an, AEC representatives CluffRof the NV and Martin Biles of the AEC/DOS discuss t e need for additional suweys

of Bikini because of concern about plutonium in the soil, the status of agricultural andconstruction programs, and possible techniques for reducing expected exposure levels.T.T. ofkials decide to delay resettlement until 1973 when people would be self-supportin and a ree to wishes of the Bikini people that all houses be built on Bikini

f%instead o Eneu ut promise that no houses will be constructed in the interior ofBikini Island.*”

7-8 May 70MEDICAL

The AEC/ACBM recommends the development of mechanisms for paying theUtirik population as research subjects in order to assure their mntinued cooperationin the investigation of the Marshallese exposed to fallout in 1954. B-use of thelow dose of radiation received by the Utirik people, this payment must not be viewedas com ensation for radiation exposure. The ACBM notes the necessity for continued

rmedics care of the Rongelap people. The committee considers the assignment of aparamedid person on a continuing basis to detect and manage the late effects ofthe radiation exposure and to ensure the validity of the continuing investigation ofmedical findings.z’z

Page 39: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 33

May - ]un 70,‘ADMINISTRATIONCONTRA~ORPLUTONIUMRADIATION

A follow-up radiological swvey of the major islands in the Bikini Atoll isconducted by representatives of the AEC, the University of Washington, and theUSPHS. The primary mission is soil and air patticmlate sampling. Other tasks includecollection of cistern water and other environmental samples and monitoring of scrapmetal and potential locations of sand and coral a regate used to make concrete for

Phousing. Members of the sumy team indude t ree eople from the University ofrWashington, three from the southwestern Radiological Health Laboratory, two fromthe AEC NV and one from the AEC/DOS. Thk is the first collection of air sampleson Bikini. Levels of plutonium in the air are two orders of magnitude below FRCguides?”

12 Jul 70RADIATION

In a letter to Peter T, Coleman of the T.T., AEC/DOS recommends that cleancoral aggregate from a supply stored on Aerokoijul and Aerokoj Islands in southernBikini Atoll mmplex be used for house construction on Bikini Atoll.z”

1970AGREEMENTRADIATION

The AEC promises $16,000 in “inconvenience money” to the people ofUtirik.2’S

Urine bioassay sampling is conducted from geoPle ~lming and going fromBikini Island. Pooled urine is analyzed for strontium , cesium 37and plutonium=9.2’s

1971CIAIMSPLUTONIUMRADIATION

Urine bioassay sampling is conducted from people coming and goin~gfromBikini Island. Pooled urine is analyzed for Strontiumw, cesium137,plutonium andplutoniumz~.z”

Micronesia Legal Services Corporation (MKC) is established in the T.T. andfunded by the Office of Economic 0pportunity.2’*

17 Jun 71RADIATIONRELOCATION

In response to an inquiry by T.T. High Commissioner Edward E. Johnston

7r arding the radiation safety of the Peter-Oboe (.Aerokoijul-Aerokoj) compl~ MartinBi es, AEC/DOS, responds that it is safe to plant coconut trees on Aerokoj, Aerokoijuland Bikdrin but not on Eneman. AEC/DOS recommends using the causeway joiningLele to Bikdrin as the dividin line between the area that may be planted and that

Rwhich should be restricted. T ere are no restrictions on digging foundations on BikiniIsland, but AEC/DOS recommends that water from wells on Bikini Island should beanalyzed to insure its potability. AEC/DOS urges that residents not rely ongroundwater as a source of drinking water.2’9

Page 40: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 34

Jul 71RADIATION

The NV and Environmental Prot~ion Agency (EPA) representatives participatew“th personnel of the Ah Force Paafic Cratering Experiment (PACE) program in apreliminary site selection visit to Enewetak They identify Runit Island as a significantand potentially serious rad-hazard area after finding there the hi best measurements

Jof gamma, plutonium, and scrap metal of all locations survey .=

22 Jui 71ADMINISTRATION

Maj. Cen. E. B. GiIler, assistant general manager for milita~ application of theAEC, directs Robert E. Miller, NV manager, not to use weapon program funds forBikini and Enewetak radiological surveys and cleanup activities.=’

FY 1972- FY 1982ADMINISTRATION

The Pacific Area Support Office (PASO) reports that during this decade itsact”witiesin the Marshall Islands included ship support; providing DOE representationon sensitive missions; administration of the University of Hawaii mntract; and generaland logistical support for the biomedical and environmental programs.=

25 Jan 72MEDICAL

In response to ejection from the T.T. of a Japanese medical team which hehad invited to the Marshall Islands, Micronesia Representative Ataji Bales speaks outin the Congress of Micronesia charging that the U.S. knowingly exposed the nativesof Rongelap and Utirik to the 1954 fallout so the U.S. could develop medicalcapabilities to treat peo Ie who mi ht be exposed to radiation during a war. He

ralleges that the Marsha Iese were 5 osen because the are remote brown-skinnedrnatives and that they have been recetilng questionab e medical treatment, aimedmore at collecting medical data than at restoring the health of the people. Heintroduces a bill callin for the establishment of a special congressional committee to

!’look into the plight o these people.=

Mar 1972CONTRACTORMEDICAL

Accusin the BNL medical team of deception and of using them as guinea

Efigs, the Ronge apese boycott the BNL mediil services, acmrding to an investigation

y Dr. Henry Kohn. Thus, the medical sumy team led by Conard is unable to car~out its annual examination of the Marshaliese.U4

16 Mar 72RADIATIONRELOCATION

Tommy M&raw, Martin Biles, Roger Ray, and representatives from theDefense Nuclear Agency (DNA) meet with Ambassador Franklin WNiams, thePresident’s representative for Micronesia status negotiations, and his staff to discussthe rehabilitation of Enewetak Atoll. WNiams states that he would like to announceat the 2 April session of the Micronesia status negotiations that Enewetak Atoll isbeing returned to its former residents. The ambassador is worried about confrontationwith the Enewetak people. AEC representat”wes discuss the differences between the

Page 41: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 35

situation at Enewetak and that at Bikini and the need for a radiological survey ofEnewetak.as

26 Mar 72LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

Micronesia P.L 4C-33 creates from the Micronesia legislature a Special JointCommittee Concerning Rongelap and UtiriL The committee is responsible forinvestigating the effects of radiation on the people of Rongelap and Utirik Atolls, andis charged with ~ring medical assistance and compensation for those injured fromradiation exposure. Otympio T. Borj~ Marianas senator, is chairman. Othercommittee members are Representat”wesHans Wdliander of Truk and Timothy Olkeriilof Palau.=

18 Apr 72AGREEMENT

High Commissioner Edward E. Johnston and U.S. Ambassador Franklin HaydnWilliams, of the DOI, announce that the U.S. government is prepared to releaseEnewetak Atoll to the T.T. at the end of 1973. The announcement acknowledges thenecessity of suwey, cleanup, and rehabilitation procedures such as those done onBikini. Parry, Japtan, and Aniyaanii are to receive first priority in cleanup andrehabilitation. The DOD, with technical support of the AEC, is to conduct thecleanup. The U.S. plans research and development tests on the atoll that should becompleted by the end of 1973.Z7

May 72ContractorRADIATION

A survey is conducted on Bikini Atoll following planting of coconuts on Bikiniand Eneu Islands and the start of house construction on Bikini. The suwey coversair, plant, soil, and animal sampling and external radiation measurements.Radionuclide Iwels are found to be decreasing slowly. The team is led by theUniversity of Washington, with participation by scientists from the EPA the WesternEnvironmental Research Laboratov (WERL), and the AEC.Z*

10-24 May 72RADIATION

A sunfey team of AEC, DOD, and EPA personnel visits Enewetak Atoll todetermine the nature and extent of the necessary deanup and a cost estimate. Theteam finds a significant radiological hazard existing on six islands Bogallus, Engebi,Aomon, Biijiri, liuni~ and Parry. Results of the survey lead to a cost estimate of asmuch as $40 million and a mnclusion that Runit Island and perhaps Enjebi may beso contaminated that it may not be “economically feasible to make them safe forhuman use.-

11-17 May 72PLUTONIUMRADIATION

An AEC team conducts a preliminary radiol ical survey and locates surfaceTplutonium contamination on Runit Island. This inclu es plutonium-bearing sand layer

outcropping on the ocean side of the mid-island area, plutonium fra ments and grainsfon the island surface, and contaminated scrap metal throughout t e island.=

Page 42: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 36

17 May 72CONTRAmORRADIATION

T.T. officials, escorting a grwp of Enewetakese council members and theirlawyers, and Roger Ray, NV assistant manager for operations, arrive on Enewetak.The AEC sunwy team advises Ray on the possibility of high alpha contamination onRunit Island, and Ray briefs DNA PACE personnel and workers just arriving fromScripps Institute of Oceanography (S10) on preliminary suwey findings. The Scripps

rpeople leave, and the PACE peep e remain to continue preparations for high explosivecrateting experiments.=’

20 May 72ADMINISTRATIONRADIATIONRELOCATION

At the close-out meeting for the Marshallese visit to Enewetak the T.T. officialsand Enewetakese leaders want an early return of Enewetakese to Enewetak. TheEnewetakese wish to draw up specifications for rehabilitation and expressdissatisfaction with the continued use of their land. Ray agrees to convey toappropriate authorities the need for central coordination of all future actions relatingto Enewetak and the necessity of keeping the Marshallese and T.T. administrationadvised of U.S. actions and intentions. NV manager Robert E. Miller requests “theestablishment at the Washington level of a single manager for all future United Statesactions pertaining to Eniwetok”.=

Ray returns to Kwajalein and recommends to Ak Force authorities a quarantineof Runit Island to prevent dispersion of contamination because the road between thedock and the PACE work area passes through a highly contaminated area.=

24 May 72RADIATION

Runit Island is quarantined and the Air Force orders a cessation of alloperations there. Only minimum essential personnel are authorized access to theisland until NV issues recommendations.a

26 Jd -2 Aug 72RADIATION

A “oint AEC-DOD team visits Enewetak Atoll to suwey those portions of RunitIsland to L used in a PACE cratering experiment to determine necessary precautionsfor conducting the planned PACE experiment or for relocating the experiment. The

Lei ht-member suweillance team consists of two people from Air Force Wea onsLa ratory, three from the D~ two from the AEC, and one from the WERL J

1 Aug 72ADMINISTRATION

The AEC assi ns the assistant general manager for military applicationF(A~) “the overal authority and responsibility within the AEC for coordinating

finteragency and intra-agency matters related to the rehabilitation of the EniwetoAtoll.” Later in August the AGMMA assigns the NV responsibility for all AEC fieldoperations associated with the rehabilitation.=

Page 43: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

17 Aug 72“ADMINISTRATION

37

22-23

RADIATIONAEC and DNA representatives

develop recommendations to assist inmeet to review available information andthe planning for the cleanup of Enewetak.

They &clude that actions required to retu”m En~etak to the T.T; fall into threephases planning cleanup, and rehabilitation. They decide that cleanup can beaccomplished without interfering with the PACE test series and that the singlemanager concept will provide the most effect”we organization for the cleanup.=’

Aug 72RELOCATION

DOI oticials meet with U“elang leaders and representatives from MLSC at T.T./headquarters about the return o the people of Enewetak. They discuss the goal of

returning people to Japtan “as soon as practicable and the minimum requirementsfor moving people there.=

Se~ 1972,

7 Sep

2 Ott

4 Ott

AGREEMENTMEDICAL

The medical suwey team is reactivated to resume examinations of theMarshallese. This reactivation follows an agreement with the Special InvestigatingCommittee of the Micronesia Con ress to send a team of independen~ internationalphysician-observers to join the mJ ical survey team and report to the committee onthe value of the medical sumey and the health status of the exposed Marshallese.The Rongelapese accept the BNL medical services after an international committeeissues “a relatively favorable report,” according to Kohn.=9

72ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

As a result of an intera ency meeting on Enewetah the AEC will fund the[precleanup radiological suwe~ t e DOD, the radiological and nonradiol ical cleanup;

and the DOI the rehabilitation costs. The manager, NV, is assign3 operationalresponsibility for the suwey. The DNA will provide logistical Support.*@

72RADIATIONRELOCATION

After the AEC announces that only a limited number of Bikini coconut crabscan be eaten because they are radioactive, the IGli council votes a ainst returning the

%entire community to Bikini but allows those who wish to return. T ree Bikini familiesmove back to Bikini with approximately 50 Marshallese construction and maintenanceworkers.z”

72ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTOR

According to the planning and operations directive for the 1972 Enewetakradiological swvey, the AEC/DlvM is to ~rdinate AEC policy relating to the surveyand provide overall Washington direction; NV is the primary organization toimplement the suwey; the division of biol~ and environmental research (DBER) isto assess “the radiological implications of sources of direct radiation and food chain-

Page 44: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

5 Ott

DRAFT 38

t-man paths.” The AEC/DOS is responsible for similar work relatin to cleanupEoperations. The Lawrence Liiermore Laboratory (LU), LAS~ HASI+ and t e University

of Washington are to be involved in the evaluation of data.242

72LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

As a result of litigation, People of Enewetak vs. Laird (Project PACE), the judgeplaces an injunction on PACE activities. The AEC is not a defendan$ and radiologicalstudies are not affected. The Air Force general counsel recommends advising the AECof the injunction and urgin,4? the AEC to use methods in cleanup studies notprohibited in the injunction.

12 Ott 72CONTRACTORRADIATION

The AEC Enewetak radiological survey beghs. The LLL radiochemistry divisionleader is techniul director to the manager, NV. NV provides radiological support toH&N for the DNA engineering survey of Enewetak Within the first week acttiltiesare suspended because of Typhoon Olga.zU

8 NOV 72RADIATIONSurvey acttilties

14 NOV 72MEDICAL

resume at Enewetak AtolL24s

Two Marshallese females, 19 and 29 yearn old, undergo successful surgery toremove thyroid nodules at Cleveland Metropolitan General Hospital.2°

15 NOV 72MEDICAL

A 19-year-old male, Lekoj Anjain, exposed to fallout from the 1954 Bikiniweapons t- dies from cancer at the National Institutes of Health (NIH). NIHconfirms the diagnosis of leukemia discoverd during the 1972 medical examination.247

16-17 NOV 72CONTRACTORRADIATION

, Representatives from DO!, D~ AEC, and H & N meet with T.T. offiaa!s onKwajalein to allow representatives of the Enewetak people to ask questions about thesunmys being conducted on Enewetak The U.S. government representat”wes assureCongressman Bales and Chips Barry, an attorney, that the AEC radiological surveyshave nothing to do with the PACE program?~

30 Nov 72ADMINISTRATION

The Joint Chiefs of Staff designate the director, D~ as the DOD projectmanager for cleanup of EnewetaL24’

Page 45: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 39

Late 1972MEDICALRADIATION

Accordin~ to urine bioassays from people coming to and oing from BikiniIsland, cesium13 fconcentration show an increase by a factor o four over 1970results and Strontiumw levels increase by a factor of two.

The T.T. I@ns a program of sending monthly shipments of food to Bikini?WA Rongeiap male dies of carcinoma of the stomach. This may be reiated to

radiation exposure, according to BNLA physician from BNL is stationed in the Marshall Islands as a resident

physician. His responsibilities include monitoring the thyroid treatment program;visiting Ron clap, Utiri~ and Bikini Atoi!s eve

J 7three to four months; and assisting

the T.T. m ical sewices with the care of Ronge ap and Utirik patients at the hospitalsat E&ye and Majuro.2S’

1973ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORRADIATION

A Radiological Assessment Review Group (RARG), organized by the director,DBE% reviews the adequacy and sufficiency of the Enewetak radiologiml survey datain order to oversee evaluations of the survey. Members are not directly involved inthe actual sutvey. These members are N. F. Barr, DBE~ Chaic T. F. McCraw,AEC/DOS; B. Shleien, PHS; C. L Weaver, EPA; It B. Leachman, DOD; p. F.Gustafson, ANG C. R Richmond, LAS~ and A. H. Seymour, University ofWashington?sz

Urine bioassays from people coming and going from Bikini Island showcesium’37 in urine higher than in 197o by a factor of about ten and an increase inStrontiumw by a factor of four. This information is provided as testimony duringHouse Appropriations Committee hearings in spring 1978. It is taken from a BNLreport 50424, September 1975.=

14 Feb 73RADIATION

Field operations of the Enewetak radiological survey are completed?w

21 Mar -12 Apr 73ContractorMEDICAL

Conard of BNL and his team conduct the annual medical suwey. No new_ of leukemia or blood disorders are discovered. New thyroid abnormalities aredetecied, indudin three which mi ht be related to the 19s4 fallout and three that

fare probably unre ated. The thr

!i nodules in all but one case are scheduled to beremoved surgically in Clevelan within several weeks=

11 Apr 73LEGAL RESPONSIBILllY

Mlcronesian P.L 5-52 provides for certain care and benefits to the eop[e ofrRongelap and Utirik Atolls qosed to the 1 March 1954 H-bomb test fa IOUG “for

care and benefits to certain other people from Rongelap and Utiri~ and for otherpurposes.” The high commissioner of the T.T. is directed to “seek an ewcutiveagreement with the Atomic Ene

TCommission whereby expenses incurred under the

provisions of this act will be efrayed ... by the Atomic Energy Commission.” In

Page 46: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 40

response, the DOl consults with the AEC/DBER The AEC r=ponds w“th awillingness to fund “research-related services” as a part of its authorizedresponsibility?=

16 Apr 73RELOCATION

The people of Enewetak adopt a resolution that the DOD be the sole agencyin charge of the cleanup and rehabilitation of their atoll in the belief that they wouldbe most effective in ensuring an early and safe return of the Enewetakese to theiratoll. The DOD responds that it is necessary and most effective to functionallyassign responsibilities for the total rehabilitation process between departments.257

3 May 73ADMINISTRATION

Cen. Frank A Carom of AEC headquarters assigns the office of Mahlon E.Gates, NV, the res risibility for a study to define the probable lifestyle patterns of

rthe Enewetak peep e subsequent to their return to Enewetak. This study will be usedin conjunction with the radiol~ical report to analyze dose assessment and developrecommendations for cleanup.

31 May 73CONTRA~ORRELOCATION

Representatives of the Enewetak people, Theodore Mitchell and Hemos Jackof the Micronesia Legal Services Corporation and Smith Gideon, magistrate ofUjelang Atoll, meet with representatives of NV, the 11~ and the University ofWashington. They approve NV plans for a visit to Ujelang in June to study robable

Jlifes Ie patterns of resettled Enewetakese and ~press interest in an early ra iological7certi !Cation and some resettlement of Japtan. NV provides data on sternal exposure

rates but stresses an inability to judge constraints on a return to Japtan pendinganalysis of survey results on food-chain pathways.z~

Jul 1973ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTOR

An AEC task roup is established by the director, AEC/DOS, to review sutvey7results and prepare c eanup and rehabilitation recommendations for consideration by

the AEC Members include T. McCraw (AEC/DOS), W. Nervik (U-L), D. wkon (uL),and W. Schroebel (DBER). They work with staffs from NV and LU involved with thesurvey, as weil as AEC staff from D~ DBE~ d“wision of waste management andtransportat”mn (DWMT); division of radiological safety (DRS); representatives from theDOD, the DOl, and the EP~ and advkors from T.T. and BNLM

20 Aug 73RADIATION

Representatives of the T.T., MlSC, D~ AEC, and H&N meet on Majuro toinform the district administrator on the prq of the survey efforts and on thereds of a field trip to Ujelang. AEC representatives report that the Enewetak peoplewere helpful in providing information on I“ivin patterns and dietary considerations

rwhich will be incorporated into the radiological sunwy report.=’

Page 47: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 41

18 Ott 73ADMINISTRATION

The director, Office of Management and Budget (OMB) provides guidance tothe AEC, the DOD, and the DOI on inclusion of funds in the W 1975 budget forcleanup and rehabilitation of Enewetak The FY 1975 bud et should “show continuing

%Administration commitment to the dean-up and reha ilitation of the Atoll, butmnsistent with current uncertainty regarding the final detailed dean-up andrehabilitation plan.” Agency responsibilities identified are: the DOD for maintainingon ing facilities and operations and deanu at Enewetak; the DOI for rehabilitation;

r fan the AEC for radiolo id monitoring an survey. Subsequently AGMMA calls forfa clarification of termino ogy between “radiological control,” a DNA responsibility, and

“radiologid monitoring’ an AEC responsibility.=

1974-1975

1 Jan

9 Jan

CONTRACTORRADIATION

The AEC/DBER sponsors a research program conducted by LLL and theUniversity of Hawaii to study the groundwater on several islets in the Enewetak Atollin order to characterize the ground water for possible use by returning Marshalleseand to investigate the hydrology and recycling of radionuclides in an atollenvironment. Drilling for wells takes place in mid-l 974, and sampling programs arecarried out in 197’4 and 197s.=

74ADMINISTRATION

Host maria er responsibility for Enewetak Auxiliary Aifileld is transferred fromfthe Department o the Air Force to the DNA.=

74ADMINISTRATION

At the request of MlSC, the signing of documents to transfer control ofEnewetak Atoll from the DOD to the T.T. is delayed to allow representatives of thepeople of Enewetak to rwiew the document.=S

27 Feb 74CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

Senate Joint Resolution No. 90, H.D. 1, is ado ted by the Fifth Congress ofJMicronesia, Second Regular ~lon ‘Requesting Unit States Congressional funding

of the Bikini Rehabilitation Projects be separate and distin~ from annual United StatesCongress Grant Funds for the T.T. of the Paafic Islands”.=

28 Feb 74AGREEMENTCLAIMS

The Special Joint Committee Concerning Ron clap and Utirik Atolls re orts tof Jthe Ffih Congress of Micronesia on mmpensation or the people of Rong ap and

Utirik. According to the repo~ the AEC complied with the committee’srecommendation to send an AEC representat”we on the 1974 medical sunmy. TheAEC also agreed to another committee recommendation to supply money forMicronesia P.L 5-52 by allocating $20,000 for the first year. The committee alsowanted the AEC to pay the “inconvenient money” promised in 1970, and the AECindicated that it “is ready to provide $18,212 for the 157 peo le of Utirik who wereRexposed....There will be no release of liability for the AEC or t e U.S. Government if

Page 48: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 42

the people take this money.” The AEC has also agreed to explain radiation to thepeople of Bikini and Enewetak before they are returned to their islands.x’

Apr 74ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORMEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIAnoN

Roger Ray, assistant manager of NV in charge of the Enewetak radiologimlsurvey, and Walter Nervik of w technical director of the survey, travel to theMarshall Islands to ~plain the technical information contained in the recentlypublished Enewetak Radiological Survey (NVO-140) to representatives of the T.T. andthe Enewetak people.m

Personnel from the LRE and BNL collect samples on Utiri~ Rongelap andBikini Atolls as part of the DOS portion of the LRE Pacific Radioecolo Program to

Ydetermine the kinds and amounts of radionuclides distributed in the oods, plants,animals, and soil of the central Pacific and supply them to the agencies involved incalculating dose assessment for people Iivin

The first in vivo counting of cesium,,~oin the @ntral pa~fic’”

ts taken for Bikini residents. Cesium’37values are about the same as 1973. Strontiumm levels are down to about 1970levels. Plutonium=9 and plutoniumzw levels are higher by a factor of five.’m

May 74CIAIMSRELOCATION

A group of Bikini people refuse to return to the atoll on 25 May 1974 untilthey receive appropriate compensation for the past 25 years.z”

14 May 74RADIATiON

John W. McEnery, DNA deputy director of operations and administration,disagrees with the AEC task group recommendations for cleanup and rehabilitation ofEnewetak. He regards the recommendations as “an unduly restrictive application ofcriteria that are largely arbitrary and probably ina plicable” and “not in accord with

[the wishes and probable needs of the Eneweta people.” McEnery states, “Theradiological and other safety conditions upon their return should ap Iy to those local

t?conditions, not necessarily those of the U.S. population with its di erent radiologicalconditions and its greater uncertainties of exposure.”’n

3 Jun 74ADMINISTRATION

James Liverman, the AEC assistant general manager for biomedical andenvironmental research and safety programs, proposes to Mahlon E. Gates, director,NV, that NV be assi ned responsibility for programmatic coordination of the AEC’S

iact”~ities in the twfars all islands.2n

19 Jun 74PLUTONIUMRADIATION

The AEC task group issues recommendations for cleanup and rehabilitation ofEnewetak Atoll. The radiation criteria

rides for cleanup actions include whole body

and bone marrow-o.25 rem/yr, thyroi -0.7s rem/Y~ bon~. 75 rem/y~ gonads-4 rem

Page 49: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 43

in 30 yrs. The group concludes that guidance for cleanup of plutonium-contaminatedsoil can only be developed on a case-by-case bads. The group’s

Y

idance forplutonium’ cleanup operations at Enewetak is less than 40 pCi gm of soil-corrective action not required; 40 to 400 pCI/ m of soil-corrective action determined

7on a case-by-case basis; greater than 400 pa gm of soil-corrective action required.274

25 Jun 74CIAIMS

The AEC pays the T.T. $18,212 to be dispersed in equaI payments of $116 toeach exposed inhabitant of Rongelap or their heirs.z’s

Jul 74ADMINISTRATIONRELOCATION

The DOI supports the request by people of Enewetak that an advance partyof about 50 people from Ujelang be allowed to return to Japtan Island and requeststhat the AEC address the safety aspects of the proposed return and establishguidelines and restrictions to ensure the safety of the returnees. Liverrnan respondsthat the AEC would not recommend the return of people rior to cleanup and

fcertification because of radiological hazards in other parts o the atoll but that itwould not object to a return before cJeanup if the T.T. can assure certain restrictivemeasures. He points out that the request is “an extension of what we consider tobe the AEC’S role in the original interagency effo~ namely to preparerecommendations on whether the radiological conditions were such that a safe returncould be made and on radiological criteria for cleanu “should obtain the views of the DOD and the EPA

$G and recommends that the DOI

12 Aug 74PLUTONIUMRADIATION

The AEC approves SECY 7s-81, which contains recommended radiologicalcriteria for Enewetak AtoIl. Meeting these criteria necessitates that village sites beconfined to the southern islands that growing of food, except coconuts, be confinedto the southern islands, and that the quarantine of Runit be continued until plutoniumcontamination is removed. The DNA responds that the proposed criteria are toorestrictive and that radiation standards for the general public are not appropriate forthe small population of Enewetak.2n

Sep 74AGREEMENTRELOCATION

Stanley S. Carpenter, director of territorial affairs of the DOI, announces that50 people are to be permitted to return to Iiie on Japtan at the earliest possible time,subject to four safety restrictions no visits are permitted on the northern islands fromRunit to Biken; any scrap collection and stockpiling must be approved b the districtadministrators representative; visits to Enewetak must be coordinated L tween thedistrict administrators representative and the Enewetak base site manage~ and visitsto other southern islands can be made only with approval of and instructions fromthe district administrator’s representative. Representatives of the T.T., the DOI, andthe AEC request that the Enewetak Council express in writing that they understandand will observe these restrictions, which they do by adopting an ordinance.zn

Page 50: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 44

2 Sep 74ADMINISTRATIONRADIATIONRELOCATION

Representatives of the D~ the DOl, and the AEC meet with the EnewetakCouncil, their advkors, members of the Congress of Micronesia, and staff of the T.T.at Enewetak on the recommended radiolagid criteria. The DNA submits a DraftEnvironmental Impact Statement containing the AEC recommendation as the preferredoption. The recommended alternative calls for removing the most seriouslycontaminated soil and radioact”we,hazardous, or obstructive debris and entombing itin one or two craters on Runit.2n

27 Sep 74ADMINISTRATION

Commenting upon the proposed NV role as programmatic coordinator, L JoeDeal, assistant director for health protection, AEC/DOS, responds, “The act”witiesinthe Pacific need better inhouse a;d interagency brdinatio-n.direction for research is maintained at tieadauarters, the logicalthis coordination is here.”zm

m

11 Ott 74ADMINISTRATION

President GeraldAdministration (ERDA) by

Nov - Dec 74

Ford creates thesigning the Energy

8 NOV

Since programmaticplace to proceed with

Energy Research and DevelopmentReorganization Am P.L 93-438.

CONTRACTORRADIATION

LRE and BNL staff collect samples from Utiri~ Rongerik Rongelap, Ailinginae,and Bikini for the AEC/DOS portion of the Pacific Radioecological Program.281

74ADMINISTRATIONRADIATIONRELOCATION

The AEC/DOS seeks a closer relationship with the DOI on Bikini resettlement.Martin B. Biles, AEC/DOS, is concerned that recommendations on Bikinirehabilitations are not behg followed strictly, including the use of aggregate fromBikini for house construction. 8iles recommends that any additional housing beconstructed on Eneu, or at least that any further construction on Bikini be deferreduntil radiological consequences are evaluated. AS for Eneweta~ because of currentfunding difficulties Biles suggests that the DOI re-evaluate the advkability of an earlyreturn to Japtan.2U

Dec 74RELOCATION

A field trip b AEC personnel to Ujelang to discuss the Enewetak master planwith the Eneweta 1 people results in the Iatteds acceptance of the AECrecommendation that Enjebi Island should not be resettled along with islands in thesouth because it needs further study. Accordin to the master plan, Enewetak Atoll

fand Medren Islands will be the major residential islands. Following the trip the AECstaff reworks the master plan. 2m

Page 51: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 45

4 Dec

7 Dec

74RADIATION

Carpenter of the DOI denies the rumor that coral other than that from theAerokoijul and Aerokoj Islands in southern Bikini Atoll is bein used in building

Pinstruction. The DOI position is that the AEC must be complete y involved with theBikini project; he urges that the AEC undertake a comprehensive radiologicalassessment of Bikini, such as that done on Eneweta~ as soon as possible so that theDO1/T.T. rehabilitation program can proceed with the necessary radiological data?~

74REK)C4TION

The Enewetak Council adopts a resolution requesting that Stanley Carpenter,director of the DOI office of territorial affaim, grant the people of Enewetak title andownemhip of Ujelang Atoll.m

13-15 Ian 75

17 Jan

19 Jan

20 Jan

ADMINISTRATIONCONTWUXORRELOCATION

At an H&N Bikini-Enewetak conference a Bikini advisory group is establishedto coordinate acthhties of Bikini rehabilitation with members from the DOI (Brown),T.T. (Coleman), the Marshall Islands (de Bruin), the AEC (Biles, Ray for logistics,McCraw for radiologid mncerns), and H&N (Cilmore). The ERDA is to prepare aradiological evaluation/assessment from the draft Bikini Master Plan, as well as a planfor an aerial sumy of Bikini Atoll and a backup plan for a ground suwey in casenecessa~ support for the aerial suwey cannot be obtained.z~

75ADMINISTRATION

Gates, manager, NV, recommends “that NV be assigned responsibility for thecoordination of all the Commission’s (ERDA’s) activities in the Marshall Islands andthat this assignment be made known to Headquarters staff as well as to concernedfield offices and contractors” and that arrangements be made to assure that NV hasthe “opportunity to review and comment upon all proposals to conduct research,studies and related act~lties in the MarshalIs”.a’

75ADMINISTRATION

The ERDA is activatd.

tiMINI~TIONThe role of NV in the Mamhall Islands program is decided at a meeting in the

office of James L Liierman, ERDA acting deputy assistant administrator forenvironment and safety. NV will provide overall maria ement of logistics support,coordination, and scheduling of Paafic program-relat J activities; serve as liaisonamong participants; review, evaluate, and comment on plans, policy matters, reportsand publications relatin to act”wities in the Paafi~ and recommend programmatic

#changes and levels of e ort to headquarters. Headquarters will make final policy andprogram decisions=

Page 52: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 46

6 Feb 75ADMINISTRATION

With the completion of the 1974 Enewetak radiological suwey and thebeginning of the clean-up phase, Cen. Ernest Graves, the ERDA director of militaryapplication, recommends:

I believe it now appropriate and timely to relieve DMA of its Enewetakresponsibilities. The As&stant Administrator for Environment and Safe

Yconcurs in this view and will assume the lead within the ERDA for a IEnewetak matters.zw

19 Feb 75ADMINISTRATION

L Joe Deal, assistant director for health protection, ERDA/DOS, does notconcur with Graves’s proposal for a transfer of programmatic responsibility forEnewetak by saying

As long as DOD is active in the deanup program, we believe DMAshould continue its role. Until the deanup is completed, we don’tknow what problems may arise that would need the assistance of theDOD weapons test laboratories and contractors.=

7 Mar 75ADMINISTRATION

With input from the ERDA the DOI requests that the DOD fund logisticalsupport for an additional radiological suney of Bikini Atoi!.m’

Apr 75CONTRA~ORPLUTONIUMRADIATION

LREand BNL staff collect samples from Kwajalein, Bikini, and Wotho Atolls forthe DOS portion of the Pacific Radiological Pro ram.m2

fUrine bioassays from Bikini show Ieves of plutonium=9 and plutonium240higher than 1971 by a factor of ten. According to later information these results aresuspect because the samples may have been contaminated. (See 8 Dec 76).m

9 Apr 75CONTRACTORMEDICAL

Nelson Anjain, magistrate of Rongelap village, signs a letter to Conard thatstates that the people of Rongelap do not want to see him again because he treatsthem as research subjects rather than as people. The letter adds that theRongelapese want a doctor to live on the island permanently and no longer want tobe under American control. Subsequently, Anjain admits that a member of “friendsof Micronesia” wrote the letter.-

May 75RADIATION

The EPA accepts the ONA’S “Environmental Impact Statement on Cleanup,Rehabilitation, Resettlement of Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands (April 1975).” ‘S

Page 53: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 47

29 Mav 75‘ADMINISTRATION

Jun 75

The DOD rejects the DOI’S request for logistical support for the radiologicalsuwey of Bikini Atoll because the DOI does not have the funds to reimburse theSuppon costs.=

ADMINISTRATIONCONTRA~ORRADIATION

The 1975 Bikini Atoll Radiological Sum+ is conducted by the ERDA and ERDAcontractor ground monitors because no funding is available from the DOD for anaerial suwey. The purpose is to conduct a suntey of external aroma radiation levels

7on Bkini and Eneu Islands to supplement BNL data. The in ormation will be usedto evaluate potential radiation doses that might be rece”wedby returning Bikinians, toprovide information to advise the DOI on location of Phase II homes, and to conducta soil, plant and water sampling program. The NV field survey leader is responsiblefor management of sumey operations. The technical director (LLL) has full authorityand responsibility for the technical plan and advkes and supports the NV field surveyleader. The survey team includes representatives of the AEC/DOS; office of assistantmanager for operations (AMO), NV; LLQ the EPA BN~ and the University ofWashington. Analysis of samples is done at The McClellan Laboratory and the LLLSuwey results indicate that external exposure rates on Bikini Island are highlyvariable.=’

13 Jun

25 Jun

75LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

P.L 94-34 authorizes an ex gratia payment of $3 million to the peo Ie of!Bikini Atoll “in reco nition of the hardship suffered by the people of Bikini ue to

%displacement from t eir atoll since 1946.” This payment is to be placed in a trustfund.-’

75ADMINISTRATION

At an intera ency meeting ERDA oficials detail a plan to conduct a suwey of1?the atolls affected y nuclear testing at a one-time project cost of $3 million. The

ERDA responsible for the technical aspects of the sumey, is committed to absorbapproximately one-half of this amwnt. AS a result the DOI renews its request to theDOD for funding logistical support for the SUWey.m

Aug 75RADIATION

The ERDA issues preliminary reports on the June 1975 survey. The tentativeconclusion is that houses already constructed on Bikini island could be occupied andthus wwld keep radiation doses within guidelines but that any additional houseconstruction should be on Eneu Island. The sutvey confirms that radioactivity in theinterior of Bikini Island is too high for siting future houses. Results also show thatfood plants are recycling radionuchdes from the soil. Subsequently residents arecautioned not to eat locally grown foods.=

Page 54: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 48

23 Aug 75RELOCATION

The DOl announces postponement of the planned return of 150 Bikinians totheir atoll in September for six months pending analysis and evaluation of the resultsof the June su~ey.~’

.

Sep 1975MEDICAL

The BNL issues a 20-year review ofIslanders ex~osed to fallout in 1954. The

the medical findings in the MarshallBNL concludes that kuse thvroid

abnormaliti~ continue, surveillance of thyroid effects of fallout should’ bemaintained.w2

10 Sep 75ADMINISTRATIONCONGRESSIONAL REIATIONSHIPRADIATION

James L Liierman, ERDA assistant administrator for environment and safety,on 10 September and W, E. Shedd, DNA deputy director for operations andadministration, on 28 August si n the Agreement between the Defense Nuclear

KAgency and the Energy Researc and Development Administration regarding theInteragency Support for Cleanup of Enewetak Atoll. The fulfillment of the agreementis contingent upon congressional funding of the cleanup. According to theagreement’s terms, the ERDA will provide directly or through contractors technical andscientific advice to the DNA on radiological act”wities. The agreement states

It is not possible to reduce the radioactive contamination to pm-testlevels. It is possible...to rehabilitate the atoll in a manner that willassure the safety of the returning people by employing certain minimaland acceptable restrictions on land use and locally grown foods, andby maintaining a mntinuing surveillance of the residualradioactivity....The guidelines for radiological cleanup recommended byAEC/ERDA are based on Federal standards....The determination as towhen the DOD cleanup activities have been successfully completedwill be a joint DNA/ERDA decision.

According to the agreement, ERDA also will pursue such programmatic activities asestablishing baseline data for radiological protection of the Enewetakese, conductinbiomedical and environmental monitoring on Enewetak Atoll, and agricultural researcRand experimentation,W3

17 Sep 75ADMINISTRATION

The DOD cites the decision to postpone resettlement of Bikini as anindication that a new radiological survey of Bikini similar to that performed atEnewetak is necessary. The DOD thus indicates a willingness to consider fundinglogistical support for the sutvey. Prior to making any commitments, the deputysecretary of defense calls for a comprehensive review of plans and pro rams that

Ldeal with the residual problems of nuclear weapons testing in the Pacific

Ott 75LEGAL RESPONSIBILITYRADIATION

The people of Bikini file suit in U.S. Dktrict Court for the Dtstrict of Hawaiiwith the People of Bikini et al VS. Robti C. seamans, Jr., et al. and request that the

Page 55: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 49

court order a radiological aerial sutvey of Bikini. They subsequently amend the originalmotion and ask the court to enjoin the defendants from proceeding further with theBikini Resettlement Program until the government complies with the requirements ofthe National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). The plaintiffs want the government tobegin an environmental impact study and the court to prohibit the government fromreprogramming

ffunds earmarked for the Bikini Resettlement Program. The

Marshallese a so ask the court to require the government to submit to the court aplan for completing a radiological study of the Bikini people.ms

9 Ott 75ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

After Martin B. Biles, director of ERDA/DOS, and RO er Ray agree that the NVfcan fulfill the tasks and responsibilities of ERDA under t e DNA-ERDA Enewetak

cleanup agreement, Biles designates the NV as the office in charge of carrying out theERDA portion of that agreement.=

1976CONTRA~ORRADIATIONPLUTONIUMWEAPON TESTING

The BNL initiates an external radiation survey program for Rongelap, Rongeri~Ailu~ Wotje, and Utirik Atolls to gather information on ambient radiation levels fromweapon testing in order to make external dose calculations for people living in thesurveyed areas.W7

Urine bioassays from Bikini show lutoniumn9 and plutonium2a levels higheri’than 1971 by a factor of two. Cesium’ 7 levels from urine are higher than 197o

values by a factor of about 30. StrontiumW levels are higher by a factor of about five.This information is provided as testimony during House Appropriations Committeehearin

rin spring 1978. It is reportedly from an 11 May 1977 memorandum from

Conar to Liverman.-

23 Jan -20 Feb 76CONTRAOORMEDICALRADIATIONRELOCATION

On 23 January Roger Ray, ERDA/NV assistant maria er for environment andl?safety, recommends to James L Liierman, ERDA director of t e division of biomedical

and environmental research (DBER), approval of a BNL medical team “sick call” toBikini Island residents. According to ftay, NV is prepared to support this activity andto assist with an accompanying information rogram. ltay bases his recommendation

ron requests from Oscar de Bruin, Marsha I Islands district administrator, and theBikini representative and the awareness of the islanders’ apprehension about possibleradiation effects because of their residen~ on Bikini Island. On 20 FebruaryLiierman approves the BNL visit to Bikini during the regular medical survey of theMarshall Islands, providing that the Bikinians invite the team, that their attorney andthe T.T. government approve, “and that adequate explanation be provided to theBikini people to the effect that the sick call is not necessitated by any radiationexposure that they may have received.-

Page 56: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 50

Apr 76CONTRACTORRADIATION

The BNL conducts a suwey of external radiation levels on Nam Island, BikiniAtoll.3’0

Sep 76ContractorRADIATION

The University of Washington and BNL measure external radiation levels andcollect environmental samples of five atolls. 3“

16 Sep 76AGREEMENTLEGAL RESPONSIBILllY

The United States and the T.T. sign agreements granting use and occupancyrights to Enewetak to the T.T. but allowing the U.S. to retain residual ri hts to permit

fcleanup of the atoll. Under these rights ERDA will conduct a variety o research andmonitoring operations asSurveillance of EnewetaK~~R ‘f ‘K ‘ong-term ‘=ponsi~Iiw fOr long-term radiologiai

The T.T. government and representatives of the Enewetak eople sign anfagreement that states that the $2o million appropriated for cleanup o Enewetak Atoll

in P,L 94-367, the DOD Military Construction Appropriations Act, 1977, “shallconstitute the total commitment of the Government of the United States for thecleanup of Enewetak AtolL3’3

17 Sep 76CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

Fred M. Zeder, DO I, director of territorial affairs, requests that Congressexpedite action on funding for rehabilitation and resettlement of Enewetak so that theDO1/T.T. rehabilitation project will be able to share some of the logistic and supportoperations from DOD cleanup operations.3’4

8 Dec 76CONTRA~ORPLUTONIUMRADIATION

The Transuranium Technical Group (lTG) rwiews data showing urineplutonium Iwels of Bikini residents as 10 times greater than plutonium Iwels in theurine of residents in the continental U.S. The llG questions the validity of the databecause samples were not collected in a way that avoids possible contamination ofurine by plutonium soil in the air or on the body and clothing of the person providingthe sample. The pooling of urine samples also prwents identification of samplingdiscrepancies. The llG recommends an effort to obtain urine samples fromrepresentative Bkini residents in a controlled environment but advises that theseactivities mi ht cause psychological and sociological stresses to the Bikini people “of

fmore critics concern than the potential hazard from radiation.” W.J. Bair, Battelle,Pacific Northwest Laboratories (PNL), is chair of the llG.3’S

Page 57: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 51

Jan 77CONTl?A~ORRADIATION

According to the LRE analysis of a radiological suwey of seven MarshallIslands atolls for the AEC/DOS from 1974 to 1975, Strontiumw and cesium’37 aredominant in the terrestrial environmen~ and americium24’, piutoniumm9, andplutonium’” are also in the soil from Bikini and Rongelap.3’d

4-5 Feb 77AGREEMENTMEDICAL

Representatives of the ERDA and the T.T. meet on Kwajalein regarding medicalcare of the Rongelap and Utirik people. While the general medical care of the peopleof the Marshall Islands is the responsibility of the T.T., ERDA and T.T. agree to worktogether to extend medid care and treatment to all people living on the islands.The ERDA agrees to invite T.T. medical personnel to join ERDA medical visits, toassist in arran~in~ for U.S. doctors to DatticiDate in the medical team visits. and toextend the du&i& of themedical care.3’7

24 Feb 77ADMINISTRATION

James L Liverman,

medical team visik to assist the T.T. in providing general

ERDA assistant administrator for environment and safety(AES), recommends that his olllce establish a headquarters position to coordinate andmanage health and safety research and surveillance activities in the Pacific3’e

15 Mar 77RELOCATION

Fifty-six Enewetakese return to Japtan,3’9

Apr 77RADIATION

In vivo counting for Bikini Island residents indicates a ten-fold increase in bodyburdens of cesium’” from a 1974 survey and results in an annual whole body doseof about 0.4 rem/ r.

tThe standard is 0.5 rem/ r.

attributed to use o foods grown on Bikini Island.~ The elevated dose rates are

21 Apr 77ADMINISTRATION

Hal Hollister, ERDA acting director of the division of safety, standards, andcompliance (SSC), does not concur with Liierman’s proposal to establish a scientificmanager in the Pacific for all AES Pacific activkies. He suggests no change in currentmanagement of AES activities at the field level and recommends additional emphasison coordination and program development at headquarters.=’

26 Apr 77ADMINISTRATION

In clarifyin the SSC position against Liierman’s proposal, L Joe Deal, ERDA!assistant director or heakh prot~ion of the SSC, cites serious differences of opinion

with NV. Deal states that his d“wisionhas been trying to sort out the pro er role ofheadquarters versus the field and to perform the headquarters’ function.3z

Page 58: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 52

4 May 77ADMINISTRATION

P.L 95-26 includes $2.6 million in limds for the DOI to cover the DOD costfor necessary support for radiological suweying of the northern MarshalIs. ~

16 May 77ADMINISTRATIONContractorMEDICALRADIATION

According to medical examination, 42 of 65 exposed Rongelap people nowIivin have thyroid abnormalities.

(f’Bioassays show an increase in cesium’37 body

bur ens of the Biiini people. The ERDA the DOl, and the BNL agree to have theBNL conduct whole body counting on the returning Enewetakese. Presentresponsibilities for radiation assessment in the ERDA are divided between the ERDAdivision of operatkmal and environmental safety (DOES) and the DBER The DOESobtains radiological data from the BNL for terrestrial evaluation; from the Universityof Washington fcw marine sampling and from the LLL for dose assessment. TheDBER collects data of scientific interest from a research standpoint. 324

26 May 77AGREEMENTWEAPON TESTING

The ERDA and the DOD execute a memorandum of understanding onplanning and support for Safeguard “c” and conduct of nuclear weapons tests outsideNorth American continental limits. The ERDA/DMA and the director of DNA aredesignated to implement Safeguard “C.” Johnston Atoll is selected as the principalreadiness-to-test facility in the PacificUS

27-29 Jun 77RADIATION

Marshall Islands workshop participants ask for reevaluations of Enewetakcleanup plans. =

28 Jun 77

4 Aug

15-17

ADMINISTRATl~RADIATION

The DOD designates the Navy as the executive agent for the coordination andexecution of the DOD responsibilities for logistical support of the aerial radiologicalswvey of the nofiern MarshalIs.=’

77ADMINISTRATION

President Jimmy Carter creates the Department of Energy (DOE) by signingP.L 95-91.

Aug 77CONTRA(XORRADIATION

Representatives from PN~ Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL), HASt+ LAS4the Lovelace Foundation for Medical Education and Research (LFMER), and LLL agreethat the criteria for cleanup of plutonium-contaminated islands, including Enewetak

Page 59: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 53

are reasonable in light of present knowledge and that their application does not posean unacceptable health risk. 320

Ott 77CONTR.MXORRADIATION

The BNL installs a wind-powered, long-term air sampling station on Bikiniisland.3m

Urine samples are collected from Bikini residents under controlled conditionsto avoid contamination.~

1 Ott 77ADMINISTRATION

The DOE is activated.

15 Ott 77LEGAL RESPONSIBILDYMEDICALRADIATIONRELOCATION

P.L 95-134 authorizes $12.4 million for rehabilitation and resettlement ofEnewetak Atoll. The Secretary of Intetior is to pay people who were residents ofRongelap and Utirik Atolls on 1 March 1954, $25,000 to each person withhypothyroidism or removal of a thyroid gland or neurofibroma or a radiation-relatedmalignan~ $1,000 to each person who was a resident on Utiri~ up to $25,000 incompassionate compensation to any other person who suffered physical injury orharm from a radiation-related cau~ and an additional payment of not more than$100,000 to the heirs of anyone whose death “is related to the thermonucleardetonation. The ERDA administrator is to assume the costs of appropriate medicalcare and treatment for those suffering from radiation illness or injury.

P.L 95-134 also authorizes medical care for the Marshall Islanders exposedto the 1954 Castle Bravo fallout, including the dia nosis and treatment of radiation-

frelated diseases. The DOE is responsible for fun ing this medical care.-’

Nov 77RADIATION

The T,T. government institutes a complete dietary program for all residents ofBikini.nz

13 Dec 77CONTRACTORRADIATION

Accordin to the BN~ 30-year integral dose predictions from external sources2wclusive of ba ground radiation for inhabitants of Rongelap and Utirik Atolls are

0.65 and 0.06 rem respectively. The BNL concludes that inhabitants of Rongelap mayhave difficulty meetin ICRP criteria of 5 rem in 30 years, but should be within the

f0.5 rem/year standar for individuals.=

1978AGREEMENT

The signing of the Statement of Agreed Principles for Free Association (theHilo Principles) lay the cornerstone for the Compact of Free Association (COFA) b

1’providing a framework for the negotiation of the compact. The Hilo Principles ca I

Page 60: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

for approval of the freethe United Nations. W

DRAFT 54

association agreement by a plebiscite under observation by

Jan 78PLUTONIUMRADIATION

At the raquest of the DOE DBER and DOES, LLLscientists assess the potentialdoses to ovulations at Enewetak Atoll from transuranic radionuclides. The study

Cf’provides osage estimates to the population via various exposure pathways, such asthe marine pathway, the inhalation pathway, the terrestrial food chain, andgroundwater. The predicted dose rates for the southern islands and Enjebi Island donot exceed the 1 mrad/yr to lung nor the 3 mrad/yr to bone guidance proposed bythe EPA.US

5 Jan 78ADMINISTRATION

The Secretary of the Interior notifies the Secretary of Defense of his concernthat the DOD is not moving ahead with the required logistical support for theradiological sumey in the northern Marshalls and requests assistance and cooperationin apediting arrangements to car~ out this commitment.-

6 Jan 78AGREEMENT

The DOE and the DNA agree to include all transuranics in the cleanup ofEnewetak.337

Feb 78CONTRA~ORPLUTONIUMRADIATION

Accordin to LL~ the Enewetak la oon is the largest reservoirfin the atoll and ittle alteration is expectJ in the present distribution

in the sediment over the next few decades.=

14 Mar 78RADIATION

of transuranicsof transuranics

In a memorandum Charles J. Treat of DNA sets forth the Enewetak cleanupdecisions that need to be resolved in an upcoming meeting and provides an accountof his discussions with Roger Ray regarding these issues. These issues incJudewhether to clean up Runit and how that matter relates to other soil cleanup decisionsand whether to change task group levels on Enjebi from 40 pCi/g to so pCi/g.Wg

Apr 78RADIATION

Radiological surveys of Bikini residents show a 7S percent increase in cesium’37burdens compared to 1977. Twelve of about 140 people exceed current standardsfor body burdens.w

21 Apr 78CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPRADIATION

The House Subcommittee on Health and the Environment of the Committeeon Interstate and Foreign Commerce asks Secretary of Defense Harold Brown about

Page 61: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 55

the DOD’s participation in the Enewetak cleanup and the protective measures beingtaken to prot~ those involved in cleanup activities.x’

26-27 Apr 78RADIATION

The Enewetak Advisory Group meets in Denver and decides that it is notpossible to develop reasonable cleanup guidance to assure that future residents wouldnot rece”weradiation doses from transuranics that would significantly exceed proposedEPA guidelines. They propose a standard of deanup for all one-quarter or one-halfhectare areas exceeding 40 pCi/g of surface soils of village islands that should meetEPA guidelines for the resulting doses in the bone and lung.’”

May 78CONTRACTORRADIATIONRELOCATION

CoCon@ papaya, and breadfruit samples are collected from the Eneu test plotto help assess the suitability of Eneu as a permanent residence for the Bikinians. TheLLL is in charge of analyzing the food samples.’”

22 May 78RADIATIONRELOCATION

Oscar de Bruin, Districl Administrator from the Marshall Islands, testifiesbefore the U.S. House Subcommittee on the Interior of the appropriations committeethat the only way to prevent the Bikinians from using coconuts from the island is toremove the trees or remove the people, The DoI reports that the current Bikinipopulation will be moved from Bikini in 75 to 90 days.’”

JUi 78CLAIMS

As pan of the Micronesia status negotiations Matthew Nimetz, chair of theMicronesia Interagency Group, establishes a Micronesia interagency Group Task Forceon Claims issues to study claims arising from U.S. nuclear testing and relatedactivities in the Marshall Islands. The task force is chaired by the Office ofMicronesia Status Negotiations and contains representatives from the Departments ofState, Defense, Energy, Interior, and Justice, and OMB.”S

26 ]U[ 78ADMINISTRAnONCONTRACTORRADIATION

The aerial photographic mission, the first phase of the 13 Atoll Suwey of thenorthern MarshalIs, begins. The DOE/DOES manages the survey and acts ascoordinator with Washington-level federal agencies. The manager, NV, is in chargeof logistics coordination for suwey field operation% a technical director from LLL

rrovides technimi direction of aerial, terrestrial, and marine field operations and for

aboratory anatysis and dose assessments. Contractors include BN~ University ofWashington, u and EG&G.=

Page 62: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 56

2 Aug 78AGREEMENT

Liverman, the DOE acting assistant secretary for environment, si ns the7Memorandum of Agreement between the Navy, the DOE, and the DOI on ogistics

support for the aerial radiological suwey of the northern Marshall islands.~’

16 Aug 78AGREEMENTRELOCATK3N

After concerns are raised during meetings with the residents of Bikini and KiliIslands, officials of the DOE, representing the U.S. government and the T.T. sign astatement of understanding on movin

fBikinians. The DOI will arrange for

satisfactory permanent relocation and wil ask the DOE to assure that medical needsof Bikini Island residents are met. The U.S. government will undertake a program forthe permanent rehabilitation of Kili and, following completion of the aerial suwey, willwork with Kili residents to choose other relocation sites. If future studies show Eneucan be safely inhabited, BMni residents will be allowed to move there. Brief visitsto Bikini will be allowed. Necessary housing community facilities, and a dock will bebuilt at Kili. A relocation allowance of $100.72 per person will be given to Bikiniresidents.w

18 Aug 78LEGAL RESPONSIBILITYRELOCATION

P.L 95-348 appropriates $1s million for the Bikini people evacuated fromBikini Atoll as a result of nuclear tests, of which $12 million is authorized for therelocation and resettlement of the BMni people, and $3 million is held in trustpursuant to the trust agreement in P.L 94-34. The Secretary of the Interior mustsubmit a pro ress report to Congress on efforts to find a permanent location for

%these people y 1 July 1979.”’

28 Aug 78RELOCATION

Relocation of Bikini residents to Kili Island begins.3W

Sep 78RADIATION

The technical phase of the Thirteen Atoll Suwey begins.3S’

27 Ott 78LEGAL RESPONSIBILINRADIATION

The People of Bikini, et al., vs. Robert C. Seamans, Jr., et al., of October 1975,is dismissed. Following negotiations with the Department of Justice, the plaintiffsdrop the suit on condition that a more comprehensive radiological survey of Bikini isconducted and that this sutvey be extended to ten other atolls and two other islands.The Bikini people will select a qualified scientist to work under contract with the DOEto provide independent analysis of suwey data.3=

Page 63: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 57

1979

Jan 79

30 Jan

ADMINISTRATIONMEDIC4LRADIATION

According to a General Accounting Office (G40) report on the cleanup ofEnewetak Atoll, the DOE has the responsibility for future periodic radiological surveysof Enewetak Atoll and periodic medical and environmental monitoring of the peopleand the environment after rehabilitation. (There is no official agreement betweenthe U.S. and the people of Enewetak regarding these matters.) The GAOrecommends establishing an agreement to monitor and inspect entombed radioactivesoil and debris followin the termination of the T.T. agreement. The GAO advises the

%DOI to initiate indepen ent assessment of the Enewetak cleanup project, a suggestionagreeable to the DOE.3=

RADIATIONMeasured body burdens of cesium’37in former Bikini Island residents show a

reduction factor from 1978 to 1979 of 2.3 for males, 3.8 for females, and 12 forchiidren.3M

79ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

The DOE requests the DOD support for a radiological survey of soil on thenorthern Marshall Islands to determine residual fission products in the soil, to helpcalculate dose assessments, plan the DOE’s rehabilitation program for coconutplanting and determine the feasibility and/or timing of Enjebi resettlement.3sS

Feb 79

1 Mar

RADIATIONDOE Enewetak Radiological Support Project (ERSP) establishes a Fission

Product Data Base (FPDB) to collect essential information to provide doseassessments for 18 islands of Enewetak AtolL3M

79ADMINISTRATION

In a referendum the people of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMl)approve a constitution.3s7

27-28 Mar 79RADIATION

To avoid repeating the Bikini experience, the Northern Marshall IslandsAdvisory Group recommends that ail dose calculations used to make decisionsregarding habitation of the Marshall Islands be independently verified by two or moreorganizations.3=

Mar-Apr 79CONTRA~ORRADIATION

The DOE conducts soil suwey of Enjebi Island and other northern islands ofEnewetak Atoll. LLL analyzes resuks.359

Page 64: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 58

1 May 79ADMINISTRATION

The RMl inau~rates a parliamentary constitutional government.=

15 May 79RADIATIONRELOCATION

In response to a request by the DOI for a definitive statement by the DOEon the possibility of returning Bikinians to Eneu island, Ruth Clusen, the DOEassistant ~etary for environmen~ states that a return to Eneu Island cannot takeplace for 20 to 25 years when a@ying the radiation criteria of 250 mrem/yr perperson used for the Enewetakese.

17 May 79ADMINKIRATIONContractorRADIATION

Roger Ray and Harry Brown meet with President Amata Kabua and membersof the cabinet of the government of the Marshall Islands. They discuss the DOE’sinterest in gaining cooperation from the Tobolar copra plant to replicate the Tobolarpr~ in a laboratory at LLL @obolar is a Marshallese word that means “sproutingcoconut.”) They also confer about the safety of Eneu as a residential island, radiationlevels on Bikar and Bokar, thyroid abnormalities on Likiep, and the northern MarshallIslands suwey.%2

21 May 79RADIATIONRELOCATION

The DOI informs the T.T. that Eneu Island must be placed off limits as a placeof residence for the Bikini people for at least another twenty to twenty-five years.The DOI stresses that the U.S. government must use the same radiation exposurecriteria for the people of Bikini as that used for Enewetak.=

4 Jun 79R4DIATION

The Marshall Islands Nijitela (legislature) adopts a resolution requestin that%the U.S. government and the UN conduct a radiological sutvey of the waters an land

areas in the Marshall Islands, north of & north latitude, including all of Namu Atoll,to determine radioact”wity in the area and to cany out medical examinations toidentify physical disorders which may be attributable to nuclear explosions on Bikiniand Enewetak Atolls.=

Aug 79RADIATION

The DOE, the DOl, and the EPA and their legal counsels agree on thenecessity of determining a U.S. position with respect to the applicability of U.S.exposure guidance in the Marshall Islands, particularly at Eneweta~ and to determinethe extent to which the U.S. has the authority and responsibility to enforce thisguidance, The EPA believes that federal guides to radiation protection apply to theMarshall Islands people who want to return to Enewetak, but that, in carrying out itsprograms, the DOI can allow the possibility of occasional individual doses in excessof 0.5 rem/yr if it has a carefully considered reason for doing SO.WS

Page 65: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 59

12 Sep 79RELOCATION

in an open letter to members of the council of Ujelang and Enewetak and thepeople of those atolls prior to the Enewetak radiation dose assessment meetings,President Kabua advi~ them that the government *cannot bless nor participate inany decision-making for your return to Enewetak” unless it is certain about all aspectsof lingering radiation danger. He expresses his concern about whether the initial doseassessment meetings can achieve informed consent by the people of Ujelang andEnewetak and advises them not to rush with a decision if they feel they are not yetready to make one.=

16 Sep 79RADIATION

Completion ceremony for the concrete dome covering radioactive debris isheld on Runit Island.*’

18 Sep 79ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

The Ujelang/Enewetak council adopts resolutions requesting that six membersof the Enewetak planning council be permitted to be present on Enewetak from1 October 1979 to 31 January 198o to have a greater role in the final phase of theEnewetak Atoll rehabilitation project. The council also asks that future planting ofbreadfmit trees on Japtan be on the ocean side of each wato in close proximity tohomesites and not interspersed with coconut palms.=

18-20 Sep 79RADIATIONRELOCATION

At a dose assessment conference at Ujelang Atoll DOE representatives discussthe radiolo ical status of Enewetak Atoll with the people of Enewetak. The people

tof Eneweta in consultation with Drs. A. Bertrand Brill, Michael A. Bender, Robert A.Kiste, and William E. Ogle, and legal counsel, decide the preferred course forresettlement and use of the islands of the atoll. The DOE staff presents and explainsits book “Enewetak Today,” Following the meeting with DOE, the council of Enewetakmeets with Theodore R Mitchell, MlSC, and his advisors, and adopts a resolutionstating that the people of Enjebi “shall and must” return to live on Enjebi andimploring the U.S. government to concur with this decision and assist the people ofEnjebi to return to their homeland.w9

28 Sep 79RADIATION

In response to a verbal request from Ruth Van Cleve, director, ofice ofterritorial affairs, DOI, Bruce W. Wachholz, DOE office of environment assesses theradiological consequences to the people of Enewetak if they reside only on Eneweta~Medren, and Japtan, and if coconut tr~ are planted on the northeastern islands ofthe Enewetak Atoll. Given these assumptions and limitations, the radiation exposureestimates are below U.S. exposure guidance and AEC recommendations.3~

Page 66: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 60

12 Ott 79RADIATIONRELOCATION

Michael A. Bender and A. Bertrand Brill of National Cytogenetics, Inc issue‘Assessment of Radiation Health Effects of the Resettlement of Enewetak Atoll,” areport prepared for MISC. They conclude that their risk assessments are insubstantial agreement with those the DOE presented to the Enewetak people at thedose assessment conference. Bender and Brill conclude that the average yearly dosesprobably will be relatively small for the people of Enewetak following resettlement ofthe atoll, including Enjebi.37’

22 Ott 79RADIATIONRELOCATION

In response to a request by the people of Enewetak for the DOI to considera ricukural redevelopment and reestablishment of a community on Enjebi, Ruth Van

YC eve, DOI director of the office of territorial affairs, asks the DOE to estimate theamount of time it would take for exposure levels on Enjebi to meet applicableexposure limits.372

30 Ott 79RADIATIONRELOCATION

In response to the DOE and the DOI questions regarding whether theproposal to resettle Enjebi requires a supplemental environmental impact statement,Theodore Mitchell, M15C, responds that resettlement of Enjebi was sufficiently studiedin the 1975 environmental impact statement.3n

15 Nov 79CONTRA~ORRADIATION

Roger Ray reports that NV/ERSP is evaluating a systematic error in the in situmeasurement of americium in Enewetak. This error, in the range of 20 to 25 percent,derives from improper use of a soil composition that is not representative of theactual. If these errors were introduced into the LLL preliminary dose assessment, thenthe data are lower than actual radioactivity levels. ~he calibration procedures usedin IMP calculations of transuranics data in the LLL preliminary dose assessment werefirst questioned by Ed Bramlitt of the DNA field comma,ld.) As a result, the 111revised dose assessments are put on hold until the error is clarified and the extentof necessa~ revisions is assessed.374

3 Dec 79RADIATIONRELOCATION

In a draft response to Van Cleve’s request for time estimates for safe exposurelevels on Enjebi, Wachholz provides time estimates rangin from 60-65 years and 90-

!95 years that take into account assumptions about Ii estyle patterns and DOErecommendations.37S

Page 67: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Jan 80

DRAFT 61

ContractorMEDIC4LRADIATION

The BNL issues Review of Medical Findin~s in a Marshallese PocmlationTwenty-Six Years After Accidental Extmsure to Radioactive Fallout. The reportemphasizes that many uncertainties were involved in calculating the early radiationdoses received by the Marshallese prior to their evacuation. Because of possiblefufiher develo ment of thyroid abnormalities, BNL recommends regular medi=l

J’examinations.3s

Mar 80R4DIATION

The DNA announces that the Enewetak cleanup is completed. The total cOstof the cleanup and rehabilitation phase is $218 millio-n.3°

12 Mar 80AGREEMENTMEDICAL

P.L %-205, the BurtonSecretary of Interior to provide

bill, takes effect. This law gives responsibilitymedical are and treatment for the mode of

to theBikini,

EnewetaL Rongelap, and Utirik Atolls who have been exposed to r~diat’ion from the

4 Apr

nuclear weap;n ~esting program and to support environmental research andmonitoring for any injury, illness, or condition that may result from the nuclearweapon testing program. The Secretary of Interior must submit a plan for acomprehensive four-atoll health program by 1 January 1981. All costs andimplementation of the plan are to be assumed by the DOE.37S

80RELOCATION

Johannes Peter, Binton Abraham, and John Abraham, heredita~ and electedleaders of Enewetak Atoll, write President Jimmy Carter because they disagree withstatements made to Carter by RMI President Kabua. Kabua repotiedly had askedCaner to look into the resettlement of Enewetak. Peter, Abraham, and Abrahambelieve that additional study is unnecessary because independent advice by Benderand Briel (1979) favors Enewetak resettlement.They allege that President Kabua is motivated by funding and politics and is notspeaking for the majority of the Enewetak people.3n

May 80RELOCATION

The Enewetak

Sep - Ott 80ADMINISTRATIONMEDICALRADIATION

people return to Enewetak Atoll.=

The DOE issues The Meanine of Radiation at Bikini Atoll to the Marshalleseto explain the results of the 1978 sunmy. The report states that the Bikini eople

Jwould be within U.S. radiation standards if they returned to Eneu Island un er theprovisions that they import 50 Percent of their food and spend less than 10 percentof their time on Bikini Island.=

Page 68: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 62

The DOE presents and explains’ “The Meaning of Radiation at Bikini Atollwtothe Bikini people living on Kili.=

loct80ADMINISTRATION

Beginning in W 1981 the LLL dose assessment proje@ the BNL whole bodycountin activkies, and the University of Washington projrxts are transferred to the

kDOE O lce of Health and Environmental Research (OHER).W

30 Ott 80ContractorRADIATION

The LLNL issues Reassessment of the Potential Radiolcwical Doses forResidents Resettling Enewetak Atoll. This report refines the dose predictions forvarious living patterns proposed for the r~ttlement of Enewetak Atoll.m

3 Dec 80ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORMEDICAL

A Loma Linda University report from a contract with the DOI on the four-atoll health plan concludes that the best solution would be to improve the health careavailable throu bout the Marshall Islands. Neither the DOI nor the Marshall Islands

t?government o Icially endorses the plan.w

24 Dec 1980AGREEMENT

P.L 96-597 states that all ri hts, title, and interests of the U.S. government in

rfersonal property or property of t e ovemment of the T.T. of the Pacific Islands

fo@ed in the T.T. of the Pacific IsIan s shall be transferred without reimbursementby 1 October 1982 to the T.T.=

1981 & 1982CIAIMS

Fourteen petitions on behalf of approximately 5,oOO Marshall Islandsinhabitants are filed in the U.S. Court of Claims for property claims rcwlting from thenuclear weapons testing program. The petitions are consolidated into three casesJuda vs. U.S., involving inhabitants of the Bikini Atoll; Peter vs. U.S., concerninginhabitants of Enewetak Atoll; and Nitol vs U.S., including inhabitants of atolls andislands that were not used as test sites. Juda vs. U.S. alleges damages of $450million. Peter vs. U.S. seeks damages of $5OO million. Nitol vs. U.S. claims damagesof $400 million in each of the 12 cases, which total $4.80 billion.=’

1981CIJUMSLEGAL RESPONSIBIUIY

The Marshall islands Testing Litigation Project is initiated. A consortium ofU.S. law firms announces the filing of personal iniry claims against the U.S.government on behalf of more than 600 Marshallese.

Page 69: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 63

27 Feb 81ADMINISTRATION

Robert L Morgan, DOE acting assistant secretary for defense pr rams,proposes a reorganization Tof Defense Programs (DP) to comply wit thereorganization of DOE by Secretary James B. Edwards. Morgan recommends, amongnumerous weapons responsibilities, that the deputy assistant secretary for militaryapplication exercise direction over the offke of safety, environment and emergencyactions. M. Whitley of DP prepares these proposals for Morgan.m

Mar 81POLICYRELOCATION

Approximately 100 Enewetak people return to Ujelang from Enewetak becauseof lack of coconuts and other fresh fruits.=

Enewetak leaders petition the U.N. Trusteeship Council to continue thetrusteeship arrangement with the U.S. after the agreement has been terminated withthe rest of Micronesia.39’

7 Apr 81ADMINISTRATION

Following a DOE departmental reorganization transferring the biological andenvironmental research (BER) program from the former otice of the assistantsecretary for the environment to the office of energy research (ER), N. Douglas Pewitt,acting director of E~ proposes placin

f?nonresearch Marshall Islands projects related

to medial surveillance in the new o Ice of the assistant secretary for environmentalprotection, safety, and emergency preparedness (ASEP).392

27 May 81ADMINISTRATION

“DOE’s Ml activities are at a crossroads,” writes Tommy McCraw, DOE healthphysicist, in response to Dr. Bruce Wachholz’s question of who should manage theDOE Marshall Islands program and whether NV should administer it. McCrawmentions that disagreements have occurred between the NV and headquarters staffsover who should manage the Marshall Islands program and how it should beoperated. The NV representatives, says M&raw, have given the Marshallese theimpression that the NV has “almost endless resources” compared to the T.T. officials.McCraw also states that the AEC and the ERDA maria ement “were never wil!ing to

1formally give NV more responsibility in the Marshalls t an responsibility for logisticssupport.” According to M&raw, the DOE and its predecessorrs have received no cleardirections from Con ress to provide radiological follow-up in the Marshall~ moreover,

%McCraw finds that t e DOE “currently has no approved policy and no plan for theseactivities.” M&raw concludes that givhg NV staff the responsibility for the DOEMarshall Islands program will give the impression in Washington and Majuro that theDOE wishes to provide leadership on Marshall Islands matters that will require newresponsibilities and enlarged funding With no end in sight.”3m

26 Ott -20 NOV 81ADMINISTRATION

Citing a “very large program growth,” Herman E. Roser, DOE assistantsecretay for DP, on 26 October recommends and on 20 November DOE SecretaryEdwards approves a reorganization of DP to consolidate program management areasand to delegate program management responsibilities to three deputy assistant

Page 70: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 64

secretaries. Roser anticipates “continuing management requirements for a major DOEmission area.”3x

1982ADMINISTRATIONCLAIMSCONTRACTORMEDIC4L

Antolo~ Cathelina, et al. VS. BN~ et al. is filed in U.S. District Cou~ CentralDistri@ California, chargin that contractors, actin as agents of the U.S. government,

f fcaused hysical injury an death and breached Iduaary du to protect the healthr Tand we l-being of the plaintiffs, who are Marshailese. De endants include LLN~

Pacific Northwest Laboratory, Battelle Memorial Institute, LAN~ and SandiaLaboratories. The plaintiffs seek damages for past and future medi=l expenses,property damage, contamination of environment suffering and $4 billion in punitivedamages.’”

The manager of NV pro oses to consolidate all of the Marshall Islandsprograms in the DOE DP office.’E

BNL issues Medical Status of Marshallese Accidentlv EXDOSedto 1954 BravoFallout Radiation: Ianuaw 1980 throueh December 1982. This report concludes thatthere is no statistically significant dfference between the survival cuwes of theradioactively exposed and unexposed groups.m’

29 Jan 82RADIATIONCONTRA~OR

LLNL issues “An Updated Radiological Dose Assessment of Bikini and Eneuislands at Bikini Atoll,” which addresses potential dose assessment after resettlementat Bikini Atoll.’W

Feb 82ADMINISTRATION

The NV staff recommends that it be given additional authority to implementthe NEPA because current procedures for environmental assessments and impactstatements slow down field action. The NV request would diminish the authority ofthe offIce of environmental protection, safety, and energy preparedness (EP) atheadquarters on environmental assessments and impact statements.3W

2 Mar 82ADMINISTRATION

Kristine Morris drafts a memorandum for DOE Assistant Secretary of DPHerman E. Roser’s signature that recommends transferring the Marshall Islandsprograms from EP to DP. She circulates the draft to Roger Ray and Tom Comwellfor comment. Cornwell su ests that Morris include more about the history of U.S.

Tgovernment acquisition of t e Marshalls for nuclear testing and separate sectionsabout the Burton Bill and Safeguard “C.-

23 Mar 82ADMINISTRATION

Herman E. Roser urges the Secretary of the DOE to transfer the MarshallIslands programs from EP to DP. Roser supports his request by recallin that durin1977-1980 the DOE Enewetak Radiological SUppOrt Project “providJ 7the criticsexpertise” for the DNA $100 million cleanup in the Marshall Islands. Roser adds that

Page 71: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 65

the DOE/NV organized and conducted the radiological survey of 288 islands in thenorthern Marshalls as part of the DOE project. Recognizing that Ep has beenresponsible since 1977 for the Marshall Islands p

3rams, Roser explains that except

for the professional medical responsibility, the t nical resources currentty in theMarshall Islands are primarily weapons-related and are part of the Safeguard “C”program to maintain the capability to resume atmospheric testing, “In fact,” addsRoser, “much of the field effort in the Marshall Islands is an exercise of theexpeditionary capability which is an important aspect of Defense Programs’ Safeguard‘C.’” Because most of the DOE logistic and support base “is common to theSafeguard ‘C’ readiness program,” DP should assume direction and control of theDOE Marshall Island activities, Roser condudes.m’

●25 Mar 82ADMINISTRATl~

Kris Morris reports that Herman E. Roser has signed the proposal to transferthe Marshall Islands program to DP. The only issue is one of where to locate theprogram in Dl? in program support (PS) or safety, environment, and emergencyactions (SEEA). Morris recommends that the program be placed in PS. She does notforesee the need for additional staff because the bulk of the work is done in NV andthe Pacific Area support office (PASO).42

Apr 82ADMINISTRATICMl

Dr. Charles W. Edington, associate director of the DOE OHE~ dls the linkingof Saf

Tard “d to the Marshall Islands pr ram “ludicrous.” Edington drafts an issue

Tpaper i-ssing the proposed transfer oft e Marshall Islands program to DP. Thepaper, which was never sent, concludes DP does not have the medical or technicxdstaff to manage the pro ram and an association of the health care and radiological

\monitoring programs to t e weapons program will destroy any pretense of object~tty.OHER sees no point in continuing research at the Mid-Pacific Marine Laboratory. Heperceives this attempt as another effort to transfer management of the program toNV. Edin on recommends that if EP is unwilling to retain the program that, it betransferre? to ER/EHER instead of DP. He also acknowled es the differences of

1!opinion between the DOE and NV on DOE’s role in the Mars all Islands while theDOE maintains that it is an advisor to the DOl and the DOD, NV has led theMarshallese to believe that the DOE has a greater responsibility than is the case.@3

14 Apr 82ADMINISTRATl(Ml

J. W. Thiessen, acting deputy assodate director of EP, opposes therecommendation of Roser to transfer the Marshall Islands program to DP. Thiessenbelieves that RoseFs recommendation results from pressures from NV to take overthe policy direction of a program in which NV has had only logistic su port

fresponsibility. According to Thiessen, DP also wants the program control in or er toretain the Mid-Pacific Research Laboratory on Enjebi Island. Thiessen fears that if theprogram is transferred to DP, then headquarters would not be consulted adequately.Moreover, Thiessen thinks that the DOE should dose the Mid-Pacific ResearchLaboratov because it has been inactive for several year. He recommends that if EPwishes to drop the rogram, then the Marshall Islands project should be transferredback to his office.d

Page 72: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

13 May 82ADMINISTRATION

Herman E. Rosev A-W. Trivelpiece, assistant secreta~ for E~ and Vaughn,assistant Secretay for EP, discuss the transfer of the Marshall Islands pr rams. ER’s

7position is that although ER does not want to manage the programs, it wi I contributeexpertise and funding. Vaughn sees EP as an oversight office but does not have aprepared position. Roser declares that EP has managed the pr rams poorly and that

Tif DP receives the programs it will establish immediately a hea quarters task force todetermine future policy.’”s

30 May 82AGREEMENT

The United States and the Marshall Islands sign the Compact of Freeksociation (COFA).W

Sep 82RELOCATIONRADIATION

NV issues Enewetak l?adiolo~ical SUDDOrt Proiect, Final ReDort, whichdocuments the technical and logistical ~ccomplishments of the ERSP,directed by NV.According to this paper, the ERSP gave DNA technical advice on the cleanup andreported the final radiological condition of each of the atoll’s fo~-three islets.’”’

30 Sep 82ContractorRADIATION

Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (LLNL) issues The Northern MarshallIslands l?aciiolo~id Survew Terrestrial Food Chain and Total Doses (1982 Report),which is the o~lcial documentation of the radiation survey of the northern MarshallIslands in 1978.-

1 Ott 82AGREEMENT

The U.S. and the Federated States of Micronesia conclude a Compact of FreeAssociation and establish a relationship of Free Association between the twogovernments.m

The U.S. and the RMl sign an a reement concluded pursuant to section 234%of COFA that transfers the titles of Ian s owned but no longer needed by the U.S.

government to the governments of the Marshall islands.””

19 Ott 82AGREEMENT

P.L 97-357 amends P.L SS97 of 24 December 1980 by replacing the 1October 1982 deadline with “by a date not later than ninety days followingtermination of the trusteeship agreement governing the administration of the T.T. ofthe Pacific Islands.’’’”

280ct82-5Nw82ADMINISTRATION

On 28 October Herman E. Roser amc,urs with the transfer of Marshall Islandsprograms and the Nevada Dose Reassessment effort from EP to DP with theexpectations that the W 1983 and 1984 monies for these programs also will betransferred to DP. On 5 November William A Vaughan, assistant secretary for

Page 73: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 67

environmental protection, safety, and emergency preparedness, signs therecommendation for transfer of these two EP programs to DP and another EPprogram, radiological surveys and certification, to the assistant secretary for nuclearenergy. Among the arguments cited against the Marshall Islands program transfer inan unsigned attachment to Vaughan’s 29 &to&r memorandum to DOE SecretaryEdwards are DP has limited headquarter medical, health, or environmental expertstaff to direct the rogram, and “historically, EP has retained management of the

rprogram because o its perceived expertise.” In that same doament proponents ofthat transfer contend that the Marshall Islands program is primarily operational andrelated to past weapon testing a major DP act”kity that NV manages the logisticalsupport in the Pacific for D~ and that EP handling represents a conflict with the EPoversight role.”z

NOV 82MEDICALRADIATION

The DOE issues Melelen Radiation Ilo Ailifi ko Itufi Ilo MaiGl, ko Rar Etali Ilo1978 (The Meanin~ of Radiation for Those Atolls in the Northern Part of the MarshallIslands That Were Suweved in 19781 to the Marshallese to explain the results of the1978 measurements for Rongelap, Utiri~ Taka, ltongeri~ Ailinginae, Likiep, Aiiu~Jemo, Mejit, Wotho, and Ujelang Atolls. According to Tommy M&raw, the 400mRem/yr exposure rate “on ~’ge 39” appears to be an erroneous value not supportedby whole-body monitoring. McCraw says that “the value should be less than 100mRem/year,” provided the food restriction remains effective.4’3

8-9 Dec 82CONTRACTORMEDICALRADIATION

DOE representatives and contractors from the PNL and LLNL meet withMarshall Islanders at Majuro to explain the 1978 radiological survey. No T. T.representative attends. Roger Ra serves as the DOE spokesman, and TommyMcCraw attends as an obswver. 4 e Marshallese ask why only certain islands wereincluded in the survey which areas are safe with respect to health; and how theradiation affects people’s health. According to McCraw, the Marshallese/English bookwas %ell received,” and Ray was effect-we in responding to the pu ose and findings

Tof the survey. Nevertheless, M&raw is upset kause “some of t e Marshallese atthe meeting appeared surprised, confused, and skeptical of Roger’s statements thatfood from Enjebi Island and from the northern islands at Rongelap could be eatenwith certain qualifications, and that the people should make up their own jud ments

?based upon cancer risk estimates and upon the need for food.” McCraw regar s Ray’sadvice as incompatible with the DOE policy of adhering to federal and internationalradiation protection standards and giving DOE-coordinated radiologid advice andassistance to the DOI and the T.T. high commissioner. According to M~raw, Ray’sstatements on the consumption of Enjebi and northern islands food were notcoordinated within the DOE. M&raw mnsiders this episode a continuation of adifference of opinion between DOE head uarters safety staff and NV that started

1when NV became involved in the Eneweta cleanup.’”

Page 74: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 68

1983CONGRESSIONAL REMTIONSHIPRELOCATION

Congress creates the Bikini Atoll Rehabilitation Committee (BARC) toinvestigate and report to Congress on the feasibility and mst of rehabilitating BikiniAtoll. The BARC is funded by the DOL4’S

The Marshall Islands Legislature passes a resolution supporting a relocationrequest to the U.S. Congress by the Rongelapese.”s

Jan 83ADMINISTRATIONCONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPMEDICAL

Committee Print No. 3 prepared by the staff of the U.S. House ofRepresentatives Subcommittee on Public Lands and National Parks r~mmends thatthe committee reiterate to the administration the congressional intent in P.L 96-205that the U.S. provide health care for the Marshallese adversely affected by the U.S.nuclear tests in the Pacific’”

At the suggestion of the DOE assistant general counsel for general litigation,the deputy assistant secretary for defense programs creates an informal litigationsupport working group to coordinate litigation support activities. This roup’s work

fwill include support on cases filed by Marshall Islands inhabitants for c aims arisingfrom the atmospheric nuclear testing in the Paafic”a

11 Jan 83ADMINISTRATION

Assistant Secretary for DP Herman E. Roser concurs in the transferring of theEP Marshall Islands and Dose &xxssment Programs to DP with the understandingthat the FY 1984 funding levels of $4. I5 million and $+1.4 million alsobecause the W 1984 DP budget contains no money for these programs.

,I$o to DP

26 Jan 83ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORMEDICALRADIATION

Replying to Tommy McCra#s critique of the 8-9 December 1982 DOEmeeting with Marshallese at Majuro, Roger Ray denies that representatives of theDOE and contractors made or advocated any change in DOE policy or that he madestatements incompatible with past policy. l?ay explains

As to the alleged confusion on the part of our Marshallese hosts Iwould say that if there were not some confusion it would suggest thatwe were not communicating effect”wely. I have never yet attended apublic meeting on radiation matters where the complexity of thesubj- did not evoke some degree of confusion and concern.

Ray quotes from the meeting transcript to highlight the impressions of twoMarshallese representatives. A member of the parliament tells Ray “that we can nowask thin s that we want to know and feel comfortable, we want to build on this

Erelations i of sharing information with each other.” At the end of the meetings the/’RMI chic secretary, representing the RMI president expresses “our extreme

gratitude...for the teams coming....for this kind of setting we are able to sit down faceto face... discuss these matters, raise questions and et answers or at least have them

fraised so the answers can be forthcoming eventua Iy.”’m

Page 75: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 69

14 Feb 83ADMINISTRATION

According to Maj. Gen. WNiam W. Hoover, DOE director of militaryapplication, Roser has placed program management of the Marshall Islands programin the OMA division of program support. Hoover then designates the NV as the leadoffice to manage this program on a daily bask. The ff 1984 Marshall Islandsfunding will be included under the weapons program. NV will be responsible for theFY 1985 Marshall Islands budget that will cover LLN~ BN~ H&N and University ofHawaii act”wities Headquarters staff invoived in the Marshall islands program areRalph Ross and Kristine Morris.’z’

29 Mar -4 Apr 83ADMINISTRATION

K Dean Helms, DOE director of organization and management systems,recommends on 29 March and WNiam S. Heffelfin er, DOE director of

fadministration, approves on 4 April the transfer of $4.15 mi lion and 0.25 of a fill-time equivalent position from EP to DP for the Marshall Islands program. Accordingto Helms, no incumbent of an occupied position qualifies for a direct transfer underthe Marshall Islands program. Helms attributes the Marshall Islands program transferto “a result of EP concerns that these program management responsibilitiescompromised their ability to carry out their basic oversight role.’”n

9 Iun 83

25 Jun

ADMINISTRATIONAt the request of the DOE/DP the Marshall Islands Planning Group (MIPG)

is established at NV. Its purpose is to ‘review and make recommendations on thetechnical content of our Marshall Islands programs, to ensure our legal obligationswere met, and to undettake long-term planning r

Ynizing the than ing political

\relationship between our government and that of t e Republic of t e MarshallIslands.Mzs

83AGREEMENT

Because of revisions and the conclusion of a subsequent a reement the U.S.fand the Marshall Islands sign for a second time the COFA and a I of its subsidiary

agreements.424One of these agreements, for the implementation of section 177 of the COF~

sets forth provisions for the settlement of all claims, for the continued administrationby the U.S. of direct medical surveillance and treatment programs and radiologicalmonitoring and for the assumption of responsibility for enforcement of limitationson the use of affected areas by the RMl with assistance by the U.S.42S

7 Sep 83AGREEMENT

The electorate of the Marshall Islands votes to approve the COFA.4=

21 Ott 83MEDICAL

To date the DOI has not provided the DOE with a development plan for thefour-atoll health program and environmental research program.427

Page 76: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 70

210ct-3Nov83MEDICALCONTRACTOR

The BNL cnnducts a pediatrics mission to Ebeye and Majuro. Communitymeetings are held in both Ebeye and Ma”uro to describe the mission and answer

c1questions. The m“hssionexamines 190 chil ren in Ebeye and 140 children from BikiniAtolL42s

23 NOV 83CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPRADIATIONRELOCATION

The BARC lntenm report estimates that it will cost about $100 million andtake two to four pars of on-site effort to resettle the islands of Bikini and Eneu. Themain approaches to decontamination are those permittin resettlement if radioact”we

fcontamination is minimal with the proviso that no loca foods except fish will beeaten for a specifii period and the removal of contaminated soil, especially whereradiological contamination is high.’=

1984ADMINISTRATION

The DOE terminates its resident scientific program at Enewetak because ofoperational and funding mnstraints. The DOE continues to maintain a small fieldstation at Enewetak to support scientific trips and limited operations.’n

31 Jan 84MEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIATION

While expecting the RMI to take over most of the functions andresponsibilities of the NV Marshall Island Programs, the NV recommends a MarshallIslands program plan for FY 1985-1989 that recognizes that the U.S. government isresponsible for the lifetime medical care for the 178 remaining individuals who wereexposed to radioactive fallout from Castle Bravo. The NV also advocates continuingthe dose projections for Enewetak and Bikini to support future resettlement decisionsand a data bank program, a U.S. government repository for all pertinentenvironmental and dose assessment information. NV recommends two missions ayear to study plutmium uptake of Rongelap residents and of people residing in Bikiniduring the 1970sa’

10 Feb 84ADMINISTRATION

Since last September the MPRL has not had a resident scientist at Enewetak.Althou h the laborato~ has been inactive, the DOE has kept it maintained and

foperab e. The WCS, with the coo ration of the DOE, is planning an expedition torEnewetak in summer 1984 that wi I require the use of the laboratory.’”

Mar 84RELOCATION

A complete brushing operation is initiated on Enewetak. All non-cultivatedfoliage will be chopped down and left to decompose to add humus to the soil andassist in maintaining moisture and providing natural nutrients.’”

Page 77: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 71

30 Mar 84

1 May

3 May

AGREEMENTThe President transmits the COFA to Congress.’U

84CIAIMSRADIATIONRELOCATION

The people of Bikini file a class action suit against the executive branch of theU.S. government. The plaintiffs seek declaratory and equitable relief, the radiologicalcleanup of Bikini Atoll, the restoration of the atoll to its former condition, and speedyresettlement of the Bikini people to their atoll.-

84ADMINISTRATION

DP’s role in the Marshall Islands Program includes provision of medicalsuweillance and care to persons accidentally exposed to radiation during the Castl~Bravo test, radiological studies of the environment and monitoring of the populationIivin on the atolls, and the logistical support of these two activkies. The DOI is

!deve oping the fwr-atoll health plan for submission to Congress. No DP funding isinvolved in the development or implementation of the health plan.’~

15 May 84ADMINISTRATIONContractor

PASO issues the Operations Plan, Mission Number 7, FY 1984, for a June1984 trip to Utirik, Rongelap and Enewetak as part of the bioassay programconducted by BNL437

25 May 84ADMINISTRATIONCONTRA~ORMEDICAL

T.T. High Commissioner Janet j. M~oy expresses gratitude to Maj. Gen.William W, Hoover, DOE deputy assistant secretary for military application, forassistance provided the T.T. administration by Roger Ray and DOE over the pastthree years, especially during “numerous critical phases of the Compact of FreeAssociation approval process” before Congress-

Exceeding its mandate, the BNL conducts 434 complete medical -minationsof the Marshallese during its visit to the Marshall Islands under P.L 95-134, whichactually applies only to the 174 isianders affected by the 1954 CastIe BravQ fallout.43’

31 May 84POUCY

Marshall Islands Sen. Jeton Anjain informs W.J. Stanley of PASO that hisconstituents “will not attend the Radiological Safety Program next time if Mr. HarryBrown, DOE/PASO will accompany the Medical team to Rongelap, Majuro, andEbeye.” (See 20 Jul 84 for the response to this letter.) According to Anjain, theMarshallese “feel that Mr, Har Brown alwa s treats them like they are animals,

7 [eve~ time he gives them little 00C! he calls t em as if they are chickens... -

Page 78: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 72

15Jun 84MEDICAL

The DOl formulates a four-atoll health care plan planned by the office ofterritorial and international affairs (OTIA) and based on site visits and consultationwith OT~ DOE, DOD, and the USPHS.”’

5 ]Ul 84RELOCATION

The DOI asks the DOE for advke on the resettlement of Eneu Island. TheDOI would like to determine if Eneu Island ~n be resettled before the trusteeshipends.u2

20 JUl 84POLICY

In response to Sen. Anjain’s 31 May 1984 letter, Roger Ray writes RMlPresident Kabua that “the allegations regarding the actions of Mr. Harty Brown arecontradictory to my own observations, are in conflict with numerous complimentaryreports, includin comments of officials of your government, and are unsupported byspecifics.” Ray %eIieves that “it would tR regrettable if desewing people entitled toDOE assistance under United States public law were denied such assistance becauseof actions by those who, for whatever reason, seek to embarrass the Department ofEnergy or its duly authorized program officials.” l?ay states that the DOE willcontinue to deliver the services authorized by the U.S. Con ress and will welcome the

fadvice, recommendations, and requests from the Marshal Islands government.u3

1 Aug 84MEDIC4L

The DOE transfers $4 million to the DOI to fund the four-atoll health careplan.’”

28 Aug 84ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORRADIATION

Scientists at a meeting to review the dosimetric data from the Marshall Islandsdetermine that it would be unlikely for an Eneu resident, consuming a mix of localand imported foods, to exceed an exposure of 500 mrem per year. The participantsin the meeting include representat”wes from BN~ ORN~ Los Alamos NationalLaboratory (LANL), NV, LLNb and PNLU5

The PASO issues the Operations plan, Mission Number 8, FY 1984, for a tripto Bikini and Enewetak by the LLNL in September 1984 as part of their pr rams

7involving the sampling measurement, and cycling characteristi~ of radionucli es inthe soil, water, air, and biota.w

21 Sep 84RELOCATIONMEDICAL

In a revision of a letter originally drafted by Roger Ray, DOI Secretary WNiamClark asks DOE Secretary Hodel if Bikinians can return to Eneu island before thetrusteeship ends.

In a draft of comments, the DOE office of policy, plans, and analysis (PE) staffrecommends no resettlement because the Bikinians have already been overexposed;the Bikini resettlement doses have been repeatedly underestimated; dietary restrictions

Page 79: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 73

did not work on Bikini Island; and until the P@’ problem is resolved norecommendation or interpretation of radiological amditions should be made.”’

24 Sep 84ADMINISTRATIONWEAPON TESTING

The DOE and the DOD enter into a memorandum of understandin for theplanning and suppoti for Safeguard “C”. Johnston Atoll will be retainJ for theresumption of atmospheric testing if it is needed. Nuclear research and testingprograms will be conducted to maintain personnel knowledgeable about nucleartesting and other types of experiments will also be conducted at Safeguard “C”facilities at Johnston Atoll and the Hawaiian Islands to ensure the continuedavailability of the fadlities.-

28 Sei) 84

9 Ott

ADMINISTRATIONCONTRA~ORMEDIC4L

The PASO issues the Operations Plan Number 1, FY 1985, for the October1984 trip to Utiri~ Rongelap, Ebeye, and Majuro as a part of the medical program.The program includes suweillance by BNL of Rongelap and Utirik persons exposed tofallout in 1954, monitoring of a control group of unexposed persons, and provisionsfor an expanded health care program.’”

84CONTRAffORRADIATION

LLNL completes the pyro~lc coconut processing unit and conducts preliminaryruns with Bikini and control coconuts. These preliminary experiments indicate thatthe oil produced is relatively free of cesium’37 while the residual charcoal containsmost of the element.4W

170ct84ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTOR

The PASO issues the Operations Plan, Mission Number 2, FY 1985, for aNovember 1984 trip to Bikini Atoll as part of the UNL’S program to conduct terrestrialinvestigations to measure and analyze radionuciides in the environment,’s’

15 Nov 84ADMINISTRATIONCONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPCONTRA~ORRADIATIONRELOCATION

The BARC submits ReDort No. 1, Resettlement of Bikini Atoll: Feasibility andEstimated Cost of MeetinR the Federal Radiation Protection Standards to Congress.The BARC states that the hazard of resettlement stems almost entirely from cesium’37in the soil. The BARC concludes that Eneu may be resettled, but depending onpopulation size, some food may have to imported. Bikini may be resettled only if nofood is grown or ground water consumed for 80 ears. The Bikini-l(ili Council rejectsthis alternative because Bikini Island would not L decontaminated.”z

Page 80: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 74

30 NOV 84ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

To date, DP and the PE technical people cannot agree on which DOE level ofradiation is an acceptable risk in regard to the resettlement of Eneu.4=

10 Dec 84R4DIATIONRELOCATION

Prepar4 by PE for DOE Secretary Donald Hodel, a draft response to the DOIinquiry on the resettlement of Eneu Island states that the DOE is moving toimplement the new ICRP and NCRP recommendations. According to the ICRP,exposures that continue year after year for a lifetime should not exceed an averageof 100 mrem a year for the highest individual in any age group. The DOE can giveno assurance that the resettlement of Eneu Island would be within these limitations.4W

13 Dec 84ADMINISTRATION

The office of Micronesia status negotiations (OMSN) meets on the status ofthe COFA with representatives from the Department of Justice (DOJ), DOD, DOE,DOI, and the Department of State. -use of ending litigation and legislation, one

Eof the main issues discmsed is the feeling of t e DOJ and OMSN that any agencyresponding to anyone on matters of COFA should clear the response through DOJattorneys and OMSN officials.’ss

14 Dec 84RADIATION

Roger Ray, deputy director for DOE Pacific Operations informs the highcommissioner of the T.T. of the results of the LLNL pyro~lc coconut processing unitexperiments. An additional $30,000 may be available for further research, and Raysuggests that the additional funding be made available through the Marshall Islands’memorandum of understanding with PASO.’=

1985AGREEMENTMEDICALRELOCATION

In mid-1985 the DOE and the DOI issue a memorandum of understanding topool their efforts and work jointly on the scientific programs at Bikini Atoll$S7

NV determines that radiol ical follow-up of the exposed Rongelapese w“II not%be continued after their relocation that 6NL medical examinations will continue.’~

3 Jan 85RADIATION

Ray disa rees with McCraw on Eneu resettlement. McCraw contends that an#unexplained di erence in the UNL doses estimated for Ron clap, Bikini, and Eneu

fislands should be resolved before the DOE gives any more a vice to DOL Ray statesthat because current data from Eneu are bein used to assess radiological safety, the

%consideration of resettlement should not be elayed.’W

Page 81: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 75

16 Jan -8 Feb 85ADMINISTRATION

Rep. Sidney Yates, chairman of the House Sukommittee on Interior andRelated Agencies, asks DOE Secretary Hodel on 16 January to allow the BARC tocar~ out the full scope of its activities as dirwted b Congress. The DOE, DOI,

LDO], and OMSN attorneys take the position that invo ement by DOE personnel inthe activities of the BARC might be used later against the government if the lawsuitfiled by the Bikinians is Iitigated.w

In res onse to Yates, DOE Secretary Hodel agrees on 8 February to therimportance o a cooperative effort between the DOE and the BARC. Because he is

moving to a new agency, he will bring this matter to the attention of the new DOESecretary.A’

Feb 85RADIATIONADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTOR

The PASO Mission Number 3, W 1985, is conducted on Bikini Atoll as partof the LLNL’s terrestrial investigations to measure and analyze radionuclides in theenvironment to he4p formulate dose assessments.~z

12 Feb 85ADMINISTRATION

Ray notifies Dr. W. L Robison of LLN~ “DOE party chief,” that the DOE hasaccepted the recommendation of the chairman of the Micronesia Inters ency Group

fand has suspended its direct involvement with BARC until the Bikini itigation hasbeen resolved.w

Mar 85ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORMEDICALRADIATION

The BNL issues Thvroid Absorbed Dose for Pecmle at Roneelar), Utirik, andSifo on March 1, 1954. This report concludes that the overall thyroid ancer riskestimate was in agreement with results published on the Japanese exposed atNagasaki and Hiroshima. BNL scientists also “postulate that the major route forintake of fallout was by direct ingestion of food prepared and consumed outdoors.-

1 Mar 85ADMINISTRATIVEContractorMEDICAL

The PASO Issues the Operations Plan, Mission Number 4, FY 1985, for aMarch 1985 trip to Ebeye, Majuro, Utiri~ and Rongelap as part of the medicalsuweillance by BN1 of persons exposed to fallout in 1954. The plan includes themonitoring of a control group of unexposed persons and provisions for an expandedhealth care program.*S

Page 82: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 76

13 Mar 85AGREEMENTRELOCATION

The Bikinians’ suit against the U.S. is settled with the signing of theMemorandum of Agreement which, along with the COFA and the Compact Section177 Agreemen~ provides the means to accomplish the rehabilitation and resettlementof Bikini Atoll. The U.S. pledges to facilitate rehabilitation and resettlement and toprovide funds pursuant to the Compact Section 177 Agreement to assist resettlement.The U.S. also agrees to assist the BARC to conduct a series of suweys and studies.=

27 Apr 85ADMINISTRATIONCONTRAOORRADIATION

The PASO issues the Operations Plan, Mission Number 5, W 1985, for a tripto Bikini Atoll in April-May 1985 as part of the LLNL’s terrestrial investigations tomeasure and analyze radionuclides in the environment. This effort is an integratedmission with the BARC to use the scientific work done by the LLNL to complementthe BARC’Stask of investigating how radioactive contamination can be reduced whilerespecting the biological and environmental integrity of the atoll. The DOE and theDOl are working out a satisfactory arrangement for the LLNL/BARC arrangement.M7

1 May 85CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP

Representing the council and people of Enewetak before the Subcommittee onInterior of the House Committee on Appropriations, David R Anderson of the lawfirm of Wilmer, Cutler and Pickering cites increasing concern that the transition fromterritorial status to COFA will occur without ensuring the continuation of governmentprograms on Enewetak and without compensating the claims of the Enewetak people.According to Anderson, the most impottant Enewetakese concern is that the U.S.“adequately provide for the rehabilitation and resettlement of Enjebi.-

10 May 85AGREEMENTMEDICAL

The current strategy of the BNL medical rogram required in PL 85-134Eindudes an annual cancer-related examination for t e exposed Marshallese.4g

20 May 85IWXATIONRELOCATION

In response to a DOI inquity on the habitability of Eneu Island, the DOEadvises that resettlement with reasonable care to decrease txposures, such assubstituting imported food for a major portion of the local coconut product intake,would not =pose individuals beyond the range established by lCRP of 100 mrem ayear for life-long exposure.’m

21 May 85ContractorMEDICALRADIATION

An outline of the Marshall Islands program lists BNL res onsible for medical,Eradiation safety, and dose reassessment; the LLNL responsi Ie for radioecology

Page 83: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 77

studies, radiation dose assessmen$ and a radiological data bank; and H&Nresponsible for general support.’”

22 May 85RADIATIONRELOCATION

Because of a fear of lingering contamination, 327 Rongela ese move fromJRongelap to Mejato Island, Kwajalein Atoll. Ray states that ra iation levels on

Rongelap pose no health problems. MKraw retests that the DOE did not correctfthe erroneous high exposure prediction or the Rongelapese in the 1982

Marshallese/English booklet, ‘n

20 Jun 85RADIATIONRELOCATION

Michael Wy ant, a Department of State status liaison officer on Saipan; DOE;Fand U.S. military o Icials visit the Ron ela ese on Mejato Island. The Rongelapese

ffexpress their displeasure with Mejato ISan . Although the Rongelapese publicly statethat their new residence is permanent, the U.S. government visitors find indicationsthat this may not be a permanent move.’n

22 Jd 85RADIATIONRELOCATIONADMINISTRATION

Analyzing the May 1985 Rongelap Atoll evacuation, McCraw traces thebeginnin of the situation to the 8-9 December 1982 meeting at Majuro Atoll on the

fresults o the 1978 survey. At this meeting the Rongelap people were told to maketheir own decisions regarding the consumption of food. Next BNL measurements ofwhole body exposures in 1982 and 1983 revealed an increase partially caused by theincreased consumption of food from more contaminated islands at Rongelap.McCraw believes that “this appears to have been a profoundly disturbing experiencefor some Marshallese and an action that undermines confidence in DOE and in theUnited States Government ....The Rongelap people followed the advice they weregiven, made the judgment not to accept the risk and left their atoll.” AS for thetransfer of the Marshall Islands program to DP, M&raw believes that “DP’s interestin the program appears to have

rrimarily the altruistic interests of one person who

wanted to change radiological rues used in the MarshalIs, rules that were causinghardships through the loss of contaminated land. EPs ignoble interest in transferringthe program to DP was apparently to get rid of a hot potato, and had nothing todo with Safeguard C.”’”

Aug 85RADIATION

Reflecting a change in the DOE radiation protection poli , William Vau han ‘T f’signs a memorandum that states, “It is DOE policy to follow t e guidance o the

National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) to the fullestextent practicable....” Previously radiation standards were derived from federalrequirements recommended by the Federal Radiation Council (FRC) and approved bythe President.’=

Page 84: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 78

2 Aug 85ADMINISTRATIONCONTRMXOR

The PASO issues the Operations Plan, Mission Number 7, W 1985, for anexpedition to Enewetak on 7-21 August 1985 by the Marine Science Institute of theUniversity of California at Santa Barbara (UCSB) to study crustaceans through theUniversity of Hawaii’s Institute of Marine Biology (HIMB), funded by the DOE.47’

5 Aug 85ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTOR

The PASO issues the Operations Plan, Mission Number 8, H 1985, for anAugust 1985 trip to Eneweta~ ICdi, and Majuro as part of BNL’s urine bioassayprogram.’n

Ott - NOV 85CONTRACTORMEDICAL

During the BNL medical team visit to RMI the team makes its first visit toMejato to examine the Rongelapese who moved there in May 1985. The scientistsdetermine that more children than usual were not maintaining their position on thegrowth charts. After comparing the growth cumes with similar charts of Utirikchildren, the team suggests possibility of childhood malnutrition.”a

10 Dec 85LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

The RMl requests that upon the enactment of U.S. legislation to impiementthe COFA that the DOE continue the radiological health program for certain eople

rof Rongelap and Utirik and USDA continue agriculture and food programs or thepeople of Bikini and Enewetak.’m

13 Dec 85ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENTLEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

Congress passes P.L 99-239, which includes approval of the COFA.mAccording to Harry Brown of the NV, the major provisions of interest to the

DOE in the COFA are:● The payment under subsection 177;

● The provision of special medical care to the exposed peoples of Rongelap andUtiri~

● Unreimbursed technical and other assistance for the first fwe years after theeffect”we date for the agricultural maintenance and food programs for theEnewetakese and Bikinians and waterborne transportation of agricultural productsto Enewetak;

● The RMl use of section 177 funds to contract with qualified scientists to reviewDOE data on the habitability of Rongelap;

● A report within a year, upon the request of the RMl, on the time andcircumstances for resettlement of Enjebi; and

● The U.S. commitment to restore Bikini Atoll and funding authorization.-’

Page 85: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 79

23 Dec 85ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENT

The DOE recognizes goals included in the passage of the COFA the espousalof claims against the U.S. by the RMI ovemment for damage and injuries resulting

ffrom nuclear testing and designation o the U.S. president as the official responsiblefor deciding which dinet-lwei secretary should be responsible for the radiologicalhealth care of the Marshallese.W

14 Jan 86AGREEMENTLEGAL RESPONSIBILIN

President Ronald W. Reagan signs P.L S239. (DOE responsibilities outlinedin P.L 99-239 are addressed throughout the chronology.) Issues are addressed thatare implemented through the Section 177 agrement. The act concerns such mattersas the restoration of the habitability of Rongelap Island and the review of the DOE’sdata collected on radiation on Rongelap, Enjebi Island resettlemen~ and Bikini Atollcleanup. The act declares that it is the policy of the U.S. to fulfill its responsibilityto restore Bikini Atoli to habitability and authorizes appropriation of the fundsnecessary to implement the settlement agreement in The People of Bikini, et al. vs.the United States of America.m

15 Jan86ADMINISTRATIONCONTRA~ORMEDICAL

The current Marshall Islands programs include medical programs conductedby the BN~ environmental sampling and the DOE assessments by the LLNI+ bioassaymonitoring by BN~ and logistical support provided by the PASO through H&N.4M

21-25 Jan 86ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENT

Harry Brown travels to Majuro, Eneweta~ and Kwajalein to orient PASODirector Joseph H. Dryden with the area. At Majuro Brown and Dryden discussapproval of the COFA and at Enewetak the DOE role at Enewetak under theCOFA.a

6 Feb 86ADMINISTRATIONCONIRACIORRADIATION

The PASO issues the Operation Plan, Mksion Number 3, W 1986, for aFebruary-March 1986 LLNL/BARC trip to Bikini Atoll and a LLNL trip to Enewetak andRon clap atolls for terrestrial investigations to measure and analyze radionuclides and

fthe ormulation of dose assessments to individuals. The LLNL and the BARC haveagreed to collaborate on scientific field work on Bikini under the DOE sponsorship.’=

Page 86: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 80

Mar - Apr 86ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORMEDICAL

The BNL medical team conducts medical examinations for 353 adults in theMarshall Islands.a’

22 May 86,ADMiNISfRATIONContractorLEGAL RESPONSIBILllY

The MIPG issues Recommendations on Post ComDact of Free ASSOCI“ationPromams bv U.S. Department of Enerev Relative to Post Nuclear Testirw in theMarshall Islands that includes recommendations on certain DOE programs after thetermination of the trusteeship. The MIPG recommends that the DOE continue toprovide the special health care programs to those exposed to Castle Bravo andcomplete environmental assessments and dose predictions for the next three years tomeet COFA commitments. After three years technical assistance will be available tothe RMI on a reimbursable basis. BNL proposes to analyze urine samples forplutonium by using the new fission track etch technique. According to Harry Brown,LLNL researchers have questioned the reliability of this method.-

late May 86ADMINISTRATIONCONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPMEDIC4LRADIATIONRELOCATION

Representatives of BARC, LLN~ PASO, H&N, and NV visit Bikini Atoll to orientcongressional staff to DOE/BARC work at Bikini. At a 28 May 1986 meetingrequested by the Bikinians the congressional and DOI staffs express the desire forDOE to finish experiments that will lead to decisions on the cleanup.469

Jul 86ADMINISTRATION

Because of the impending termination of the T.T. government the DOE makesa field visit to the field station in Enewetak to review operations, initiate rollupactivities, and to discuss matters and plans with the Enewetak Council.4~

18 ~Ul 86AGREEMENTcoNTR.AcroRs

To protm the Enewetak people, DOE/NV and DNA sign an agreement formonitoring the Cactus Crater Storage Structure, which contains radiological

rcontaminated soil and debris on Runit Island, Enewetak AtolL The DOE/NV wi Iprovide the services of its contractors to monitor the storage facility, and the DNA willreimburse the DOE/NV for routine and special monitoring.49’

Page 87: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 81

21 July 86ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENTRADIATIONRELOCATION

The U.S. and the RMl si n an agreement on the resettlement of Enjebi island.\Under the agreement, the Mars all Islands government requests the U.S. to monitor

the radiation and other conditions on Enjebi and report back to the Marshall Islandsgovernment within a year. The U.S. report will address the question of if and whenthe U.S. =n arrange for the Enjebi people to resettle safely at Enjebi. If Enjebi canbe resettled, the report will explain how the radioactive contamination there, includingthat from consumption of locally grown food, can be reduced or controlled to meetwhole body federal radiation protection standards for the general population. Underthe agreement if Enjebi can be resettld within 25 years of the enactment of P.L 99-239, the Enjebi Community Trust Fund can be used for community development. IfEnjebi cannot be resettled within that time, the agreement calls for the trust fund tobe used for resettlement elsewhere of the Enjebi people. The RMl r uests the Enjebi

%monitoring and the DOE agrees that by 20 July 1987 a report will made.492The U.S. and the RMI si n an agreement to assure that lands on Ejit Island

\remain available for use by t e people of Bikini until Bikini is restored andinhabitable.493

The U.S. and the RMi sign an agreement regarding the implementation of U.S.economic assistance, programs, and services provided in COFA.4W

Aug 86CONTRACTORRELOCATION

H&N and members of the Bikini Planning Council conduct a fact-finding visitto Bikini Atoll to inspect Eneu Island and existing facilities and to develop preliminarydesign-concepts for the base facilities and the most cost- efficient way to developthem.’”

28 Auz -13 Se~ 86“CONTRkTOR

MEDICALThe BNL medical team on a mission to Kwajalein, Uteri~

Majuro conducts follow-up examinations of the Marshallese.’%

5 Sep

30 Sep 86

86ADMINISTRATIONContractor

In the DOE briefings andIslands medical, environmental,outlined.497

CONTRACTORMEDICAL

Mejato, Ebeye, and

discussions with the RMI the current Marshallbioassay, and logistics support programs are

Edward T. Lessard of BNL presents “Review of Marshall Islands FalloutStudies,” which summarizes the various studies that have been conducted todetermine the level of radiological exposures to the Marshallese.4W

Page 88: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

FY 87, 88, 89

DRAFT 82

AGREEMENTContractorLEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

The Marshall Island dose assesnent and environmental programs respond tothe requirements stated in COFA The three relevant requirements are a review ofthe Rongela dose assessments and restoration for rehabilitation of Rongelap, if

frequired; a ose assessment of Enjebi Island; and recommendations on resettlementand rehabilitation of Bikini Atoll. The LLNL conducts most of these tasks’”

10 Ott 86AGREEMENT

The agreement for implementation of the COFA is signed by the U.S. and theF?Ml*

15 Ott 86CONGRESSIONAL REtATIONSHIPLEGAL RESPONSIBILITY

The DOI and the DOE are directed to develop a plan for providing federalfunding for the continuing activities of the LLNL and the BARC on Bikini Atoll afterFY 1987. A report on this plan must be submitted to the House and SenateCommittees on Appropriations by 1 February 1987.s’

21 Ott 86AGREEMENT

The COFA btxomes effective.=

10-15 Nov 86ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTOR

The purposewith the Enewetak

of this DOE and H&N trip to Enewetak and Bikini is to discusscommunity the uncertainties of the DOE’s Marshall Islands

pr ram beyond FY 1987; to suY P

est that the DOl and Enewetak look for alternat”westo t e DOE/H&N for food an a riculture; and to evaluate LLNL/BARC progress atBikini in radiological assessment.J

14 Nov 86CONGRESSIONAL REtATIONSHIPLEGAL RESPONSIBIUIYMEDICAL

In P.L 9%58 Congress approves and provides for U.S. interpretation of theCOFA Congress directs the DOE and the DOl to submit a report to the House andSenate Committees on Appropriations each fisd year that will detail how funds werespent during the

frwious fiscal ear for the special medical mre and logistical

Jsupport pr rams or Ron clap an Utink and for the agriculture and food programs‘? \for Eneweta and Bikini. T e reports should also speci~ anticipated needs regarding

these programs. Congress states that these programs re resent “special andcontinuing moral commitments of the United States which will L annually funded tothe extent of the need of the populations of such atolls for such assistance.”-

Page 89: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 83

1987AGREEMENT

The first compensation payments are made to the ‘people of Bikini, EnewetahUtiri~ and Rongelap as outlined in Section 177 subddiary agreement of COFA.WS

Jan 87ContractorRELOCATION

H&N issues an engineering study associated with the first phase of final .resettlement of the Bikini people. Rehabilitation and resettlement is expected to becompleted b the mid-1990s. The resettlement program began after the BARC

1determined t at the Eneu Island on Bikini Atoll is safe for human habtiation.=

20 Feb 87CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPCONTRAOORLEGAL RESPONSIBILITYMEDIC4L

The DOE/DP reports to the House Comm”tiee on Appropriations, as requiredby P,L 99-658, detailing how funds were spent in 1986 on the medical program forRongelap and Utirik. The medical department of BNL has responsibility for theprogram. The DOE provides or arranges for logistiel suppo~ and all missionsinclude a representative from the DOE. Two shipsuppotted medial missions werecarried out in W 1986.W7

2-9 Mar 87MEDICALRADIATION

Harry Brown travels to Honolulu and Majuro to discuss with RMl officials thefour-atoll health plan and the independent review of DOE% assessment ofRongelap.=

30 Mar 87

6 Apr

MEDICALThe NV health, physics, and experimental division (HPE) recommends that the

LLNL dosimetry predictions be used in the resettlement decisions of the Marshallislands and that the BNL fission track etch technique be developed and validated tomeasure plutonium levels in urine. These decisions are based on recommendationsand comments of Marshall Islands Dosimetry Review Group (MIDRG) and consukmtsfrom LLNL and BNLW

87RADIATION

The RMl seeks assistance from the National Academy of Saences (NAS) inidentifyin an ind”widual or organization to review the data collected by the DOE and

-Fthe resu ting conclusions concerning radiation levels and other conditions at— ..-Rongelap.””

22 Apr 87RADIATIONRELOCATION

John Sieg of the National ResearchSciences (NRC/NA5) asks Tommy M&raw of

Council of the National Aedemy ofDOE about the Rongelap situation and

Page 90: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 84

the amount of available information because the Rongelapese have requested theNRC/NAS to advke them on whether they can safety return to Rongelap Atoll.’”

27 Apr -23 May 87MEDICALContractor

The BNL conducts “~ annual medical mission to Kwajalein/Ebeye, Majuro, andUterik. During this trip town meetin~ are held prior to the examinations to desdbethe work and anmver questionss’z

30 Apr 87RADIATION

In comments on the DOE draft order, DOE 5480~ “Radiation Protection ofthe Public and the Environment” Tommy McCraw questions the new policy thatwould create DOE radiation protedmn standards “consistent with therecommendations of the NCRP and the ICRP and the guidan~ and standards issuedby EPA.” McCraw believes tha~ “the Department needs Federal Regulations that havebeen approved at the highest levels, not remmmendations lifted from ICRP and NCRPreports.” He recommends that the introductory statement for DOE radiation policyshould be “DOE implements the Federal radiation protection policy and regulationsrecommended by the EPA and approved by the President for the protection of thepublic and environment. DOE operations till be considered to be in compliance withradiation protection requirements when basic Federal regulations are met.”S’3

15 May 87ADMINISTRATIONContractorMEDICAL

The DOE proposes to provide and fund in FY 1988 and beyond the medicalprogram for the Marshallese exposed to fallout in the 19S4 test Castle Bravo.s”

20 May 87MEDICALRADIATION

Tommy McCraw urges that the DOE should correct its own mistakes anddevelop a Marshallese/English report that resents the correct information onRongelap exposures, f“one that places this in ormation in proper perspective usingradiation standards with emphasis on the continuing need for restrictions on northernisland foods,” as well as prov”ding information on medical issuess’$

10 Jun 87ADMINISTRATIONContractorMEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIATION

An external review of the LLNL’s Marshall Islands dosimetry, conducted by theMarshall Islands Dosimetry Group (Mlffi), finds that the dosimetry is appropriateand that the BNL technique for plutonium bioassay is worthy of continued support.HPE established MIDG to assess this program.S”

Page 91: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 85

1 Jul 87

10 Jul

24 JUI

ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORRADIATION

The PASO issues Operations Plan 87-5~ Mission Number 5, W 1987, for anAugust 1987 LLNL/RARC trip to Enewetak and Bikini Atolls as part of their terrestrialinvestigations.s”

87ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENT

DOl Order Numkr 3119 delegates the authority of the Secretary of theInterior for the T.T. to the assistant secretary, territorial and international affairs, whowill

rarantee that all obligations and responsibilities under the 1947 trusteeship are

fulfil ed.5’*

87ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENT

The DOE agrees to provide assistance to the DOl and the BARC for theEnewetak food-related programs and the R4RC work at Bikini.s”

Aug 87

1 Aug 87

CONTRACTORRADIATION

The RMl contracts1982 DOE report on theof the data on which the

with Dr. Henry Kohn, chairman of the BARC, to rwiew therisks of resettling Rongelap and to asssses the adequacyrepoti was based.s

RADIATIONCONTRACTOR

H&N reports that the Runit concrete dome’s structural integrity is not impairedand there are no radiation leaks=’

7 Aug 87MEDICAL

The Journal of the American Medical Association UAMA) publishes, “Thyroid -Neoplasia in Marshall Islanders Exposed to Nuclear FaIlo@” by ~omas E. Hamilton,Gerald van Belle, and James P. LoCerfo from the University of Washington Usingresults from examinations of 7,266 Marshallese from 14 atolls, including southernatolls, the authors studied the risk of thyroid neoplasia in Marshall Islanders exposedto radioiodines from Castle BravQ. Their study reveals that ‘an excess of thyroidnodules was not limited onty to the two northern atolls but atended throughout thenorthern atolls; this suggests a linear doseresponse relationship.”=

25 Aug 87RADIATIONRELOCATION

The RMI announces the selectionreassessment of the 1982 report.=

of Dr. Henry I. Kohn to conduct the

Page 92: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 86

27 Aug 87ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENTContractorMEDICAL

The PASO issues Operations Plan, Mission Number 87-6, for a September-October 1987 trip to Ebeye, Majuro, Utiri~ and Mejato as part of medical surveillanceby BNL on people exposed during @t Ie BmvQ. This will be the fifth visit to theRongeiapese on Mejato Island, Kwajalein Atoll.=’

To enable the DOE to withdraw as soon as possible from the DOE Enewetak -annual focal supply, agricultural, and other rehabilitation programs, the DOE aims totrain local personnel and set up a system in whkh the Marshallese operate the

the DOI will request $2,149,900 wrth of wrk through a support~~’emm~t made by the DOE. The timds till provide agricultural clearing andfertilization, special studies, a Bikini dock design, and a plan for Eneu.=

Sep 87MEDICALCONTRAOOR

BNL conducts a follow-up medical trip to conduct examinations for theexposed people of Rongelap and Utirik=

21 Sep 87

1 Ott

5 Ocl

ADMINISlltATIONRepresentatives of the f?Ml, the U.S. govemmen~ and the Enewetak local

overnment council discuss the fiv~year continuation of the Enewetak agriculture andfood program and establish a working group to develop recommendations for the U.S.Congress regarding this program in w 1989 and beyond.=’

87AGREEMENTMEDICALRADIATION

The DOItakeover of the

reaches an understanding with the RMI that the target for a fullEnewetak wowams will be bv the end of W 1989. The food,

agricultural, and other progr~m~ will be turned ~ver to the Enewetak government bythe end of H 1988.Q8

87ADMINISTRATIONCONTRA~OR

The PASO issues Operations Plan 8&1, which outlines a wato, or familylandholding line survey to identify, ma~ and record all wato lines on Bikini by H&Nfrom 19-26 October 1987.=

12 Ott 87ADMINISTRATIONCONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPCONTRACTORRADIATION

The PASO issues Operations Plan 88-2, Mission Number 2, W 88, for aNovember-December 1987 trip to Bikini, Rongelap, and Majuro by the LLNL to

Page 93: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

conduct terrestrialenvironment. The

14 Ott 87

DRAFT

investigations and to measure and analyze radionuclides inBARC will collaborate on the sdentific field work at Bikini.w

87

the

ADMINISITtATIONAGREEMENTCONTRA~ORMEDICALRADtATION

The DOE’s positions on Bikini scientific programs are as follows the medicalprogram will continue for the next several years and will indude monitoring theradiological safety program conducted by BNL is important to verify predictions ofexposure to returning Bikinian~ and a LLNL environmental program “follow-on”program is necessa

rto monitor exposures in relationship to the redactions=’

#A memoran urn of understanding between the DOE an the Section 177Health Plan, authorized in the COF~ mums that health care and sewices areprovided to the Marshallese exposed to nuclear testing in a unified, coordinated, andunduplicated manner. The Section 177 Health Plan is the health are program forthe Marshallese authorized under P.L 9&205 of 12 March 1%0. No portion of theunderstanding can be implemented without the review and concurrence of the RMISecretary, Ministfy of Health Sewicesw

14 Ott 87ADMINISTRATIONRADIATIONMEDICAL

The MIPC reaches a consensus that the whole body/urine analysis programmust be conducted for several years to determine dose rmdictions for Bikinians andthe Enjebi people.=

,

10 NOV 87CIAIMS

The U.S. Claims Court dismissesU.S., and Nitol vs. U.S. The Court holds

a

three claims cases, Juda vs U.S., Peter vs.that the COFA withdrew the consent of the

U.S. to be sued for claims of the Marshall Islanders arising from the nuclear testingprogram.m

16 NOV 87ContractorMEDICALRADIATION

The DOE advocates a wholeY

counting/urine analysis program for peoplereturning to work and l-weon Bikini Atol. BNL and the LLNL draft fwe-year plans forthe continuation of the medical and environmental programs on Bikini,=

1 Dec 87ADMINISTRATION

The DOE is not budgeting for Bikini work beyond W 1988 on the basii thata resettlement plan and appropriations should indude the programs as part of theoverall effort.=

Page 94: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 88

1988RADIATIONContractor

Anant R Moorthy, Carl J. Schopfer, and Sujit Banerjee of BNL publish,“plutonium from Atmospheric Weapons Testing Fission Track Analysis of UrineSamples.” This article concerns a more accurate technique for measuring plutoniumin urine and describes the analyses of Mrshallese urine samples for plutonium levelsthat began at BNL in 1983, When analyzed with the 1983 method, Photon ElectronRejection Alpha Liquid Scintillat”mnColmtin~ the samples appeared to contain higherrates of plutonium than when analyzed with the more accurate 1986 fission track -analysis. Accordin to BN~ earlier high plutonium results from urina

J Pof

Marshallese result also from contamination during collection. With t e newmethod BNL expects to sati~ islanders’ plutonium concerns.=’

7 Jan 88ADMINISTRATIONContractorRADIATIONRELOCATION

The LLNL recommends potassium treatment of the soil for the uptake ofcesium’37in the northern Marshall Islands.N

The DOE/NV and the DOl si n an amendment number one to a%memorandum of agreement for the establis ment of a base camp at Bikini Atoll. This

amendment revises the scope of work for the Bikini Atoll Resettlement Project toallow DOE to hire an independent scientific consultant to review the work andprovides the DOI with strengthened oversight and accountability for the funds.=

12 Jan 88ADMINISTRATIONMEDICAL

The office of emergency response and program ana is is established as partof a NV reorganization. rHarry Brown, Marshall IsIan s program manager, isdesignated deputy project manager of that office. Tlis move necessitates a reviewof NV’s management responsibility of the DOE’s Marshall Islands programs. Brownretains his position as Marshall Islands program manager overseeing the BNL and theLLNL efforts. He is also desi nated the principal contact point for policy matters with

%the headquarters program o u, other federal agenaes, and the RIW government.The PASO is to participate more actively in policy makin .*

aRepresentatives of the DOE and the 177 Health an sign a memorandum ofagreement that describes the various medkal responsibilities of each organization,including the ind”widuals eligible for each program, the coordhation of medkalreferrak and the exchange of medical information.w’

26 Jan 88RELOCATION

Sms James A McClure and Bennett Johnston write to President Ronald W.Reagan to express concern over the Bikini Atoll deanu and resettlement. To fulfill

Ethe U.S. commitmen~ McClure and Johnston urge t at the President “seize thisopportunity and work closely with the Bikinians on developing a plan, as anticipatedunder the 1985 settlemen~ to meet our government’s commitments and to resolveongoing or potential litigation.”-

Page 95: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 89

16 Feb 88ADMINISTRATION

Beam of the obligations of the U.S. under the COF4 there is uncertaintyregarding the state of the Marshall Islands programs, according to Brown, deputyprogram manager of the DOE offi of emergency response and analysis, Herecommends that NV should continue as program planner and overseer and thatPXO should have an increased role.w3

Mar - Apr 88ADMINISTRATIONCONTfLA~ORRADIATION

The PASO issues Operations Plan 88-4, Mksion Number 4, W 88, for aMarch-April 1988 trip to Enewetak and Bikini by the LLNL to conduct terrestrialinvestigations and to measure and analyze radionudides. The BARC will collaborateon the scientific field work at Bikini.w

11 Mar88RADIATIONMEDICALCONTWKIOR

The BNL’s approach to determining the7

count of ~ in Rongelap andBikini people is to collect and analyze urine samp es. BNL scientists interpret theplutonium levels after accounting for exposure patterns. Edward T. Lessard of BNLsuggests that “the focus of the program should be to attempt to develop estimatesof annual intake for each age group based on exaetion of PUa.” Lessard u~es thaturine sampling begin immediate of former residents of Bkini and Rongelap before

Jthey return to their former islan Sws

Apr 88CONTIW~ORRELOCATION

H&N issues a preliminary plan for the rehabilitation and resettlement ofRongelap Atoll.M

15 Apr 88ADMINISTRATIONContractorRADIATION

According to Harry Brown, DOE/NV, the DOE does not plan to fund a fieldeffort for the LLNL in the Marshall Islands beyond FY 198& The DOE alsorecommends a scaled-down field and anatysk effort at Bikini and Enewetak for thenext few yews and is willing to provide technical assistane to the RMl on areimbursable baskw’

20 Apr 88CONTIUCTORPLUTONIUMRADIATIONRELOCATION

In his Rongelap reassessment study, Kohn concludes that Ron clap Island mayfbe resettled if certain conditions are met. ~e study also states that t e measurement

of plutonium excretion in the urine of Rongelapese show a great variation and

Page 96: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 90

should be studied further and that radiation doses of infants and small children areof potential concern. -

28 Apr 88CONTRA~ORMEDICALRADIATION

According to the BNL’s director of the Marshall Islands medical program, byproviding operating funds, the DOE has permitted an extension of the medicalpromam to cover many aswcts of health care unrelated to radiation eXDOSUreand tooffe; medical sewi~ ‘to ~ great number of unexposed persons~ ‘

29 Apr 88MEDICALCONTRACTOR

During the BNL spring missions to the Marshall Islandsphysician accompanies the medical team as part of a joint effo@officer is present.-

a 177 Health Planbut no DOE liaison

1 JUl 88ADMINISTRATIONCONTFLKTORIWDIATION

22 JUl

The PASO issues Operations Plan 88-5, Mission Number 5, W 1988, for anAugust 1988 trip to Bikini and Ron clap by the LLNL to conduct terrestrial

tinvestigations and to measure and ana ze radionudides in the environment. TheBARC will collaborate on the scientific field work at Bikini?S’

88RELOCATION

The BARC concludes that on the basis of current federalr

idelines EneuIsland may be resettled and can sewe as the base of operations for t e rehabilitationof Bikini Island.=

1-26 Sep 88CONTRACTORMEDIC4L

BNL conducts a sampling bioassay mission to Rongelap and UtirikN

14 Sep 88ContractorPLUTONIUMRADIATION

Bernd Franke, a consultant of Kohn’s for the Rongelap Reassessment Proje@writes RMl Senator Hiroshi Yamamura to make him aware of the problem ofplutonium levels in urine of the Rongelapese. Franke believes that the plutoniumconcentrations on Utirik should be reinvestigated.w

23 Sep 88AGREEMENTMEDICAL

The DOE officialsof $2 million. Combined

propose that for R 1990 the RMl provide matching fundsDOE and RMl funding would pay for whole body counting

Page 97: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 91

and bioassay medical studies; environmental assessments of the long-ran efeffectiveness of the preventive technologies used at IXkini Atoll; logistical support or

the DOE operations; and a program of radiological education.sss

FY 1989CONTILA~ORMEDICALRADIATION

The Marshall Islands program indudes medical surveillance provided by theBN~ environmental studies conducted by the LLN~ and whole body counts and otherbioassay procedures pertaining to the Rongelap and Utirik people by the BNLW

Ott88

7 Ott

CONGRESSIONAL REMTIONSHIPRADIATION

A House concurrent resolution is introdud in the U.S. House ofRepresentatives stating that it is the sense of the House that funds be appro~riatedfor the phase 2 mmprehensive radiation and health study at Rongelap Atoll. ‘

88AGREEMENTMEDICAL

The RMl states that it is not in a position to match the funds for the DOEprograms in FY 1990. Out of concern for the well-being of the people of Bikini,Eneweta~ and Rongelap, the RMl hopes that the U.S. government will obtainsufficient funding.sW

21 Ott88CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPRELOCATION

Reps. Miller and Udall and Del. de Lugo submit House Congr~ionalResolution 395 that expresses the sense of Congress regarding the habitability ofRon clap Atoll. The resolution concludes that the DOE and the DOI should make

ffun s available to the RMl to contract for a comprehensive study of the habitabilityof ltongelap.=’

26 Ott B8RADIATION

In response to a RMI rquest to provide recommendations as to how to -

2 Nov

decrease the ‘uptake of cesium’37”in food “croDs,the DOE swmsts atdvhw 1200pounds per acreml.=

BBRADIATION

In a drafiMarshallese.*l

of potassium chloride This ‘p&ess is used% Ened {h’rw”gh the

proposal the DOE outlines a radiological eduation program for the

Page 98: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 92

1 Dec 88ADMINISTRATIONCONlTL4C10RMEDICALRADIATION

The DOE has conducted two shipsupported medical missions in W 1988.The tV 1989 program is similar in scope to the past year.=

8 Dec 88CIAIMS

The U.S. Court of Appeals sustains the U.S. Claims Court dismissals of Petervs. U.S. and Nitol vs. U.S. in ruling on the People of Rongelap and other MarshallIslands vs. U.S. The claimants in Juda vs. U.S. also appeal but move to dismiss thesuit following the enactment of special legislation whkh appropriates funds for theBikini people. -

23 Jan 89MEDICALCONTRA~OR

The BNL issues Medical Status of Marshallese Accidentlv ExDosed to 1954Bravo Fallout Radiation: Ianuarv 1985 throu~h December 1987, which reports nosignificant difference in the suw”wal rates among the exposed Rongelapese andUtirikese and unexposed Rongelapese.-

Feb 89RADIATION

The UNL’S study, Estimates of Radiological Dose from Irwest ion of C-137 andSr-90 to Infants, Children, and Adults in the Marshall Islands concludes that theestimated integral dose equivalent for adults is a conservat-we estimate for infants andchildren.~s

17 Feb - 9 Mar89ADMINISTRATIONRADIATIONRELOCATION

Harry U, Brown of NV recommends on 17 Februa that a meeting withTRongelap representatives state that the DOE should take no o Icial position on phase

2 because, according to the law, the reassessment of the habitability of RongelapIsland is RM1’s responsibility. Further, he asserts, “We maintain Rongelap Island ishabitable...”=

At the 8 and 9 March meeting of offiaals of Rongelap, the RMI, and the DOEto foster better relations and discuss the resettlement of Rongelap, the DOE’spositions are that Ron clap is radiol

f! 5ically safe and that the dose assessments are

correct as stated at t e meetin .%

T e RMl Sen. An”ain ~presses his desire foranother opinion regarding the ha itability of Rongelap.L

Mar 89ADMINISTRATIONCONTRKIORMEDICALRADIATION

The FY 1990 program indudes medical surveillance of the individuals exposedto nuclear testing various environmental studies, and whole body counting and other

Page 99: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 93

bioassay procedures pertaining to the Rongelap and Utirik people. The projected FY1991 program mntinues the medical program and the whole body counts andbioassay procedures only to a level of basic capability but indudes no additionalenvironmental field work unless the RMI requests and funds such work.-

1 Mar 89PLUTONIUMRADIATIONRELOCATION

In an amended version of his RonEelaD Reassessment Proiect l?eDo~ Kohnconcludes that Rongeiap Island is safe for b bitation b adults if the diet consists of

ilocal and im rted foods He also remmmends that t e plutonium excretion in therurine shod be studied buse of great variations in the measurements of

Rongelapese.S’

8-9 Mar 89ADMINISTRATION

A DOE/Rongelap meeting is held to foster better relations and discuss issuesrelative to the resettlement of Rongelap.Sm

14 Mar -14 Apr 89MEDICALCONTRA~OR

During the BNL medical mission to the Marshall Islands the DOE also holdsinformational meetings for the Marshallese prior to their medid examinations.Szl

23 Mar 89ADMINISTRATIONCONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPRADIATION

Oscar de Bruin, the RMI Chief Secretary, writes to Rep. Samuel B. Thomsento request technical assistance from the DOE to outline options and costs forconducting a nationwide survey of radiological conditions EG&G later conducts thisfeasibility study.S’2

Apr - May 1989RADIATIONRELOCATION

In April the DOE publishes Talleb In let Melele Ko Kin Eniebi, Enie~Information Summarv, Kemelelen Eniebi Island Dose Assessment Ilo Kaiin Maiol ImUkot Ilo Kaiin Enelish An Intemretat ion in the Marshallese Lanmagg (with EnelishTranslation) of UCRL 53805 Eniebi Island Dose Assessmen!. The summay is aninstructional and briefing aid for the people of Enjebi regarding the resettlement ofEnjebi Island.sm Thk work is a report in layman’s language of LLNL studies bykWliam Robison and assodates of tential radiation doses to people Iiiing on Enjebi.

rRoger Ray, retired from the DOE, as written the t- in layman’s language with theassistance of Alice Bud an American fluent in Marshallese, and two Marshallese.The document =plains that

The Enjebi peo Ie tm eat food from the food-bearing trees on En”ebi;r /however, it wou d be good for about half of the food they eat to come rom

other islands...and from boats or airplanes that bring food. If the Enjebipeople want to eat only food from Enjebi...the amount of radiation they willreceive will be more, unless they wait 30 years to resettle.57’

Page 100: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 94

7 Apr 89ADMINISTRATIONCONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPMEDICALRADIATION

DP submits a report to Congress, as required by P.L 100=371, that outlinesDOE’s health and environmental programs for 1989-1991. The programs willcontinue at their current kvel until 1991. In W 1991 the medical program willfunction at its current level until it can be int rated into the Marshall Islands health

%care pr ram; the environmental studies willY

concluded and no additional fieldwork wil be conducted; and the radiological safety program will be amtinued onlyat a level of basic Capability.sn

12 Apr 89AGREEMENTRADIATION

P&D Technologies issues to the Rongelap Atoll local government arecommended phase 2 work plan for a comprehensive and independent radiationstudy of the Ron clap Atoll as set forth in P.L 99239 and the COFA The report

faddresses unreso ved health, radiation, and habitability “-es raised by the Rongelap

1’eople, such as uncertainty about their health; lack of information about radiation

evels throughout the atoll; the issue of plutonium in their bed@ conflicting U.S.policies about food; uncertainty about the habitability of Rongelap for children;confusion about the map in the 1982 DOE radiation report; the DOE use of averagesin its reports and studies; confusion about radiation dose guidelines; and uncertaintyabout the future economy of Rongelap. It sets forth a work plan focusin on the

fpreparation of personal medical record files; a baseline health sutvey; a ra iologicalsuwey a bioassay samplin

Pmonitorin

?and diet survey; dose assessmen~ an

economic and environments study, socio ogird/cadtural support; and recommendeddecontamination and resettlement strategies The plan calls for access to and use ofthe DOE data with the DOE assistance and involvement but with control anddirection of the study completely independent of the IX)E.S76

1 May 89PLUTONIUMR4DIATION

According to David L Wheeler, senior health physiast at NV, the DOE usesthe standards developed durin the Enewetak deanup for transuranics deanup. This

1!criteria, the removal of soil wit contamination in excess of 400pci/ was developed3during the Enewetak deanup because no authoritative criteria exist . Consequently,

states Wheeler, there is no reason for the Rongelapese not to return to their islandbecause the Rongelap Island contamination levels do not exceed EPA guidelines,s”

2 May 89RADIATION

After testimony that raises questions about the habitability of l?mgelap, HouseInterior Appropriations Subcommittee Chairman Morris Udall, Subcommitteeon Insularand International Affairs Chairman Ronald de Lugo, and Rep. George Miller introduceHouse Con. Res. 90 calling for a comprehensive survey of radiation and other effectson Rongelap. The subcommittee plans to examine closely the DOE 1989 report andother material pertaining to the Rongelap situation.sn

Page 101: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 95

4 Mav 89‘ CONTRA~OR

1 Jun

MEDICALPLUTONIUM

Wheeler visits BNL to discuss the urine analysis for Iutonium mntent ofKMarshall Island samples Recently BNL has sent samples to t e University of Utah

for a comparison study between iaboratories.-

89RADIATION

According to DOE Secretary ]ames Watki~ at his request the IUS establisheson this date a standing Committee on Radiation Epidemiological Research Programsto provide independent scientific advke to the DOE. The committee will advise DOEon the status of its epidem”dogy p

Tm, the creat”~ of a comprehensive

epidemiological data reposito ,?’

the deve oprnent of protocols for the use of thisrepository, and the granting o independent research proposals.w

5 Jun

10 Jui

10 Jul

1

t

89ContractorMEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIATION

All of the Rongelap and Utirik urine sam~les,May 1989 show plutonium at background levels. ‘

89CONTRA~ORMEDICALPLUTONIUM

except one, taken by BNL in

In the repo~ “The Radiological Dose From Pu at Rongelap Island,” William LRobison, Casper Sun, and Charles B. Meinhold state that the estimated committeddose equivalent from plutonium at Rcmgelap Island is very similar for both theenvironmental and urine analyses, BNL and LLNL agree on the plutonium dose onRongelap Island.w

-12 Aug 89CONTRA~ORMEDICALPLUTONIUM

The BNL conducts whole body cnunting and urine samplin of Eneweta~IMedrin, Rongelap, and Utirik people. The eight team members co ect 976 whole

bodycounting records to reconfirm the radiol ical safety of the Marshallese and 209Turine samples to monitor the Marshallese upta e of plutonium. Precautions are taken

during this mission to ensure the minimum amount of cxmtamination of the samplesbecause of the probability of contamination of the 1981-1984 samples duringhandling.= “

89ADMINISTRATION

In testimony%creta~ James D.

. “

before the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs DOEWatkins announces the establishment of a soecial advbv

committ”ee-to conduct an independent evaluation of DOE epidemiol~cal activitikWatkins expects the committee also to provide guidance on restructuring and

Page 102: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT %

7 Aug

enhancin%

the DOE epidemiologic program, which he finds “understaffed,underfun ed, and underutilized.” He has appointed Kristine Cebbie, administrator ofthe Oregon Health Division, as the committee’s chair.=

89RADIATION

The RMl forms a panel to consider if another radiological survey based on theDOE’s 1978 effort is necessary.=

30 Aue 89“CONTRACTOR

1 Sep

MEDICALRADIATIONRELOCATION

Wtlliam L Robison of LLNL and Sun and Meinhold of BN1. disa ee withYstatements made by Bemd Franke in “ls Rongela Atoll Safe?” They be ieve that

ERongelap is safefor resettlement. To substantiate t eir statements, they present dataobtained in 198s-1987.=

All estimated doses for Rongelap Island based on data obtained in 1978, 1985,1986, and 1987 and compared with the U.S. and worldwide background doses arewithin a safe ra~e.W7

89CONTRAffORRADIATION

The Rm@ap community is invited to send representatives to observe theDOE/LLNL work to be conducted 18-27 November 1989.-

20 Sep -10 Ott 89MEDICALCONTRACTOR

William Q Jackson, PASO program liaison speciali~ Iearns during the fall BNLmedical mission that DOE and the Nuclear Claims Tribunal of the RMl governmentare planning to disa.iss a Marshall Islands radiological sutvey sponsored by thetribunaL-

17 Ott 89CIAJMSLECAl RESPONBILllYMEDICAl

A decision by the DOI associate solicitor for general law concludes that theprovisions of COFA preempt Section 104 of P.L 95-134. Therefore, the DOI w“ll notaccept any more medical claims from the residents of the RM1.=

18 Ott 89CONTRA~ORMEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIATION

William L Robison of LLNL submits a paper to Harry U. Brown stating whrhe does not believe that the “TrU Clean” soil decontamination plant at Johnston Ato I

should be used to decontaminate Rongelap soil of plutonium concentrations His

Page 103: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 97

major concern is that this would require the removal of ail of the coc.mu~ breadfruitpandanus, and lime trees and all other vegetation from the islands’

23 Ott 89CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPPLUTONIUMRADIATIONRELOCATION

Chairman Ron de Lugo of the House Subcomm”Mee on Insular andInternational Affairs invites DOE Secretary Watkins to testify at the 16 November -oversight hearing on the health of the Rongelap people. De Lugo submits threepages of matters for the DOE to address at the hearing including analyses of theRongelap Reassessment Project report and the base 2 work plan for “Making

rRon clap Habitable,” a description of Ron clap Ato 1deanup efforts, and information\ Von t e DOE testing of Rongelapese for p utonium or other transuranicsm

16 NOV 89ADMINISTRATIONCIAIMSCONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPLEGAL RESPONSIBILllYRELOCATION

Representing DOE Secretary Watkins, John L Meinhard~ DOE prinapal deputyassistant secretary for defense programs, testifies at the House Subcommittee onInsular and International Affairs oversight hearing on Rongelap. Meinhardt dedares,we, as a country, accept full responsibility for compensation to the atizens of theMarshall Islands resulting from the Bravo even~ as well as other testing between1946 and 1958.” Emphasizing Watkins’s commitment to environmental, health, andsafety matters, Meinhardt states that the DOE Secretary “intends to give the issuesraised by the Rongelap people an additional review,” complete the review within sixmonths, and report the results “by n~ summer.” With respect to the Rongelaptechnical data supporting the current DOE position, Meinhardt affirms, “We stand bythese data.” De Lugo asks Meinhardt “to take a message back to Secretary Watkins,that this subcommittee is very appreciative of the new approach.” (John Rudolph andHarry Brown of DOE, Drs. William Adams and Charles Meinhold of BN~ and Dr.William Robison of LLNL prepare draft statements for this hearing but the DOEIeadershi cancels their testimony and replaces it with Meinhardt’s.) bter both de

tLugo an Sen. Anjain refer to Meinhardt’s review statement as a “fr~h loo~” whichAnjain says Watkins “promised...over the objections of the DOE programmanagers...”=

Testifying before the same House subcommittee, Sen. Anjain urges that theindependent study of Rongelap promised in P.L 99-239 “be promptly initiated.”w

According to a letter by John C Tu~ DOE, of 2 May 1990, Rudolphexpresses the Secretary’s desire to have an outside rwiew of DOE’s past workregarding the habitability of Rongelap. Bemd Franke, Henry Kohn, and Rosalie Bertelltesti~ regarding the Rongelap reassessment pro”cx%

/Robert K brie, of P&D

technologies, testifies about the phase 2 work pan for an independent study ofoutstanding radiation and health issues on Rongelap.m

Page 104: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 98

21 ~OV 89AGREEMENTRADIATIONRELOCATION

Del. Ron de Lugo of the House Subcornm”~~ on Insular and InternationalInsular Affairs, commends Secrets of Energy Watkins for makin a commitment to

L Etake a “fresh look” at the issue of t radiation contamination at t e Marshall Islandsand the people of Rongelap Atoll.

De Lugo rquests the DOE to address in the promised additional review theextent of information disclosed to the Rongelapese and Congress on Rongelapradiation, safety, and health issues and whether radiological suweys and a deanupwere conducted on the atolL-

7 Dec 89ADMINISllWTIONPLUTONIUMRADIATION

The RMl requests assistance from the DNA in completing the deanup of RunitIsland at Enewetak Atoll.s”

Acting RMl President Kunio Lemari asks for Admiral Huntington I-lardisty’sassistance in arranging for the DNA to complete deanup of Runit Island. He requeststhat the plutonium mining plant being used at Johnston Atoll to extract plutoniumfrom soil be used at Runit once deanup is completed on Johnston AtolL This requestis passed on to the American embassy in Majuro.=

8 Dec 89ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENT

The DOE/PASO and DOl sign an informal agreement outlining finanaalarrangements and program management under wtkh the DOE will, on a costreimbursable basis, support certain DOl programs in the Marshall islands.5=

28 Dec 89RADIATIONRELOCATION

R/W Sen. Jeton Anjain testifies before the DOE Secretarial Panel for theEvaluation of Epidemiol ic Research Act”mities (SPEERA).

THe relays cwrent

Rongelapese concerns an submits recommendations based on the interim report.He recommends that the Rongelap people have access to the Rongela medical and

J’related records; that the phase 2 comprehensive and independent stu y of Rongelapmandated under the COFA be initiated; and that the DOE should conduct a study todetermine the feasibility of transferring medkal funds to a hospital in the MarshallIslands. He alleges that beause the DOE weapons played a part in radiologicalcontamination, DP cannot be objective in the management of the Marshall Islandsprogram.m

Page 105: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 99

3 Jan 90CONllWCIORMEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIATION

Because of the results of a study of samples mllected in summer 1989 toassess the plutonium background in the RMI areas, the BNL concludes that the urinesamples collected from 1981 to 1984 were contaminated during field collections-’

The BNL submits the first 40 plutonium results from the urine samples takenfrom people who had previously high plutonium results in the summer of 1989. Thedata mnfirm the speculation that the urine samples collected from 1981 to 1984 werecontaminated during field collections k new f~”mn track etch procedure hasimproved the quality assurance of the proczss The new data show that the peoplemeasured have no greater than 100 attocuries of Iutonium in their urine and will notreceive greater than 1 mrem/yr from plutonium. L

8 Jan 90CONGRESSIONAL RELATIONSHIPMEDICALRADIATION

[n draft comments on S. 1802, the “Department of Energy Nuclear FaalitiesAct of 1989,” the DOE officials advke that “T’’tle V, Monitoring of Health andRadiological Conditions in the Northern Marshall Islands,” is unnecessary becausethese actions already are being undertaken.m

9 Jan 90ADMINISTRATIONRADIATION

In response to Acting R/W President Kunio LeMari% request for a cleanup ofRunit Island, Chief of Mission Samuel Thomsen of the American Embassy requeststhat the DOE and the DOI coordinate with the DNA to determine the best means ofcompleting decontamination of Runit. Citing the favorable comment received by theDOE for its decision to reexamine the safety of Rongelap, Thomsen comments thatattention paid to Runit would have similar political and humanitarian benefits.~

13 Jan 90MEDICALPLUTONIUMRADIATION

The DOE informs a Marshall Islands government resident scientist that theresults of the plutonium analysis reinforce the belief that plutonium is not a healthhazard at Rongelap.-

19-21 Jan 90ADMINISTRATIONCONGRESSIONAL REIATIOIUSHIPCONTRACTOR

A fwe-person UINL team and William Jackson, the PASO program liaisonspeciali~ travel to Maloelap Atoll to make arrangements with the atoll Ieadershi for

&oLANL to conduct a scientific experiment in August and/or September 1990. Ja naccompanies a House Appropriations Committee staffer to Enewetak and Bikini tobrief the residents of the DOE’s activities at both places. While at Enewetak Jacksonrelays the DOE’s desire to terminate its role at Enewetak by 30 September 1990.=

Page 106: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 100

22 Jan 90ADMINISTRATIONRADIATIONRELOCATION

The DP replies to the testimony by Sen. Anjain at the 28 December SPEERAmeetin that medical/radiation records are already available to the Marshallese,

\althoug generalr

Iicy is that they do not release unevaluated da@ that thecomprehensive an independent study of Rongelap Island would be authorized if theindependent study of the DOE’s data by Kohn concluded that the DOE data did notsupport the habitability of the island; and that the organizational assignment to DPhas no influence on its technical content or sdentific resultsa’

24 Jan 90ADMINISTRATIONPLUTONIUMRADIATION

The Marshall Islands Nitijela (legislature) passes a resolution commending DOESecretary Watkins for his support of a second look at Rongelap issues and urging himto implement a phase 2 study of Rongeiap Island.m

In a draft response to the American Embassy in Majuro regarding deanu of!Runit Island, DNA states that any attempt to start cleaning Runit now WOUI be

premature. DNA is still testin mining methods as a means for cleaning plutoniumffrom the soil, and the scope o cleanup required on Runit is more difficult and costly

than that behg done on Johnston Atoll. If technology questions are resolved atJohnston Atoll, a Runit cleanup is two to four years away. DNA recommendsbeghning long-range planning and coordination for Runit deanup and starting withthe planning meeting to identify a lead agency and assign critical tasks.-

2 Feb 90ContractorRADIATION

In response to the desire of the Marshallese to perform their own radiationmeasurements throughout the Marshall Islands, W. John Tipton, assistant operationsmanager for aerial measurements operations of EG&G, recommends that the islanderspurchase three or four hand-held survey meters for each atoll and that two or threepeople on each atoll be trained in the operation of the instruments, He offers tofurnish limited use of EG&G’s ermanium in situ system resources, provided that

fEG&G takes the measurements i quantitative data on other atolls is needed to tie inwith results of the 1978 SUWey.”O

16 Feb 90ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORMEDICAL

The PASO issues the Operations Plan, Mission Number 9@2, W 1990, for amedical surveillance trip to be conducted by BNL at Ebeye, Majuro, Utiri~ and Mejatoin March-April 1990.”

18 Mar -13 Apr 90CONTIWCTORMEDICAL

During the spring medical mission to Ebeye, Majuro, Utiri~ and Mejatto theBNL team conducts 339 full medical examinations of the Marshallese. The doctors

Page 107: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 101

examineproblem

nearly fiT

referralscases at t e Maiuro

from the Marshall Islands health care system and seehospital. The pediatriaan treats 160 children at island

iick Calls.”z

26-27 Mar 90ContractorPLUTONIUMRADIATION

Established by the BNL department of nuclear energy to obtain an externalscientific assessment of BNL’s Marshall Islands radiation safety program, anindependent scientific review comm-~ee meets at BNL The committee reviews thetwo radioanalytiel methods and the dosimetnc models used by BNL to estimateradiation dosages The committee concludes that the analytkaldata from urinecollected in 1988-1989 are valid. The group also advii that urine samples collectedprior to 1988 should be discarded because of fiaws in the previous analytical methodand protocols for urine collection whkh did not protect against contamination. Thecommittee finds that whole-body counting procedures were withk acceptableguidelines of technical excellenm and conformed to recognized standards. Itrecommends fu~her quality assurance procedures and guidance for intake and doseestimates.d13

27 Mar 90ADMINISTRATION

DOE Secretsx

Watkins directs the consolidation of medical suweillance,epidemiology, and ot er health matters into the new office of health. This orderincludes the Marshall Mand Program.d”

18 Apr90ADMINISTRATIONCONTRACTORRADIATION

The PASO issues Operations Plan, Mksion Number 90-4, for the standardLLNL terrestrial investigations to be conducted at Bikini~lS

Harry Brown notifies W. H. Adams and C.B. Meinhold at BN~ W.L Robinsonat LLNQ Joe D den at PASO, NV and Roger Ray of potential changes in the

Tmanagement oft e Marshall Islands program. The Brown notification follows chargesby Ron eta leaders that DP cannot be objective in the conduct of its work in the

fl’Marsha 1 Is ands and recommendations by SPEERAthat DOE’s management of theMarshall Islands program be reassigned to the DOE deputy assistant secretary ofhealth. Brown states that the latter office may assume program control directly withBNL and LLNL and that NV may have no pr ram management function and may

Tonly provide logistical supporL lie asks the a dressees to assist program transitionto minimize disruption of wA’”

30 Apr 90ADMINISITMTIONCONTRACTOR

Dr. Charles 6. Meinhold of the BNL department of nuclear energy, radiologicalsciences division, responds to David Weiman’s questions concerning the organization,management, and scientific approval processes at BNL Weiman is a lobbyist for theRongelapese. Meinhold remarks that in terms of determining priorities for programstudy, “DOE determines the overall need. Brookhaven determines the best way to

Page 108: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 102

prti.” He describes the program approval and reviewprocesses for the bioassayprograms”

May 90RADIATION

8emd Franke of the hstiMe for Energy and Environmental Research, aTakoma Pa~ Maryland institute, issues ‘Why the Rongelap Reassessment Project DidNot Fulfill Its Mission, Rongelap Versus Eniwetak and Wink Equal Treatment?” to theRongelap Atoll local government The report alleges failures of the Kohn report anddi~sses the varying criteria for the assessments of 8ikini, EnewetaL and Rongelap.”*

1 May 90RADIAllONWEAPON TESTING

David Weiman meets with Joseph Karpinski, DOE prinapal deputy assistantsecreta~ for congressional and intergovernmental affaiw, (My Palmer, specialassistant to the under secreta~ and Gary Knigh~ deputy assistant secretary forHouse liaison, prior to Senator Anjain’s testimony before the House AppropriationsSubcommittee on Interior and Related Agencies (Yates Committee). Weiman providesDOE Secretary Watkins’s office with Assistant Secretary Roser’s 23 March 1982memorandum and a 14 April 1982 memorandum from J. W. Thiessen to A. W.Trivelpiece regarding the transfer of Marshall Islands programs from EP to OP. lieraises three sensitive new matters of concern: a DOE radiation double standard atRongelap; questionable applicability of traditional DOE dose standards to the exposedpeople of Rongelap; and Safeguard “c” and the sutmrdination of health and safetyprograms. Weiman states that “Senator Anjain and Rongelap believe there is areasonable and easily attained solution to the overall matted and that Anjain andWeiman are “willing to work to work w“th the Secretary to resolve it”$”

2 May 90RADIATION

DOE Under Secretary John C Tuck requests that the FM undertake anindependent review of all data available regarding the radiological status andhabitability of Rongelap. This review should mnsider the views of the people ofRongelap, DOE, and those who conducted the initial review pursuant to the COFAlie requests that members of the review panel be selected in a manner that assuresimpartiality so that the conclusions will be acceptable to the people of Rongelap.m

4 May 90ADMINISTMTIONMEDICALRADIATIONWEAPON TESTING

Sen. John Glenn (D-Ohio), chairman of the Senate Committee onGovernmental Affairs, r uests DOE ~eta~ Watkins to support an independent

%“Phase 11”assessment oft e radiological contamination of l?mgelap Atoll and providehumanitarian assistan~ so that the Rongelap people may resettle where they willhave access to food and medical care”’

Sen. An”ain issues a statement to the Subcommittee on Interior and RelatedtlAgencies on be alf of the Rongelap Atoll local government and the Rongelap people.

He states that the Rongelap reassessment project created new questions rather thanresolving them and demonstrated that there is “a significant lack of knowled e“

7concerning the environmental and radiological conditions on )?ongelap and the heath

Page 109: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 103

and meckd condition of the Rongelapese. Acmrding to Anjain, sections of the COFAdesigned to deal with the Rongeiap situation are not working and Dr. Kohn’sRongelap reassessment project recommendations contradict provisions of the COFAAnjain charges that the U.S. uses a radiation double standard in the application ofradiation guidelines; that DOE and AEC have subordinated all Marshall Islandsmedical and environmental programs to defense readhwss status for the resumptionof weapons testing (Safeguard “C”); that the DOE “Screating unnecessary barriers tomedical records; and that the DOE’s definitii of habdability is distorted andunreliable.~

7 May 90CONTRACTOR

Harry Brown of NV re”~es h~ invitat”m to David Weiman and the RongelapIeademhip to visit BNL and LLNL to see first-hand how the scientific process works.He states that the people of Bikini and Enewetak found this helpfid in their decision-making process.=

11 h4ay90CONTRACTORWEAPON TESTING

The Rongelap Atoll local ovemment directs H&N to answer whether they are%or ever were under contract to t e DOE for any aspect of Safeguard “C.-4

18 May 90RADIATION

Responding to Under Secretary Tuck’s request for a rwiew of the radiologicalstatus and habitability of Rongelap, Frank Press, chairman of the NRC, wrkes that theNRC will consider organizing such a study and will develop and submit to the DOEa formal proposal for performance of the study.=

20 May 90POLICY

The Rongelap Atoll local government council passes a resolution that the DOEand “Wcontractors, with the exception of the BNL Marshall Islands medical program,are denied access until the DOE provides the counal with a till and completeaccountin

tof the relationship to and management of the DOE/DP p ram

?“Safeguar C,” which requires the U.S. to maintain the ability to resume atmosp ericnuclear testing.=

8 Jun 90ADMINISTRATION

DOE Secretary Watkins notifies House Subcommittee Chairman de Lugo thathe is transferring the management of DOE’s Rongelap activities from DP to a newoffke of health under the assistant secretary for environment safety and health.w

J. H. Dryden, director of PASO, notifies Stella Guerra DOI assistant secretaryfor territorial and international affai~ that the DOE is planning to initiate action tophase out the operations of the field office at EnewetaL llk program is funded onan interagency agreement between the DOE and the DOl.-

2 Jul 90ADMINISTRATION

Stella Guerra of DOl notifies Harry Brown that she believes that Congress willappropriate funding to continue the program at Enewetaka

Page 110: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 104

3 Aug

6 Aug

90ADMINIStTtATION

The current DOE medid and environmental programs relating to the MarshallIslands are shifted to EH by an amendment to the DOD authorization bill. Theamendment focuses on management consolidation and is meant to insure continuityof Marshall Islands program acttilties in the overall reorganization of health andsafety matters at DOE. Actb@ies formerly conducted through DP will be conductedthrwgh EH.~

90ADMINISTRATIONCONTRIMXORMEDICAL

The PASO issues Operation Plan, M“ksion Number ~5, BNL’s annual follow-up mission for medical examinations on Mejato, Utiri~ Majuro and Ebeye.U’

27 AUE 90

6-28

“CONTRACTORMEDICALPLUTONIUM

The University of Utah analyzes 29 samples of Marshallese urine furnishedby BNL and finds two samples which show definite evidence of plutonium=’.=

Sep 90tiMINISTRATIONAGREEMENTMEDICAL

During the BNL fall medical mission, William D. Jackson, the DOE fieldrepresentat-we on the trip, reaches agreement with the administration of the 177Heath Plan on a renewal of the misting Memorandum of Understanding. He repotithat BNL and 177 Health Plan professionals established productive lines ofcommunication during the trip and agreed upon techniques and means forcoordination and sharing information.=

10 Sep 90ADMINISTRATION

Sect

Joseph H. D den of PASO notifies Brown that due to lack of fundin he is7 %closing down the fie d station at Enewetak until PASO receives W 1991 fun ing.=

90AGREEMENTRELOCATION

The DOl and the Kili/Bikini/Ejit local ovemment sign a memorandum offagreement regarding the rehabilitation and resett ement of Bikini Atoll, including public

land use payments and other budgetary matters-

25 Ott 90ADMINISTRATION

Stella Guerra of DOI reacts to statements by House and Senate appropriationssubcommittees that Congress expects the DOI and the DOE and its contractor tocontinue to work together to establish a plan to turn over the Enewetak food andagricultural maintenance pr

3ram to the &l government at the eartiest possible

time. She recommends that t e DOI and the DOE and its contractor meet at PASO’s

Page 111: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 105

Honolulu office to coordinate the development of plans to carry out this work In themeantime, she suggests operating the program under the existing DOE/DOlagreement under the level of funding in the continuing resolution.-

26 Ott 90RADIATION

Harry Brown writes to Oscar de Bruin of the RMl, to provide axwoiidatedrecommendations as to how the RMl might treat the soil of islands to mitigate theuptake of cesium137into food crops The DOE suggests initial application of 1200pounds per acre of potassium chloride. Islands that might be considered for thistreatment are Eneu; Bikini; the six planted northern islands at Eneweta~ Enjebi, ifreplanted and resettled; Rongelap; and Arbor.”’

6 biov 90ADMINISTRATIONAGREEMENT

The DOl approves the extension of the agreement dealing with the operationof the Enewetak food and agricultural maintenance program until the DOI candetermine if it should revise the agreement. The DOl authorizes funding for DOEthrough 31 December.-

Page 112: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 106

APPENDIX A

Sections of Section 177

of the Compact of Free Assodationand its Implementing Agreement

of Interest to the DOEO

PUBLIC IAW 99-239 Joint Resolution to approve the “Compa~ of Free Association,’and for other purposes January 14, 1986

COMPACT OF FREEASSOCIATION

SECllON 177

A The U.S. ovemment accepts responsibility for compensation owing toPcitizens of the Marshal Islands or the Federated States of Micronesia for loss or

damage to the property and person of the citizens of the Marshall Islands or theFederated States of Micronesia resulting from the nuclear testing program, June 30,1946- August 18, 1958.

B. In a separate agreement the governments of the Marshall Islands andthe U.S. w“II set forth provisions for settlement of all claims; for the continuedadministration by the U.S. government of direct radiation related medical suweillanceand treat ment programs and radiological monitoring activities and for additionallyagreed upon programs and activities; and for the assumption by the government ofthe Marshall Islands of responsibility for enforcement of limitations, developed incooperation with the U.S. government on the utilization of affected areas withmutually agreed upon assistance by the U.S. government.

c. The U.S. government shall provide the government of the Marshall[stands a grant of $150 million to be paid and distributed according to the separateagreement.

Arzreement Between the Government of the United States andthe Government of the Marshall Islands for the Imdementation of Section 177

of the Comoact of Free Association

Sections of Particular Interest to the DOE

ARTICLE II - DISTRIBUTION OF ANNUAL PROCEEDS

Section 1 - Health, Food, Agricultural Maintenance and Radiological Suweillance

a. $3o million is distributed to the RMI in amounts of $2 million for 15 years.The RMI is to use these funds to receive technical assistance, on a reimbursable basisfrom agencies of the U.S. government. The U.S. shall provide technical assistanceincluding contractor setvices to assist the RMI to include health-we programs andsmites related to the consequences of nuclear testing in its health care system.

●The full texts of these documents are in Document nos. D105 and D1 13.

Page 113: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 107

Technical assistance shall include, at RMi requa a whole body counter, to belocated in a facility supplied by the RMI, and the training of its operator. Technicalassistance may include professional personnel services and dosimet~ and bioassaysewices.

d. At RMl request, the U.S. is to provide technical assistance, programs andsewices, on a reimbursable basis, to amtinue the planting and agriculturalmaintenance program on Enewetak and to continue the food programs of the Bikinipeople and the Enewetak people for as long as is required.

e. $3 million to the RMI to conduct medical surveilla~ and radiol “cd?monitoring act”wities, are to be disbursed in average amounts of $1 million or a

three-year period commencing when the agreement goes into effect The results ofthe medical suweillance and radiological monitoring are to be filed with the ClaimsTribunal.

Section 2- The People of Bikini

$75 Million to the Bikini Distribution Authority in payment of claims arisingout of the nuclear testin program for loss or damage to property and person of thepeople of Bikini, are to lie disbursed in quarterly amounts of $1.25 million for thefifteen-year period commencing one quarter year after the agreement goes into effect.

Section 3- People of Enewetak

$48.75 million to the Enewetak Distribution Authority in payment of claimsarising out of the nuclear testing program for 10ss or damage to property or personof the people of Eneweta~ are to be disbursed in quarterly amounts of $812,500 forthe period commencing one calendar quarter after the agreement goes into effect.

Section 4- People of Rongelap

$37.5 million to the Rongelap Distribution Authority in payment of claimsarising out of the nuclear testing program for 10ssor damage to property and personof the people of Rongelap, are to be disbursed in quarterly amounts of $625,000 forthe fifteen-year period commencing one calendar quarter after the agreement goesinto effect.

Section 5- People of Utirik

$22.5 million to the Utrik [sic] Dktributiin Authority in payment for claimsarising out of the nuclear testing pr ram for loss or damage to property and person

O%uof the people of Utiri~ are to be dis rsed in quarterly amounts of $375,000 for thefifteen-year period commencing one calendar quarter after the agreement goes intoeffect.

Section 8- Bikini, Eneweta~ Rongelap and Utirik Trusts

The people of Bikini, Eneweta~ Rongelap and Utirik shall establish trusts withall or a portion of the annual proceeds from this Agreement in order to provideadditional long-term means to address consequences of the nuclear testing program.

Page 114: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

ARTICLE VI - RESETTLEMENTIN RESPE~ TO BIKINI

Section 1 - Resettlement

DRAFT 10B

OF BIKINI ATOLL AND CONVEYANCE OF PROPERIY

The U.S. reaffirms its commitment to provide funds for the resettlement ofBikini Atoll by the people of Bikini at a time which cannot now be determined.

ARTICLE Vll - UTILIZATION OF IANDS

The U.S. is relieved of responsibil”~ for, and the RMl shall have responsibilityfor, controlling the utilization of areas in the h4arshall Islands affectedby the nucleartesting program.

ARTICLE Vlll - NORTHERN MARSHALL ISLANDS FWDIOLOCICAL SURVEY

The U.S. has conctuded that the northern Marshall Islands radiological sumyand related environmental studies represent the best effort accurately to evaluate anddescribe conditions on the Marshall Islands. This survey and related environmentalstudies have been made available to the RMI and can k used tochain and environment and to estimate radiation-related healthresiding in the notihern Marshall Islands.

ARTICLE IX - CHANGED CIRCUMSTANCES

evaluate the foodconsequences of

If loss or dama e to property and person resultin from the nuclear testinJprogram are discover subsequent to this a reement’s

f%ecoming effect-we, whi cl!

make its provisions manifestly inadequate, an such could not reasonably have beenidentified before its becoming effect-we, the RMI may submit to Congress a requestfor the U.S. to provide for such injuries. Congress is not committed to authorize andappropriate the funds.

ARTICLE X - ESPOUSAL

Section 1 - Full Settlement of Claims

This Agreement constitutes the full settlement of all claims, pa present andfuture, of the governmen$ citizens, and nationals of the Marshall Islands relating tothe nuclear testing program against the U.S., its agents, employees, contractors,citizens, and nationals.

Section 2- Termination of Legal Proceedings

The R/W shall terminate any I al proceedings in the courts of the Marshall7Islands against the U.S., its agents, emp oyees, contractors and “citizens and nationals”

involving claims arising out of the nuclear testing program.

Page 115: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 109

ARTICLE Xl - lNDEMNllY

Subject to Article lx the RMl shall indemnify and hold harmless the U.S., itsagents, employees, mntractors, “atizens and nationals,’ from all claims set forth inArticle ~ and all future actions on behalf of the FM in any court arisin out of the

inuclear testing program. The indemnification shall not exceed $150 mi ion.

Page 116: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

APPENDIX B - ABBREVIATIONS

110

ACBM

AEC

AES

AFL

AFSWP

ACMMA

AMo

ANL

BARC

BNL

CINCPACFLT

COFA

D

DAF

DASA

DBER

DBM

DMA

DNA

DOD

DOE

DOES

DOI

DOS

DP

(AEC) Advkory Committee for Biology and Medkine

Atomic Energy Commission

(DOE) Assistant Administrator for Environment and Safety

Univers”~ of Washington Applied F~heries bboratory

Armed Forces S@al Weapons Project

Assistant General Manager for Military Application

Assistant Manager for Operations

Argonne National Laboratory

Bikini Atoll Rehabilitation Committee

Brookhaven National Laboratory

Commander-in-chief of the U.S. PacMc Fleet

Compact of Free ksociation

Democrat

Department of the Air Force

Defense Atomic Support Agency

(AEC) Division of Biology and Environmental Research

(AEC) Division of Biology and Medicine

(AK) Division of Mllitaty Application

Defense Nuclear Agency

Department of Defense

Department of Energy

(DOE) Division of Operational and Environmental Safety

Department of the Interior

(AEC) Division of Operational Safety

(DOE) Defense Programs

Page 117: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 111

DRS

DWMT

E.O.

EG&G

Et-1

EPA

ERDA

ERSP

FPDB

FRC

w

GAO

GPO

H. Con. Res.

H. J. Res.

H&N

HASL

HPE

ICRP

ISA

JCAE

JTF-7

IANL

IASL

LFMER

LLL

LLNL

(AEC) Division of Radiologid Safety

(AEC) Division of Waste Management and Transpiration

Executive Order

Edgerton, Germeshausen, and Crier, lnc

(DOE) Office of Health Physics

Environmental Prot@ion Agency

Energy Research and Development Administration

(DOE) Enewetak Radiological Support Project

Fission Product Data Base

Federal Radiation Counal

Fiscal Year

General Accounting Office

Government Printing Office

House Conmrrent Resolution

House Joint Resolution

Holmes and Narver Construction Company

(AEC) Health and Safety Laboratory

(DOE) Health Physics and Environmental Division

international Comm&lon on Radiological Protection

(AEC) International Security Affairs

Joint Committee on Atomic Energy

Joint Task Force Seven

Los Alamos National Laboratory

Los Alamos Scientific bborato~

Lovelace Foundation for Medical Education and Research

Lawrence Livermore laborato~

Iawrence Liiermore National Laboratory

Page 118: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 112

LRB

LRE

UT

MAC

MH8LS

MIDG

MIDRG

MIPC

MLSC

MPRL

mr

mrem

NARA

NEPA

NIH

NTIS

NMRI

NRDL

NRC

NSC

NV

NYoo

OGM

OMB

ORNL

P.L

Laboratory of Radiation Mology

kborato~ of Radiation Ecology

(DOE) Litigation Support Team

Military Air Command

(.AEC) Medicine, Health and Safety

Marshall Islands Dosimetry Group

Marshall Islands Dodmetry Review Group

Marshall Islands Planning Group

Micronesia Legal Sewices Corporation

Mid-Pacific Research Laboratory

milliroentgens

millirem

National Archives and Records Administration

National Academy of Sciences

National Environmental Policy Act

National Institutes of Health

National Technical Information Sewice

Naval Medical Research Institute

Naval Radiological Defense Laboratory

National Research Counal

National Security Counal

(AEC) Nevada Operations Office

(AEC) New York Operations Office

(.AEC) Office of the General Manager

Office of Management and Budget

Oak Ridge National Laboratov

Public law

Page 119: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 113

PACE

PAG

PAso

PE

PNL

PPG

R

~r

RARG

REECO

RMl

SAls

S. Con. Res.

SECY

SFOO

Slo

SPEERA

Ssc

T.T.

TIG

Uofw

USGS

USPHS

WERL

Pacific Cratering Experiment

Protective Action Guide

(DOE) Pacific Area Support Offke

(DOE) Office of Policy, Plans, and Analysis

Pacific Northwest Laboratories

pacific Proving Ground

Republican

This abbreviation is copied as it appears in the originaldocuments and may be rem, rad, or roentgen

Radiological Assessment Review Group

Reynolds Electrical and Engineering Company

Republic of the Marshall Islands

School of Advanced International Studies

Senate Concurrent Resolution

(AEC) Secretariat Staff Paper

(AEC) Santa Fe Operations Office

Scripps Institute of Oceanography

Secretarial Panel for the Evaluation of Epidemiologic ResearchActivities

Safety, Standard% and Compliance

Tmst Territo~

Transuranium Technical Group

University of Washington

U.S. Geological Survey

United States Public Health Swice

Western Environmental Research Laboratoy

Page 120: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

. 114\

60VERNNENTS

ORGANIZATIONS AM) INDIVIDUALS

CONCERNEDUITH DEVELOPMENTSlN THE MARSHALL ISLANDS

1985-1986

Prhate Sector Organizations Involved or Interested inHealth and Community Development in .Nficronesia

Paclflc Bsein Developmeflt OOuncll

66- km KIN !3”- sunf 32$HowlldluHI we13Phone IBM; 5239325Execmft b’e:l~” M“ ,kc”f~ B NOWIS

M: -n EnwronmmtdCuadcsntsP o BSX 20620 GWGus? k?!9632?Pne% (671, 472+: EPresoem tiw,c D Stro’IS

Peetfk Os@n Ewnomit CosmciIC(G Sal Inwrlet.wls’Me?lc P.-k. CA M225Phone (415; KW5SS.s” co:-: mm” MC Tom Ta&Jot

Ins u~ “ Imtltule2?S2 wyOWl~ Avswe h’ W’M%%nqa-. D C 20226Pnone (202, 3S7.7S25Cns -w W Pwfi:a Lw-e Ctw:-w

Sctiod ot me ●wtic Mends. Irw12: West TIX)J$lUtik$ 9 dTfIOJSSnC OBKS CA 91360Phow (S%J 467-769 IPres;seni M, Laa?enceC JSWISS

lMarimed Fo~ndatio~

Full”Tim~ Emplo!eesExtcut,weDwecbt Da.,c D ~IQ;rS5 J D W U Adminmtratwe Ass@enlMedICB’ D)rectof Ilo-,fi LaszIc %I~OnS U D Bookkeeper Do”lnas YoungtiDUt) DIICCIOf Nca L!k-t, h? D U = H Nwmon Pmgrsm Consultant EI,:sw.? Me,sels H D M P HOperaions Man.gcr ?e. E Klt’ Student Intern Wwyanrt P ZmExt:utfwc Secmtefy Jos ‘. PNLSD-I

Page 121: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

115

t

III

II

I

I1

COmrnrftrt On SrrlcrIor .nd Insubt A?folrcU.s Houac of Rep~eb*melhwswa55np!GnOc 20515c-a ‘F,a-.+40nrmblv SAo,?n K UaalSIa’” M. Jeflrey FWIOW Advuo:

PhCV)4 (202) 22>9297

Nouae Subcommmee on Arblk LossesSubcommmeeChewnen Jofrn F SeIOWImgSsarn Ms PaIIICIa A Kroirae.

Professional Sta$l Membe-tim 812 House Ames 81W@~h$nSIOfi D C 20515Prrcrna (202)226773G

Republ,c of the Mmshell blendso. Ja:b H41m?la

Se:.e:a., :’ Hesfih se-ices

FSKJ: o’ the Ma”sha’ isiansssF O B:r 16$la,~,c Ma”sWl~ lSa~dS S6%0

Feoerated Stoles of Micronesia~. EI# PfelrlciCh e’ DIWSQ- of HeaW ServuesDe;alme”” of Soc Ia’ ●m HeaRh *teeska!.o-,a Go@”nme~’ o’ the Fedvate: Stales ofM.c~caesa

Ko13.. & PO!WIPE 9S%1

[As a wI? U? Fwomdeal! WIIF u S Te,rrro~ kW!e timmttl- on Ef’tdfgy ●nd Nolufel*sues wh,fc MS Kmust ha’we$ Trust Termo~ Reaoureesrssues ) United Stete Senate

was~mptoa D C 20510Nesrea Approprlotrens timmltlee Chomman Nonowote Jemes A 6kClurcSstbCtrmmrnM on tntormr ●nd ReIot@d *f! :n$rnososyw.mnsiesbm B= Roybum House Office Duddmg Allen Stayman. SS.? MembwWShqton, D.C 20515 (loI whoruahonChewnon HoruuBb@ SrdneJR Ymes

~)

Staff Ms Kothleen R Johnson.Ptwla (202) 224-2564

Staff AasmamPhone @02J 2253061

&note ammoe on Appro@otions

Subcemmmao on hteriofondRebted-$Wasfwsgfon. D.C 205$0Subcommmoe Chairmen Jemes A MCCIUW

Trust TerritoryHealthS}stemDirectors&oflMr Affray Colrk Phone(20ZI224.7262

Yap Stale FSMMs V!a-) FIp- DlrectwSiaw Mea?- Sew,ces: Q B>, 14EYa: FSV %943

Truk Slate. FSMD Ge”-,a- At?-,k- a: DF:J) L).ezr 0’ Flea?? Sewsfr l!J* Sz’fIru. F.St.’ 9EWi

Trust Terrrto~ GovernmentHo?:.a>’t Ja?e: S?.:>}H$* Lo*.?ms,one-Trur Tewsoq 04 the Pa:dIc IalanesSa Za- CfiUt PS%:Pne-.t 0-?47&9413

Kosr8e State, FSM0! Aqhd. siv,a~Sate DIIecIm o’ Heanr. Swu,:esKMrae FStJ 36944

Pohnpei State, FSMOr Amms DewIoSwe Director of Hea’m SewIcesPohpe Stale. FSSA96941

Republlc of BeleuOr Maaao KumenosDtrector~urea~ of +leafth ~fwcesMac20~alC Mernorm Hospta!Koro!, Belau S6940

Cemmonweatth of the Norlhem MarionaIolsndaDI Jose Vdla90m4ZO~ector of Public Heatm me Env-onmewalSewcesOr To~res SioS:ta’=pa? CNMI SV352

lWcronesiaGoYernmen~Leaders

@barnM, hIW Rodng@z. D,fecto,De~nmew of Heatlh ●nd So:.al SwwcesPO So. 2016AOSnO Guam 96910

Amorioan SomoeOr Juha L LyonsDwecfv of Health SewmsLBJ Tropical Medd Comer?s~ PaDo. Arrsmcon Somoa 967S9

Chd ~~n lx Ofke Of the US. %bhC ~J!Sh

SOMCO m San Frwrcr=o has IUMrasuod ●

HeaIth Sewicos Dtreaoq tor ●ll the termonesthat noses●ll map twIlti*s aowces ●d par.aonnol N WIII be updaled ●ve?y 6 monthsCOP*S ●re QvailaMe by WMIWO 10 01 SheTIda~Wemalem. RegIon41 Heatrt, Aamm,atralw. U SPutslIc Health Sewce. 50 Unrted Nat,ons PmzaSan Francisco. CA 94102)

UmmonweafIh of the Nonhern MarienaIslands

Honofssie Peorc P. TenowGownw o! the Nofthwn Map.onaIslandsSO,pe? CNMI 9SWPnorrw 0114704437L! Got Pewo A Tcnow

..

II

!!

i

ii

Page 122: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 116

ENDNOTES

1. Headquarters, Joint Task Force Seven J-3 Diiision, “Orientation Guide,” Part 1,61A-1 433, Box 317, Orientation Guide 1 Jun 57, #101, Record Group (RG) 374,Washington National Record Center (WNRC). [A261

2. Use and Occwa nm Aweement for Land in the Trust Territo w of the PacificIslands under the Administrative ResDonsibilitv of the Det)artment of the Interior,Document 214214, Coordination and Information Center, Las Vegas, Nevada (CIC).[F4]

3. Micronesia Support Committee, “Marshall Islands A Chronology 1944-1981,”p. 5. [A271

4. ‘Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 5. [A2~

5. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 7. [A271

6. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 7. [A271

7. Announced U.S. Nuclear Tests, DOE/NV 209, (Rev. 10), April 1990, p. 1. Thetime used is U.S. continental time.

8. Public law (P.L) 78-585.

9. U.S., Statutes at Lame, vol. 61: 3301-3305. [Al]

10. AEC 334/1 O, 17 Aug 51, Atomic Energy Commission Secretariat Files (hereafterSecretariat), Box 1261, Military Research and Application 7 (hereafter MR&A7)Experiments and Tests, RG 326, Department of Energy Archives (hereatler DOEArchives) [A71; Public Law 80-204, U.S. statutes at La= vol. 61: 397 [A22];Executive Order 9875, Code of Federal RmwIations Title 3- The President 1943-1948Compilation: 658. [A23J

11. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 7. [A2~

120 Draft memorandum for the President 20 Nov 47, by David E. Lilienthal, DMAFiles, Box 3866, Sandstone-Basic Corresp. & Ref., RG 326, DOE Archives. [Fl 1] (Theunderlining appears in the original document.)

13. Draft No. 1 memorandum for the record of a conference in the President’soffice by J. M~ormacL 25 Nov 47, DMA Files, Box 3866, Planning & Policy (l), RG326, DOE Archives, [F1OJ

14. USAEC Press Release No. 70, 1 D= 47, Secretarial Box 4942, 471.6Sandstone, RG 326, DOE Archives [F~

15. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 9. [A271

16. Leonard Mason, “Relocation of the Bikini Marshallese a Study in GroupMigration,” Ph.D. dissertation, Yale University, 1954, pp. 330-37. [F19J

17. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,’ p. 9. [A2~

Page 123: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 117

18. Announced U.S. Nuclear Tests, DOE/NV 209, (Rev. 10), April 1990, p. 1. Thetime used is U.S. continental time.

19. AEC 9/8, 28 A r 48, Secretana~ Box 4944, AEC 682 Eniwetok Atoll (12-1-[47), RG 326, DOE Arc ives [A25]; AEC 9/9, 4 May 48, !%cretaria~ Box 4944, AEC

682 En”metok Atoll (12-1-47), RG 326, DOE Archiies [A24]

20. U.S., statutes at La reel Vol. 62: 1434-1435. [A2]

21. U.S., $tatutfi at Lareq Vol. 62: 584-585. [A3]

22. AEC 9/13, 16 Jul 49, enclosing Ramsey to Capt. James S. Russell, 1 Jul 48,Secretariat, Box 4944, AEC 682 Eniwetok Atoll (12-1-47), RG 326, DOE Archhws. [F12]

23. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 11. [A27J; Robert C. Kiste, The BikiniansA Studv in Forced Migration (Menlo Par~ @ Cummings Publishing Co., 1974), pp.92-102. [Fl]

24. AEC 9/14, 29 Mar 49, Secretarial Box 4944, AEC 682 En”wetok Atoll (12-1-47), RG 326, DOE Archives. [A4J

25. Announced U.S. Nuclear Tests, DOE/NV 209, (Rev. 10), April 1990, p. 2.

26. AEC 334/1 O. [A7’1

27. AEC 334/10 [An; Executive Order 10265, 29 Jun 51, Code of FederalRemdations Title 3- The President 19491953 ComDilation, pp. 7W767. [A28]

28. 578th AEC Meeting Minutes, 12 Jul, 51, Secretarial Box 1261, MR&A 7Greenhouse, RG 326, DOE Archives. [F32]

29. AEC 334/100 [A7J

30. U.S., Statutes at Lar~e, Vol. 65: 248-265. [AS]

31. AEC 334/10. [An

32. U.S., statutes at Law~ Vol. 65: 350. [A6]

33. Gordon Dean to Boyer, 17 Apr 52, Former Commissioner Dean Collection, Box0002, Unclassified Reader File-April 1952, RG 326, DOE Archives [F6]

34. Gordon Dean, chairman, AE~ to James P. Davis, director, Office of Territories,12 Sep 52, Department of the Interior (DOl), Secretaria~ Box 4928, MRM7 castle,Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives [A8]

35. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 11. [A27J

36. Announced U.S. Nuclear Tes& p. 3.

37. Cordon Dean to Cen. Dwight D. Eisenhower, 7 Nov 52, Secretariat, Box P,MFWA-7 IVY Vol. 2, RG 326, DOE Archives. [F21]

Page 124: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 118

38. Phillips to chief of naval operations, 20 Dec 52, erdosure 9 ~ COL MncentG. t+uston, acting director of militaty application, to K D. Nichols, 30 Mar 54, Vol.3 Footnote File Job 1330, Box 2, FN Dots Chap. 648-65, RG 326, DOE Archives.[Xq

39. Enclosure 9 ~ COL Vincent G Huston to Nichols, 30 Mar 54. [X71

AEC 597/8, d 2 Jan 53, enclosing Henry D. Smyth to James P. Davis, 6 Jan 53,~~etaria~ Box 4928, MRM7 Castle, Vol. 1, RC 326, DOE Archives [A9]

41. Elbert D. Ttmmas to jam= P. Davis, director of the 00[ offim of territories,5 Feb 53, enclosure 11 ~ Col. vin~nt G. Huston to K D. Nichols, 30 Mar 54. [X71

42. AEC Press iklease No. 478, 2 Apr 53, Press Releases, RG 326, DOE Archives.[A53]

K E. Fiekk $0 the chief of naval operations, 28 Apr 53, enclosure 13 @ COL~~cent G. Huston ?O K. D. Nichols, 30 Mar 54. [X71

44. Brig. Cen K E. Fields to VVdliam Mitchell, general counsel, attention: FranklinN. Parks, 7 May 53, Plants, lands, Buildings, and Laboratories (PLB & L) (NTS,Eniweto~ Bikini - W-53), RG 326, Albuquerque Operations Office (ALOO). [F91

45. AEC 597/13 July 14, 1953, Secretarial Box 4928, MR&A7 Castle Vol. 2, RG326, DOE Archives [X2]

46. Memorandum by Edward Heller, 22 Ott 53, Records of the Joint Committeeon Atomic Energy (JCAE), General Subject Files, Box 80, Wea ons Tests Pacific Proving

!Ground (Castle) 1954, RG 128, National Archives and Recor s Administration (NARA).[X3]

47. Commander-in-chief, U.S. Pacific FleeL to cmmmander, Joint Task Force Seven(JTF7), 31 Ott 53, Records Center C-2D-41, CASTLE Radiological Safety, RG 326, LosAlamos National laboratory (lANL). [F2]

48. AEC 597/32, 15 Dec 53, Secretariat, Box 4928, MR8A7 Castle, Vol. 2, RG326, DOE Archives [A1O]

49. Clarkson to rommander in tilef, U.S. Paafic Fleet 11 Dec 53, “RadiologicalHazards in the Marshall Islands Area during CASTLE,” Records Center, C-2 D-41,Castle Radiological Safety, RG 326, LANL [F3J; “Safety Measures durin Operational

?Phase of CASTLE? Records Center, C-2 0-41, Castle Radiological Sa ety, R(3 326,LANL [F13]

50. AEC 597/4$ 18 Mar 54, Secretaria~ Box 4929, MRM7 Castle, Vol. 3, RG326, DOE Archives Ml 1]; “Answer to State Department ‘List of Possible Ou estions’”attached to K D. N“~hols to W. Sterling Cole, 14 Sep 54, Joint Committee on AtomicEnergy General Comspondence UCAE Correspondence) Box 712, “Weapons Tests(Eniwetok) 19541955,” RG 128, NARA [A18]

51. Announced U.S. Nuclear Tests p. 4.

Page 125: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 119

52. AEC Division of Biology & Mediane, “Conference on Long Term Surveysand ,Studies of Marshall Islands,” pp. 14, 54, Division of Biology and Medicine (DBM), Box3365, Folder 18, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A30]

53. “Medial Aspects of Fall-out from Bravo,” undated, unsigned repo~ attachedto memo on Bravo Shot Operation Castle, 12 Apr 54, fbger Ray cokction. [A29]

54. U.S. Cong., House, 85th Cong., 1st sess, Special Subcommittee on Radiationof the JCAE, “Hearings on Radioact”Ne Fallout and Its Effects on Man,” Part 1, 27,28, 29 May and 3 Jun 57, p. 912. [A48]

55. U.S. Cong., House, 85th Cong., 1st sess., ‘Radioactive Fallout and Its Effectson Man,” p. 177. [A48]

Wataru W. Sutow and Robert A Conard, “The Effects of Fallout Radiation onfi6~rshallese Children,” BNL 13584, p.2, DOC 19247, CIC [15]

57. Defense Nuclear Agency (DNA), Castle Series 1954, United States AtmosphericNuclear Weapons Tests Nuclear Test Personnel Review, 1 Apr 82, DNA 6035F. NllS,pp. 223, 226-229. [F18]

58. AEC 597/43, 18 Mar 54, Secretariat Box 4929, MR&A7 Castle, Vol. 3, RG326, DOE Archives [Al 1]; “Answers to State Department ‘List of POSSible OUest ions.’”[A18]

59.

60.[Al 8]

61.

62.

Defense Nuclear Agency, Castie Series 1954, p. 228. [F18]

AEC 597/43 [Al 1]; “Answers to State DeDartment ‘List of Possible Questions.’”

AEC 597/43. [Al 1J

~G Seven to USAEC via Los Alamos, 5 Mar 54, Records Center 100Bravo Fallout, RG 326, LANL [F8]; Clarkson to Fields and Bugher, 10 Ma; 54,Center B-9 D-1 58, 635 Castle 12-31-53-3-15-54, RG 326, IANI- [F361

63. AEC 597/43. [Al 1]

64. AEC 597/43. [Al 1]

65. AEC 597/43. [Al 1]

C2D44,Records

66. J. C. Bugher to Alfred J. Breslin, 6 Mar 54, Tommy McCraw Papers (hereafterM&raw), Box 1, Rongelap-LJtiri~ twxs 1954 re Fallout following Bravo, R(3 326, DOEArchives. [A58] - -

67. Memorandum by Dr. Herbert scovill~ 12 Mar195, Castle Fallout Observations, RG 326, IANL [A571

54, Records Center, F-43 B-

68. Memorandum by Scoville, 12 Mar 54. [A571

69. Memorandum by Scoville, 12 Mar 54. [A571

Page 126: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 120

Thomas L Shipman to John C. Bugher, 10 Mar 54, Records Center CRMO B-~D-1 58, 635 Castle Januav 1, 1954 to March 15, 1954, RG 326, IANL [F14]

Cmdr. James E. Reeves to Frank D. Peel, 11 Mar 54, Records Center C-2 D-~~1 Castle October 1953, RG 326, lANL [F15]

72. CJTF-7, Enevveta~ to chairman, AE~ et al, 12 Mar 54, M&raw, Box 7, BravoTwxs, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A62J

73. FEF-51, “Congressmen Report on Radiation Exposure,” JCAE GeneralCorrespondence, Box 712, “Weapons Tests (En”hvetok) 1954 1955; RG 128, NAM[A12]

AEC DBM, ‘Conference on Long Term Surveys and Studies of Marshallflkds,” pp. 14, 54. [A301

75. Gen. ClarkSon to Fields, 15 Mar 54, Records Center JDO C-2, Bravo Fallout,RG 326, IANL [F5]

76. U.S. Cong., House, 85th Cong., 1st sess., “Radioactive Fallout and Its Effectson Man,” pp. 935, 942. [A48]

77. Naval Station, Kwajalein, to AEC, Washington, 15 March 1954, JCAE, GeneralSubject Files, Box 80, Weapons Tests Pacific Proving Ground (Castle) 1954, p. 51, RG128, NAR& [X4]

78. Memorandum by Ed Heller, 23 Mar S4, JCAE General Correspondence, Box712, “Weapons Tests (Eniwetok) 19541955,” RG 128, NAR& [A13]

79. Applied Fisheries Laboratory, University of Washington, “A Radiological Studyof Rongelap Atoll, Marshall Islands, during 1954- 1955,” UWFL-42, Abstra@ McCraw,Box 9, U of W Laboratory of Radiation Biology Seattle, Washington 98105, UWFL-42, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A371

80. A.. C. Graves to N. E. Bradbury, 1 Apr 54, Science 3131, Records Center B-9 D-158, 635 CASTLE3/16/54 - 4/15/54, RG 326, LANL [F16]; N. E. Bradbury to A.C. Graves, 1 Apr 54, AEC GR82, Records Center B-9 D-158, 635 CASTLE 3/16/54 -4/1 5/54, RG 326, IANL [Fl 7J

81. Thomas L Shipman, Health Division, LAS~ to Zen, CTC 7.1, Eneweta~ 13 Apr54, McCraw, Box 7, Bravo Twos, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A63]

82. 982nd AEC meeting 7 May 54 minut~ !kcretaria~ Box 4929, MR8A7 Castle,Vol. 3 [Al 4]; 984th AEC meeting 12 May 54 minutes, Secretariat Box 4928, Medicine,Health and Safety (MH&S) 3 Radiation, Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives [A15]; K D.Nichols, General Manager, AEC, to Rep. W. Sterling Cole, Chairman, JCAE, 14 Sep 54.[A18]

83. CJTF-7, Eneweta~ to chairman, AEC, 22 Apr 54, McCraw, Box 7, Bravo Twxs,RG 326, DOE Archives. [A61]

84. AEC125/8, 18 May 54, Secretariat BOX1264, MR&A 7.1 Proving Grounds, Vol.II, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A52]

Page 127: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

85.

86.

87.Utiriif

88.Utiri~

89.

121DRAFT

“Marshall Islands A Chronology,’ p. 12. [A271

984th AEC meeting 12 May 54 minutes [A151

Gordon Dunnin to John C. Bugher, 21 May 54, McCraw, Box 1, Rongelap-!twxs, 1954 re Fa lout following Bravo, RG 326, DOE Archiies. [AS91

Gordon Dunnin to John C Bugher, 24 May 54, M@aw, Box 1, Rongelap-11twxs 1954 re Fa out following Bravo, RG 326, DOE Archives [A601

AEC 620/11, 8 ]un 54, enclosing Lewis L Strauss to Charles E. Wilson, 28Ma 54, secretaria~ Box 1253, “Legal-6 Claims and Litigations,” RG 326, DOE

c1Ar ives. [A16]

90. Philip Helfrich and Roger Ray, ‘Research at Enewetak Atoll: A HistoricalPerspective’ ~ Dennis M. Devaney et al, cd., The Natu ral Historv of Enewetak Atoll,DOE/EV/00703-Tl -VoL 1, p. 6. [G78]

91. Maj. Gen. E. McGinley to the director, DBM, 21 Jun 54, McCraw, Box 1,RongelapUtiri~ tws 1954 re Fallout following Bravo, RG 326, DOE Archives [F25J

92. AEC 620/12, 4 Aug 54, enclosing Wilber M. Brucker to Admiral Strauss, 9 Jul54, Secretarial Box 1253, “Legal 6 Claims and Litigations,” RG 326, DOE Archives.[Al 7’J

93. AEC DBM, “Conference on Long Term Surveys and Studies of MarshallIslands,w pp. 143, 144, 147, 242. [A30]

94. “A Radiological Study of Rongelap Atoll, Marshall Islands, during 1954-1955,”p. 3. [A3~

95. 101 7th AEC Meeting 23 Jul 54, minute, Secretarial Box 1264, MM 7-1Proving Grounds, Vol. 11,RG 326, DOE Archives. [A20J

%. V. Bond et al, Medical Examination of RonEeiaD Pecmle Six Months afterExposure to Fallout, ADril 1955, W-937, McCraw, Box 9, RG 326, DOE Archives.[Ml]

97. ‘Answe rs to State Department ‘List of Possible Questions.’” [A18]

98. “Answers to State Department ‘List of Possible ou estions,’” [A18].

99. “Radiologid Problems in the Marshall Islands,” attached to K D. Nichols toW. Sterling Cole, 14 Sep 54. [A18]

100. Chairman, AEC, to Herbert B. Loper, chairman, Military Liaison Committee, 19Nov 54, Secretariat Box 4928, MH&S 3 Radiation, Vol. L [A19]

101. AEC 125/15, 8 Dec 54, endosing Chairman Lewis L Strauss to John FosterDunes, 2 Dec 54, Secretariat Box 1264, MR&A 7-1 Proving Grounds, Vol. 11,RG 326,DOE Archives. [A21]

102. ‘A Radiological Study of Rongelap Atoll,” pp. 4-5. [A3~

Page 128: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 122

103. ‘A Radiological Study of Rongelap Atoll,- p. 5 [A371; AEC 125/23, 17 Jun 55,Secretarial Box 1264, MR&A 7-1 Proving Grounds Vol. 11,RG 326, DOE Archives.[A34]

104. U.S. Cong., House, 85th Cong., 1st sess, “The Nature of Radioactive Falloutand Its Effects on Man,” p. 212, 213, 248, 251. [A48]. The statement

7Gordon M.

Dunning does not say who is responsible for the heatth and safety o the generalpopulation for consequences of Castle tests conducted at the Paafic Proving Ground.

105. “Radioactive Contamination of Certain keas in the Paafic Ocean from NuclearTests,” August 1957, Mccraw, BOX9, RG 326, DOE Archives. [AM]

106. MC 125/23, 17 Jun 55. [A34]

107. “Residual Contamination of Plan@ Animals, Sdl, and Water of the MarshallIslands One Year following Operation Castle Fall-o@” USNRDL-454, p. iii, McCraW,Box 9, Radiological Survey, RG 326, DOE Archives [A361

108. AEC 125/21, 16 May 55, %cretaria~ Box 1264, MRM 7-1 Proving Grounds,Vol. 11,RG 326, DOE Archives [A33]; AEC 125/18, 15 Apr 55, Secretariat Box 1264,MM 7-1 Proving Grounds, Vol. 11,RG 326, DOE Archives [A321

109. AEC 125/24, 27 Jun 55, Secretariat Box 1264, MR&A 7-1 Proving GroundsVol. 11,RG 326, DOE Archives. [A351

110. AEC 125/23. [A34]

111. AEC 125/26, 17 Ott 55, enclosing K E. Fields to Delmas H. Nucker, deputyhigh commissioner, Trust Territoiy of the Paaf~ Islands, 5 Ott 55, Secretariat Box1264, MR&A 7-1 Proving Grounds Vol. Ill, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A381

112. “Radioactive Contamination of Certain Areas in the Pacific Ocean from NuclearTests,” p. V. [A51]

113. “Radioactive Contamination of Certain Mess in the Pacific Ocean from NuclearTests,” p. V. [A51]

114. U.S. Cong., House, 85th Cong., 1st sess, “Radioactive Fallout and Its Effectson Man,g testimony of Cronkite, p. 949. [A48]

115. Arthur D. Welander, “Radiobiologiel Studies of the Fish Collected at Rongelap& Ailinginae Atolk, July 1957,’ UWFL-55, 5 Mar 58, McCraw, Box 9, RG 326, DOEArchives [A50]

116. “Radioactive Contamination of Certain Areas in the Pacific Ocean from NuclearTests,” p. V. [A51]

117. AEC 125/28, 3 Apr 56, Secretarial Box 1264, MR&A 7-1 Proving Grounds Vol.Ill, RG 326, DOE Archives. [ASS]

118. John A Hall to Morse Salisbury, 6 Apr 56, Office of the General Manager(OGM), BOX 5632, Weapons - AEC - DOD Tests of Weapons 1, RG 326, DOEArchives. [F33]

Page 129: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 123

119. AEC informal meetings, 24 Apr 56, minutes, Secretana~ Box 1258, MH&S-3Radiation Vol. 2, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A54]

120. Annwn ced U.S. Nuclear Tests, p. 6.

121. Survey of RadioactiWy in the Sea near Bikini and En”~tok Atolls 11-21 Jun56, UWFL-46, pp. iv, 1, McCraw, Box 9, RC 326, DOE Archives. [A40]

122. Brig. Gen. Alfred D. Starbird to the AEC cmnmissioners, 2 Aug 56, Secretariat, ,Box 1263, MIWA-7 Redwing Vol. 3, RG 326, DOE Archiies. [F20]

123. “Radioactive Contamination of Certain ~ in the PacMc Ocean from NuclearTests,” p. V. [A51]

124. AEC 125/30, 6 Feb 57, Appendix ‘A”, p. 7, Secretaria~ Box 1264, MRM 7-1 Proving Grounds Vol. Ill, RG 326, DOE Archives [A43]; K E. Fields to Hon. Carl T.Durham, chairman, JCAE, 1 Apr 57, General Correspondence, Box 712, Weapons Test-Eniwetolq RG 128, NARA. [A4~

125. “Survey of Radioactivity in the Sea and in Pelagic Marine Life West of theMarshall Islands, September 1-201956,” UWFL-47, 15 Mar 57, McCraw, Box 9, RG326, DOE Archives. [A41 ]

126, AEC 125/30. [A43]

127. “Agreement in Principle Regarding the Use of Enewetak Atoll,” 22 Nov 56,attached to “Summary of Relevant Backgrwnd for Land Use Claims,” L Joe DealPersonal Files (hereafter Deal P). [A39J

128. “Agreement in Principle Regarding the Use of Bikini Atoll,” Deal P. [A39]

129. 1249th AEC meeting 27 Nov 56, minute, secretarial Box 1258, MH&S-3Radiation Vol. 3, RG 326, DOE Archives [A42]

130. U.S. Cong., House, 85th Cong,, 1st sess, “Radioactive Fallout and Its Effectson Man,” p. 950. [A48]

131. AEC 125/30. [A43J; Richard G. Hewlett and Jack M. Hell, Atoms for Pea~and War 1953-1961 (Berkeley University of California Press, 1989), p. 329.

132. AEC 125/30. [A43]

133. 1267th AEC Meeting 21 Feb 57, minute, Secretariat Box 1264, MR8A 7-1Proving Grounds Vol. Ill, RG 326, DOE Archiies [A44]

134. “Radsafe Emergency Instructions for Populated Islands” in U.S. Cong., House,85th Cong., 1st Sess., “The Nature of Radioactive Fallout and Its Effects on Man,” p.475. [A48]

135. C. L Dunham to K E. Fields, 5 Aug 57, OCM, Box 5673, DBM, RG 326, DOEArchives. [A45]

Page 130: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 124

136. R W. Cook to Hon. Carl T. Durham, chairman, J~E, 18 Jui 57, JCAE GeneralCorrespondence, Box 712, Weapons Test -EniwetoL RG 128, NAW [A491

137. AEC 952/45, 9 Apr 58, endosing W. F. Libby, acting chairman of the AEC, toHon. Carl T. Durham, chairman, JCAE, 8 Apr 58, Secretariat Box 4929, MR&A 7Hardtack Vol. 3, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A65]

13& AEC Press Release No. A-98U-3), 1 May 58, OGM, Box 2378, Weapons-AEC-DOD Tests of Weapons 11,RG 326, DOE Archives [A46]

139. Announced U.S. Nuclear Tm pp. 9-11.

140. Richard G. Hewlett and Jack M Hell, Atoms for Peace and War 19s3-1%1(Berkeley University of California Pr~ 1989), 546-4&

141. W. B. McCool to the Commissioners, 16 Jun 59, and attachments, %cretaria~Box 1360, Folder 2, MH&.S 3 Radiation Vol. 2, RG 326, DOE Archives. [A56]

142. C. L Dunham, M.D. to James T. Ramey, 2 May 61, JCAE GeneralCorrespondence, Box 310, Fallout Vol. 8, May 1%1 thru June 1%2, RG 128, NARA[Bl]

143. Sutow and Conard, ‘The Effects of Fallout Radiation on Marshallese Children,”p, 3, [15]

144. AEC 125/37, 31 May 61, endosing Dr. C. L Dunham to A FL Luededce, 17May 61, Secretariat, Box 1370, MRM 7-1 Proving Grounds, Vol. 1, RG 326, DOEArchives [B2]; Robert A. Conard, et al, Medical Suwev of RoneelaD Pemle SevenYears After ExDosure to FallouL BNL 727 (T-260), May 62. [16]

145. A. W, Betts, Memorandum for Record, 24 Ott 61, 0GA4, Box 5519, GeneralManager’s Reading File November 1%1, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B3]

146. AEC 141/50, 9 Nov 61, enclosing James K Carr to Glenn T. Seabo~ 3 Nov61, Secretarial Box 1370, MR&A 7-1 Proving Grounds, Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives.[B4]

147. AEC 604/59, 4 Dec 61, enclosing Clinton S. Maupin to James E. Reeves, 15Nov 61, %cretaria~ Box 1360, MH&S 3, Radiation, Vol. 3, K 326, DOE Archives.[B5]

148+ AEC 141/51, 13 Dec 61, endosing Glenn T. Seaborg to Stewart L Udall, 27Nov 61, Secretarial Box 1370, MRIM 7-1 Proving Grounds, Vol. 1, RG 326, DOEArchives. [B6]

149. LRB, UniversiY

of Washington, Seattle WA, “Radioactivity in the Biota atIslands of the Centra Pacific 1954 -1958,’ 15 Feb 62, UWFL-79, McCraw, Box 9,RG 326, DOE Archives. [B7J

150. Executive Order 11021, 7 May 62 Codification of Presidential Proclamationsand Executive O rders, ADril 13, 1945- Ianuaw 20, 1989867-869. [B8]

Page 131: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 125

151. AEC 604/68, 17 Sep 62, enclosing Anthony J. Celebrezze to Chet Holifield andMelvin Price, 17 Aug 62, Secretarial Box 1360, Folder MH= 3, Radiation, Vol. 5, RG326, DOE Archives. [B9]

152. AEC 604/71, Enclosure 11,14 Jan 63, Secretariat Box 1360, Folder MH&S 3,Radiation, Vol. 5, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B1OI

153. W. J. Stanley, “Program Revkw DOE Marshall Islands Programs,” 19 Jan 83,pp. 1-2, 14, Harry Brown files (hereafter Brown), Ml General, NV. [H9]

154. Robert Conard and Arobati H“tin~ ‘A Preliminary Statement Concerning theMedical Survey of the Rongelap People Ten Years after their Exposure to FalloutRadiation,” 15 Mar 64, Secretaria~ Box 1360, MH81S 3 Radiation Vol. 7, RG 326, DOEArchives. [Bl 1]

155. AEC general manager to Ataji L Bales, 1 May 64, McCraw, Box 12, 3.0 (NEESAdministration) 2-14-63-1966, Corresponde~neral t%bli~ RG 326, DOE Archives.[F22]

156. AEC 604/88, 12 Aug 64, endosing Anthony J. Celebrezze, Memorandum forthe President, 16 Jul 64, Secretarial Box 1360, MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 8, RG 326,DOE Archives [B12]

157. U, S., $atutes at Lare% Vol. 78243. [B13]

158. U. S., ~tatutes at Lawe, Vol. 78601-602. [B14]

159. Charles L Dunham to John T. Conway, 19 Ott 64, J(XE GeneralCorrespondence, Box 712, Bikini Atoll, RG 128, NARA [B151

160. Robert Conard, “Preliminary Statement of Medical Findings in the 1%5 Suweyof the Rongelap People (11 Years After Exposure to Fallout Radiation),” 1 Jun 65,Secretariat, Box 1360, MH&S 3 Radiation Vol 8, RG 326, DOE Archives. [8161

161. Edward E. Held, “Gamma Dose Rates at Rongelap Atoll, 1954-1%3,” UWFL-91, May 65, McCraw, Box 9, Gamma Dose Rates at Rongelap Atoll, 1954-1963, RG326, DOE Archives. [Bl n

162. Assistant General Manager for Research and Development to John T. Conway,5 Aug 65, JCAE General Correspondence, Box311, Fallout Vol l@May 1964 thru May1968, RG 128, NAM. [B18J

163. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 18. [A271

164. C. L Dunham to Commissioners, 11 Ott 65, Secretariat Box 1360, MH&S 3Radiation Vol. 3, RG 326, DOE Archiies [B19]

165. E. E. Held, S. P. Gessel, & R B. Walker, “Atoll Sdl Types in Relation to theDistribution of Fallout Radionudides,” UWFL-92, Aug 65, McCraw, Box 9, RG 326,DOE Archives. [B20]

Sutow and Conard, “The Effects of Fallout Radiation on Marshalkse Children,”;?8. [15]

Page 132: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 126

167. Lyndon B. Johnson to the President of the Senate and Speaker of the House,21 Aug 67, Weeklv Co mt)ilation of Presidential DOCUmen~ 28 Aug 67, p. 1191. [13]

168. ‘Program Review DOE Marshall Islands programs,” p. 2. [H9]

169. S. G. English to John T. Conway, 12 My 66, General Correspondence, Box712, Bikini Atoll, RC 128, NARA [B21]

170. C. L Dunham to Commissioners, 17 Jan 67, Secretarial Box 7716, MH&S 3Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives [B22]

.-

171. Dunham to Commissione~ 17 Jan 67. [B22J

172. S. Udall to G.T. Seabo@ 7 Dec 66, secretaria~ Box 7716, MH&S 3 RadiationVol. 1, RC 326, DOE Archives [B23]

173. Sutow and Conard, “The Effect of Fallout Radiation on Marshallese Children,”pp. 6-7, 11. [15]

174. AEC 604/100, 31 Jan 67, endosing Char&s L Dunham to Files, 26 Jan 67,Secretariat, Box 7716, MH&S Radiation Vol. 1, K 326, DOE Archives. [B24]

175. C. L Dunham to Commissioners, 12 May 67, Secretarial Box 7716, MH&S3 Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B25J

176. Harold L Beck Burton G. Benne~ & Tommy F. M&raw, “External RadiationLevels On Bikini Atoll, May 1%7,” HASL-190, Dec 67, M&raw, Box 9, ExternalRadiation Levels on Bikini Atoll, May 1%7, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B26]

177. James T. Hiyane, “1%7 Bikini Radiol icd Resurvey-Marshalls AgricultureYReport,” Mccraw, Box 9, Environmental Lwels-Bi ini & Rongelap-Food, Die$ Etc, RG

326, DOE Archives. [B27J

178. AEC 604/110, 10 Jul 68, Jack A Tobin, “Preliminary Anthroplogist’s Report-Bikini Atoll Suwey 1%7,” Appendix I to Enclosure 1, Secretariat Box 7762, MH&S 3Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B32J

179. U.S., statutes at Lame Voi. 81:15. [B28]

180. U.S. President Letter to the President of the Senate and Speaker of the House,21 Aug 67, Weeklv Compilation of Presidential Documen~ 1191-1192. [13]

181. “Marshall islands A Chronology,” p. 17. [A271

182. John R Totter, Philip F. Gustafson, Roy 0. Manvell, “Meeting to DiscussReturn of the Natives to the Bikini Atoll; 28 Feb 68, p. 5 (attachment to 2 Apr 68Memorandum by John fL Totter), %cretaria~ Box 7716, MH&S 3 Vol. 2, RG 326,DOE Archives. [B29]

183. John R Totter to Commissioners, 31 May 68, OCM, Box 5539, Cenerai MGR’sRDG. File May 1631, 1968, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B30]

Page 133: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 127

184. “Amendment to the Agreement in Prinaple Regarding the Use of EnewetakAtoll,” 14 Mar 68, Deal P. [B31]

185. Martin B. Biles to Frank Cluff, 13 May 68, McCraw, Box 13, 5.1 (NEESAdministration File #2), Unclassified Reading File 1%9, RG 326, DOE Archives. [F23]

186. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,m p. 19. [A27J

187. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,’ p. 19. [A271 .

188. AEC 604/110, Enclosure 1, “Report of the Ad lloc Committee to Evaluate theRadiological Hazards of ~ttlement of the Bikini Atoll,” Secretana$ Box 7762,MH&S-3 Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives [B32]; and F. T. Hobbs to File, 16Jul 68, Secretarial Box 7762, MH&S-3 Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives. [633]

189. Secretary of the Interior to the President 25 Jul 68, %cretaria~ Box 7762,MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives [B34]

190. Appendix ~ “Memorandum of Understanding Between the Division of MilitaryApplication, Atomic Energy Commission, and the Defense Atomic Support Agency,Department of Defense on Clean-Up of Bikini Atoll,” Records Center B-9 D-156, 635Bikini, RG 326, IANL [12]

191. AEC Press Release L-191, 12 Aug 68, JCAE General Correspondence, Box 712,Bikini Atoll, RG 128, NARA. [B35]

192. Harry Anderson to James T. Ramey, 3 Sep 68, Secretarial Box 7762, MH&S-3 Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives. [14]

193. Tommy F. McCraw to Martin B. Biles, 15 Ott 68, McCraw, Box 155.01 (NEESAdministration) File #1.1, Unclassified Reading File May - Dec 1968, RG 326, DOEArchives. [F24]

194. David Black to Charles Zwi~ 8 Nov 68, Attachment 2 in Wolff toCunningham, 19 Dec 75, L Joe Deal Collection (hereafter Deal), Box 13, 4 Bikini, RC326, DOE Archives [B36]; AEC 604/115, 13 Sep 68, enclosin Edward B. Giller to

fCommissioners, 12 Sep 68, !kretaria~ Box 7762, MH&5 3 Ra iation Vol. 1, RG 326,DOE Archives. [B371

195. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 19. [A271

1%. U.S., statutes at Lame, Vol. 82:1213. [638]

197. Edward E. Held, “Radiological Reswvey of Animals, Sds and Groundwater atBikini Atoll, 1%9,” NVO-2698, Nov 69, M@raw, Box 9, Radiological Resurvey ofAnimals, Soils & GroundWater at Bikini Atoll, 1%9, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B45]

198. John & Harris to Commissione~ 17 Jan 69, OGM, Box 5541, GeneralManager’s Rdg. FileJan. 1631 1969, RG 326, DOE Archives. [11]

199. Paul H. Nitze to Walt Rostow, 17 Jan 69, secretariat Box 7762, MH&S-3Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives. [F34]

Page 134: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 128

200. “Memorandum of Understanding Between the Division of Military Application,Atomic Ene~ Commission, and the Defense Atomic Support Agency, Department ofDefense, on Cleanup of Bikini Atoll,W 11 Feb 69, Attachment 5 in Wolff toCunningham, 19 Dec 75, Deal, Box 13, 4 Bikini, RC 326, DOE Archives. [B36]

201. John A Harris to Comm”kisioners,26 Feb 69, secretariat Box 7762, MH&S 3Radiation Vol. 2, RG 326, DOE Archives [B39]; and L M. Mustin to Secretary ofDefense et al, 2 May 69, secretariat Box 7762, MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 2, RG 326,DOE Archives. [B46]

202. John R Totter to Commissioners, 28 May 69, Secretarial Box 7762, MH&S 3Radiation Vol. 2, RG 326, DOE Archives [840]

203. Appendix ~ Robert Miller, “Planning Directive, OC-1 1-3-69, Bikini Clean-upOperation,” 20 Mar 69. [12]

204. AEC Press Release M-108, ‘Conard Named to Monitor Bikinians,” 1 May 69,Secretariat Box 7762, MH&S Radiation Vol. 2, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B41]

205. Sutow and Conard, “The Effect of Fallout Radiation on Marshallese Children,”p. 10. [Is]

206. “Amendment to the Agreement in Prinapal Regarding the Use of EnewetakAtoll,” 19 Aug 69, Deal P. [B42]

207. John A Harris to Commissioners, 8 Ott 69, secretariat Box 7762, MH&S 3Radiation Vol. 2, RG 326, DOE Archives. [B43]

208. AEC 604/121, 28 Ott 69, enclosing Edward B. GNer to Commissioners, 27Ott 69, Secretarial Box 7762, MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 2, RG 326, DOE Archives.[B44]

209. Kiste, The Bikinian~ p. 180. [Fl]

210. John R Totter to Chairman Seabo~ et al., 24 Apr 70, Secretarial Box 7762,Folder 3, MH&S-3, Radiation Vol. 3, RG 326, DOE Archives. [Cl]

211. Martin B. Biles memo to files, n.d., Deal, Box 13, 4-1 Bikini RadiologkalSuwey - Resettlement RG 326, DOE Archives [C82]; “Fact Sheet - BikiniResettlement”, 2 Sep 75, Deal, Box 5, Fact Sheet - Bikini ltesettlemen~ RG 326, DOEArchives. [C83J

212. Minutes of the 134th Meeting Advismy Committee for Biology and Medicine(ACBM), 7-8 May 70, McCraw, Box 8, Minutes of Meetings ACBM Meeting #101 to#145, RC 326, DOE Archives. [C67’J.

213. AEC 604/138, 2 Jun 70, Secretarial MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 3, RC 326, DOEArchives [C2]; Tommy F. MKraw to Martin B. Biles, 5 Aug 70, Deal P [C3]; MartinB. Biles to Chairman Seabo~ et al., 17 Nov 70, Deal P [C4]; Bruce W. Wachholz toTheodore Mitchell, 21 Aug 79, Tab ~ Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands 1979-1980, RC326, DOE Archives. [Cl 14]

Page 135: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 129

214. Martin B. Biles to Stanley Car nter, 3 Nov 74, Deal, Box 5, Fact Sheet -xBikini Resettlement RG 326, DOE Ar ives. [C46]

215. “Compensation for the People of Rongelap and Utirik. A Report by the SpecialJoint Committee Concernin

fRongelap and Utirik Atoils to the Fifth Congress of

Micronesia, Second Regu ar Session, February 28, 1974,” JCAE GeneralCorrespondence, Box 712, Bikini Atoll, RG 1280 [C42]

216. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

217. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

218. Kiste, The Bikinian~ p 181. [Fl]

219. Martin B. Biles to Edward E. Johnston, 17 ]un 71, M&raw, 5-3-(NEESAdministration) Files #4 Unclassified Reading File 1971, K 326, DOE Archives.[G68]

220. Robert E. Miller to FL E. Hollingsworth, 8 Jun 72, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3,Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C5]; Robert E. Miller to E. B. Giller, 2 Aug 71,M&raw, Box 5, Folder 1, Radiological SuIVey, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C6]

221. Edward B. Giller to Robert E. Miller, 22 Jul 71, Deal P. [C8]

222. “Program Review DOE Marshall Islands Progmms.” [H9]

223. DISTAD Palau to SECSTATE Wash. DC, 27 Jan 72, Document 48025, CIC.[cIs]

224. SECY-2686, 6 Sep 72, Secretaria~ Box 7929, Folder 1, MH&S 3, Radiation Vol.1, RG 326, DOE Archives.[C9]; Henry L Kohn, “Rongelap Reassessment ProjectRepom” (1 Mar 89), EH, p. 15. [D891

225. Tommy F. M&raw to files, 24 Mar 72, M&raw, Box 15, NEES Reading File,RG 326, DOE Archives. [G69]

226. HICOMTERPACIS SAlPAN to ZEN/ALDISTAD TERPACIS, et al., 19 Apr 72,McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C1OJ

227. HICOMTERPACIS WPAN to ZEN/AIDISTAD TERPACIS, et al., 18 Apr 72,[C1O]; Joint Statement By High Comm”~oner Edward E. Johnston and AmbassadorFranklin Haydn Williams Given at Saipan Mariana Island 18 Apr 72, M&raw, Box 5,Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [Cl 1]; G. Warren Nutter to Director,Defense Nuclear Agency and Chairman, Atomic Energy Commission, 17 Jul 72,M&raw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archiies ~C12]

228. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

229. Joseph L Dickman to Ass&ant Secretary of Defense (International SecwityAffairs), 30 Aug 72, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives.[Par~ is crossed out on this mpy] [C13]; En”hvetok-Field Trip Repon 17 May 72,Roger Ray’s files, Eniwetok Field Trip Report May 17, 1972. [Gl]

Page 136: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

230. Martin B. Biles to Chairman Schlesinger, et al., 1 JunFolder 1, Radiological Suivey, RG 326, DOE Archives [C14];Repo~ 17 May 72. [Cl]

130

72, McCraw, Box 5,Eniwetok-Field Trip

231.1 Jun

232.

233.

234.

Miller to HollinRsworth, 8 Jun 72 [C51; Biles to Chairman Sdesinf?er, et al.,72 [C14]; En”we~k-Field Tip Repo~ 17 May 72. [Cl]

Miller to Hollingswotih, 8 Jun 72. [C5]

Biles to Chairman Schlesinger, et al., 1 Jun 72. [C14]

Martin B. Biles to Chairman Schlesinger, et al., 1 Jun 72 [C14];WvWEC/SE/VAFB CA to WTOE/SAMTEC/LO ENIWETbK Ml, et a!.,26 May 72, Deal,Box 12, Eniwetok Background, RC 326, DOE Archives [C15]

235. WNiam W. Gay to Edward B. Giller, Jul 72, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3,Organization, RG 326, DOE Arch”~es [C16]; Martin B. Biles to Chairman Schlesinger,et al., 10 Aug 72, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 1, Radiologi=l Suwey, RC 326, DOEArchives. [Cl 71

236. R. E. Hollingsworth to Spofford G English, et al., 1 Aug 72, McCraw, Box 5,Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C18]; Mahlon E. Gates to

3er E.

Batzel, 25 Aug 72, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Ar ives.[cl 9]

237. Joseph L Dickman to the assistant secretary of defense, 30 Aug 72, Document48084, CIC. [Gl 9]

238. “Meeting With Ujelang Leaders Concerning the Return of the People ofEneweta~” 22 Aug 72, Dcxmment 48078, CIC [Cl 7J; “Second Meeting With UjelangLeaders Concerning the Return of the People of Eneweta~” 23 Aug 72, Document48079, CIC. [Gl 8]

239. SECY-2686, 6 Sep 72. [C9]; “Rongelap Reassessment.” [D89J

240. Mahlon E. Gates to F. A Carom, 1 Nov 72, MKraw, Box 5, Folder 3,Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C20]; Frank A Carom to M. E. Gates, 13 Sep72, M&raw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archiies, [C21)

241. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,’ p. 23. [A271

242. “Planning and Operations Diredve (NVO-121) -1972 En”wetok Atoll Pre-cleanup Radiological Sumy,a Deal, Box 12, En”wetok-Background, RG 326, DOEArchives [C22]; W. W. Cay to General Carom, 14 Dec 72, McCraw, Box 5, Folder3, Organization, RC 326, DOE Archives [C27J

243. Grant C Reynolds to Actin Assistant Secretary of the Air Force, 12 Ott 72,%John Rudolph’s files (hereafter Ru olph), DOE Office of health physics (EH) [C23];

People of Enewetak v. Laird, M&raw, Box 9, Radiological Survey, RG 326, DOEArchives. [C24]

Page 137: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 131

244. SE~-2925, 1 Feb 73, McCraw, Box 9, Radiobgid Suwey, RG 326, DOEArchives [C28]; Mahlon E. Gates to F. A. Carom, 2 Nov 72, M&raw, Box 5,Radiological Sumy, RG 326, DOE Archives [C29]; Frank& Carom to Chairman Ray,1 Ott 73, Swetaria~ 7929, MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. Il., RG 326, DOE Archives [C36];Gates to Carom, 1 Nov 72. [C20]

245. SECY-2925, 1 Feb 73. [C28]

246. General Manager to Edward J. Bauser, 15 Jan 73, secretaria~ Box 7929, MH&S3 Radiation Vol. 1, RG 326, DOE Archives [C25]

247. General Manager to Bauser, 15 Jan 73 [C25]; Extract of SECY 2794, 16 Nov72, secretariat Box 7930, MH&S 16-5 Accident and Accident Prevention, RG 326,DOE Archives. [C26]; William H. Adams, et al., Medical Status of Marshalles~Accidentally ExDosedto Bravo, Jan. 1987-Dec 1987, BNL-521 92, 23 Jan 89, Roger RayCollection (hereafter Ray’s files). [H49]

248. Peter T. Coieman to Stanley S. Carpenter, 6 Dec 72, Domment 48155, CIC.[G20]

249. Robert C. Hill to Secreta~ of the Air Force and Director Defense NuclearAgency, 29 Sep 73, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, K 326, DOE Archives.[C41]

250. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

251. Robert A. Conard, et al., BNL 51261 Review of Medical Findines in aMarshallese Population Twentv-Six Years After Accidental ExDosure to l?adioact”w~Fallout (BN~ Jan 1980), p. v, Roger Ray Collection. [G42J

252. Carom to Chairman Ray, 1 Ott 73. [C36J

253. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

254. SECY-2925, 1 Feb 73. [C28]

255. John A Erlewine to Edward J. Bauser, 12 Jun 73, Secretarial Box 7929, MH&S3 Radiation Vol. 11,RG 326, DOE Archives [C34]

256. Olympio T. Borja to Chairman, AE~ 23 Apr 73, secretariat Box 7929, MH&S3 Radiation, Vol. 11,RG 326, DOE Archiies [C7J; Stanley S. Carpenter to Dr. Dky LeeRay, 23 May 73, %+cretaria$ Box 7929, MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 11, RG 326, DOEArchives [C30]; Clarence E. Larson to Olympio T. Bwja, 31 Aug 73, !%cretaria$ Box7929, MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 11,RG 326, DOE Archives. [C31]

257. Smith Gtdeon to Edward E. Johnston, 14 May 73, M&raw, Box 5, Folder 3,Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C32J; T. J. Bigley to Smith Gideon, 31 May 73,McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Arches. [C33]

258. Frank A Carom to Mahlon E. Gates, 3 May 73, Document 46894, CIC. [G16J

259. Extract ofSE~3151 -GM Information Report #223, secretacia~ Box 7929, MH& S 3 Radiation Vol 11,RG 323, DOE Archives. [C35]

Page 138: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 132

260. Carom to Chairman Ray, 1 Ott 73 [C36]; “Report By The AEC Task Group onRecommendations for Cleanup and Rehabilitation of Enewetak Atoll, 19 Jun 74,McCraw, Box 9, Repod B the AEC Task Group on Recommendations for Cleanup &

[Rehabilitation of Eneweta Atoll, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C451

261. Roger Ray to RHWEDAB & Manager, 20 Aug 73, Document 46851, CIC [G21]

262. Roy L &h to James R Schlesinger, et al., 18 Ott 73, Secretarial Box 7929,MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 1[, R(3 326, DOE Arch”wes[C371; Frank A Carom to WarrenB. Johnson, 16 Nov 73, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOEArchives. [C38]

263. KV. Marsh, et al., UCRL-51 913 f% 1, J?adiolom“cd and Che mical Studies of theGround Water at Enewetak Atoll 1. Samcdinw Field Meas urements, and AnaivtkdMethodS (LW 26 Sep 75), Deal, Box 12, 12 Eneweta~ RG 326, DOE Archives. [C871

264. Draft “Memorandum of Agreement Betvwm the Department of the Air Forceand the Defense Nuclear Agency on the Plan for Transfer of Eniwetok Atoll”, 19 Ott73, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C391; I-IQ DNAWASH to RUWMHAC/CDR FCDNA Kirtland AFB, 21 Dec 73, M&raw, Box 5, Folder3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C40]

265. HICOMTERPACIS SAIPAN to ZEN/ALDISTADS TERPACIS, 9 Jan 74, Dowment48243, CIC. [G22]

266. T. Sabo Ulechong to Dixy Lee Ray, 28 Mar 74, secretaria~ Box 7929, MH&S3 Radiation Vol. 3, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C43]

267. “Compensation for the People of Rongelap and Utirik.” [C42]

268. James S. Cannon to Tom Rehm, et al., 9 Apr 74, Secretarial Box 7929, MH&.S3 Radiation Vol. 3, RG 326, DOE Archives [C44]

269. Victor A Nelson, NVO-269-32, Radiolwid Survw of Plants, Animals and Soilat Christmas Islands and Seven Atolls in the Marshall Islands Prowess Reoort for 1974~~s (University of Washington College of Fisheries Laboratov of Radiation Ecology,Januaty 1970), McCraw, Box 9, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C71]

270. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

271. Cross Reference Sheet to SECY-74-682, 22 May 74, secretarial Box 7929,MH&S 3 Radiation Vol. 3, RG 326, DOE Archives [C124]

272. John W. McEne~ to Martin B. Biles, 14 May 74, EP files [G23]

273. Mahlon E. Gates to James L Liverman, 17 Jan 75, Mtiraw, Box 5, Folder 3,Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C56]

274. “Report By The AEC Task Group on Recommendations for Cleanup andRehabilitation of Enewetak Atoll, 19 Jun 74 [C45]; “Summary of Task GroupRecommendations Enewetak Atoll,” 9 JuI 74, Deal P. [C52]

Page 139: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

MARSHALLISLANDS CHRONOLOGY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ii

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

CHRONOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,,..1

APPENDIX A- SE~lONS OF THE COCA, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...106

APPENDIX B-ABBREVIATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...110

APPENDIX C- LIST OF GROUPS INVOLVED WITHMARSHALL ISIANDS DEVELOPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

ENDNOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..M6

L]ST OF MAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...155

Page 140: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

275. SECY-75-99, 30 Jul 74, SeaetariaL Box 7978,DOE Archives. [C81 ]

276. Stanley S. car~enter to Dixv Lee Rav, 5 JuI 74,

133

MH&S 3 Radiation, RG 326,

secretariat Box 7978, M-MS3 Radiation, Rb 326, DOE Archives lC4~; “Pr’elirninaty”Planfor Re&m of Ent&etakeseto Japtan Island”, 19 Ott 73, secretariat Box 7978, MH&S 3 Radiation, RC 326, DOEArchives. [C48]; James L Liverman to Stanley S. Carpenter, 18 JuI 74, Secretarial Box7978, MH&S 3 Radiation, RC 326, DOE Archives. [C49]; Martin 6. Biks to StanleyCa nter, 3 Nov 74, Deal, Box 5, Facl Sheet - Bikini Resettlement K 326, DOE

rAr ives [C46]

277. SECY 75-449, 27 Dec 74, secretariatBox7978, MH&S 3 Radiation, RG 326,DOE Archives [C50]; SECY 75-81, 24 Jul 74, secretaria~ Box 7978, MH&S 3-2Contamination & Decontamination, RG 326, DOE Archives [C51J; Warren D. Johnsonto Dixy Lee Ray, 7 Jun 74, Secretarial Box 7929, h4H&S 3 Radiation Vol. 3, K 326,DOE Archives [C63]

278. Peter T, Coleman, et al., to the Enewetak Counal, 9 Sep 74, Deal, Box 12,12-1 Council, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C86]

279. SECY 75-449, 27 Dec 74 [cSO]; Extract from HICOMTERPACIS, 10 Sep 74Press Release, 10 Sep 74, Document 48337, CIC. [G14]

280. L JW Deal to John C. Whitnah, 27 Sep 74, M&raw, Box 5, Folder 3,Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C62J

281. Nelson, NVO-269-32, Radiological SuweV of Plants, Animals and soil atChristmas Islands and Seven Atolls in the Marshall Islands Prowess Re~ort for 1974-1975 [C71]

282. Bites to Carpenter, 3 Nov 74. [C46]

283. “Enewetak - Ujelang Field Trip Report”, Dec 74, Deal, Box 5, Fact Sheet - BikiniResettlement RG 326, DOE Archives [C84]; Tommy F. McCraw to L Joe Deal, 22 Jan75, Deal, Box 5, Fact Sheet - Bikini Resettlement K 326, DOE Archives [CBS]

284. Stanley S. Carpenter to Marlin B. Biles, 4 Dec 74, Deal, Box 5, Fact Sheet-Bikini Resettlement RG 326, DOE Archives. [Attached to C46]

285.[G13J

286.

287.

288.

289.

Resolution of the Council of Eneweta4

Mtiraw to Deal, 22 Jan 75. [C85J

Gates to Liverman, 17 Jan 75. [C56]

7 Dec 74, Dorxment 48377, CIC. -

Liierman to Gates, 12 Mar 75, EP files. [C2]

Ernest Graves to Robert C. Seamans, 6 Feb 75, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3.Organization, RG 326, DOE Archks, [C571 “

,

290. L Joe Deal to James L Liverman, 19 Feb 75, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3,Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C58]

Page 141: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 134

291. L Joe Deal to Hany U. Brown, 24 Feb 75, Deal P. [C59]; Secretary of theInterior to James R Schlesinger, 7 Mar 75, Deal, Box 13, 4-3 Bikini-lavsuitCorrespondence, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C60]

292. Nelson, NVO-269-32, Radiological Suwev of Plants. Animals and soit a~Christmas Islands and Seven Atolls in the Marshal] Islands Pr_ Reoort for 1974-M. [C711

293. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

294. Robert Conard to James L Liverman, 30 Apr 75, Deal P. [(238]

295. NVO-213, Enewetak Radiological SUDDOrt protect.

Final Rtmoq (Las VegasDOE, Nevada Operations Office, Sep 82) [C78]; PSAD 79-54 Reoort To The Co Q ~Enewetak AtolL-CleaninE UD Nuclear Co ntamination (GAO, 1979), pp 7-10. ~C~l 6]

296. H. P. Clement to Kent Frizzell, 29 May 75, Deal, Box 13, 4-3 Bikini-LawsuitCorrespondence, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C61]

297. NVO-1 58, Plannine and Or)erations Dir~ive 1975 Bikini RadiolcwkalSuwey(NVO, ERDA June 1975), McCraw, Box 9, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C54]; Paul H.Gudiksen and WNiam L Robinson, Preliminaw External-Dose Estimates for FutureBikini Atoll Inhabitants (Lawrence Liiermore Laboratory, 6 Aug 75), Deal, Box 13, 4-3 Bikini-Lawsuit Correspondence, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C55]

298. U.S. statutes at Lame, Volume 89212. [C53]

299. Kent Frizzel to James It Schlesinger, 17 Jul 75, Deal, Box 13, 4-3 Bikini -kwsuit Correspondence, RG 326, DOE Archives [C65]

300. Martin B. Biles to Roger Ray, 2 Sep 75, Deal, Box 13, 4-1 Bikini l?adiologidSuwey-Resettlement RG 326, DOE Archives [C64J; Memo to Guy H. Cunningham,29 Ott 75, Deal, Box 13, 4-3 Bikini - Lawsuit Correspondence, W 326, DOE Archives[C671: “The People of Bikini, et al., Plaintiffs vs. Robert C Seamans, Jr., et al.,Defendants. Motion for Preliminary Injunction”, Deal, Box 12, 4-7 Bikini - Motions,RG 326, DOE Archives [C68]; L Joe Deal to Joseph K Bratton and W. W. Burr, 24Nov 75, Deal, Box 13. 4-3 Bikini - Lawsuit Correspondence, RC 326, DOE Archives[C70]; “Relocation of Bikini Island People Will Begin August 28,”25 Aug 78, Deal, Box13, Marshall Islands July-Dee 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives [C105]

301. “Bikini Return Delayed”, 22 Aug 75, Deal, Box 5, Fact Sheet-BikiniResettlement RG 326, DOE Archives. [C125]; Bites to Ray, 2 Sep 75. [C64]

302. Robert A Conard, et al., BNL 50424, A Twentv-Year Review of MedicalFindines in a Marshallese Population Accidentally ExDosedto Radioactive Fallou! (BN~September 1975), pp. 72-75. [G1O]

303. Agreement between the Defense Nuclear Agency and the EneY

Research andDevelopment Administration regarding the Interagency Support or Cleanup ofEnewetak Atoll, attached to Martin B. Biles, DOS director, to Mahlon E. Gates, NVmanager, 9 Ott 75, Ray’s files; [G72] W. E. Shedd to James L Liverman, 7 Jul 75,Deal, Box 13, 4-1 Bikini Radiological Suwey-Resettlement RG 326, DOE Archives[C721; James L Liverman to W.E. Shedd, 6 Aug 75, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3,

Page 142: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 135

Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives [C73]; J.K Bratton to Alfred D. Starbird, 26 Jan77, McCraw, Box 5, Folder 3, Organization, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C74]

304. Bill C[ements to Kent Frizzell, 17 Sep 75, Deal, Box 13, 4-3 Bikini - hwuitCorrespondence, K 326, DOE Archives. [C66]

305. Memo to GuyH. Cunningham, 29 Ott 75 [C671; “The People of Bikini et al.,PMntiffs K Robert C. Seamans, Jr., et al., Defendants. Motion for PreliminaryInjunction,” [C68]; “Amended Motion for Preliminary Injunction and Notim of Motion”,Deai, Box 12, 4-7 Bikini - Motions, RC 326, DOE Archives. [C69J

.

306. Martin B. Biles to Mahlon E. Gates, 9 Ott 75, Ray’s fib [G72]

307. N. A Greenhouse and RP. Miltenberger, BNL 50797, ~emal Radiation Surveyand Dose Predictions for f?onee!arI, UtiriL Roneerik Aihk and Woti e AtollS (BN~13 Dec 77), M&raw, Box 9, Environment Levels - Bikini & Rongelap - Food Diet Etc,RG 326, DOE Archives. [C91]

308. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 141

309. Roger Ray to James L Liverman, 23 Jan 76, Ray’s files [G73]; James L Livermanto Roger Ray, 20 Feb 76, Ray’s files. [G74]

310. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

311. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

312. Mahlon E. Gates to NV Prinapal Staff, et al., 23 Feb 77, Deal P [Cl 10]; “FinalAgreements on Enewetalq” n.d., Document 48540, CIC [G9]

313. “Agreement Concemin Cleanup of Enewetak Atoll”, 16 Sep 76, Summary ofRelevant Background for Lanf Use Claims, Deal P [C75]; Harry U. Brown to PeterOliver, 21 Aug 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter Files, Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH.[C76]

314. Fred M. Zeder to Philip Burton, 17 Sep 76, Document 48542, CIC [G12]

315. W. J. Bair to J. L Liierman, 12 Jan 77, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands 1975-1977, K 326, DOE Archives [C88]

316. Victor A Nelson, NVO-269-32, Radiokwical Survev of Plants, Animals and Soilat Christmas Islands and Seven Ato!!s in the Marshall Islands Proeress ReD ort for 1974dS!Z5 [C711; Memo from Roger *Y, 7 ~ 77, Mccfaw, BOX5, Radiological SUNey,RG 326, DOE Archives [C771

317. Report of the Meeting Between the United States Energy Research andDevelopment Administration and the Trust Territo~ of the Paafic Islands RegardingMedirxd Care of the Rongelap and Utirik People, Kwajalein, M. I., February 4-5, 1977,Brown, Rongelap 6, NV. [G3]

318. James L Liverman to Acting Administrator, 24 Feb 77, EP files. [CM]

Page 143: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 136

319. NVO-213, Enewetak Radiobeical suoDort Proiect Final ReDo~ [C78]; JohnNoble Wilford, ”1947-197Z A-Test Atoll Being Resettled,” Washington Star, 11 Apr 77.[C79]

320. “Staff Revkw of Bikini Atoll Cleanup and Rehabilitation,” 3 Apr 78, McCraw,Box 9, Radiologid Survey, RG 326, DOE Archives [C%]; Tommy F. McCraw to HalHoilister, 17 May 78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands - Jan - June 1978, RG 326, DOEfichives. [c971; Bruce W. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 141

321. Hal Hollister to James L Liverrnan, 21 Apr 77, EP files [G5]

322. L Joe Deal to Hal Hollister, 26 Apr 77, EP fib [G61

323. James A Joseph to Harold Brown, 15 ]un 77, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands1975-1977, RG 326, DOE Archives [C801

324. Robert A Conard, “Notes on ERDA Meeting to Dbmss Problems Concerningthe Medical Examinations of Marshallese People*, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands1975-1977, RG 326, DOE Archives [C89]

325. “Memorandum of Understanding Between U.S. Energy Research andDevelopment Administration and the Department of Defense on Planning and Suppwtfor Safeguard C and Conduct of Nuclear Weapons Tests Outside North AmericanContinental Limits,” 26 May 77, Brown, Roger Ray (DPO) Corms 1984, RG 434, NV.[G24]

326. Tommy F. McCraw to L Joe Deal, 25 Jul 77, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands1975-1977, RG 326, DOE Archives [C92]

327. Paul H. Riley to Assistant Secretary of the Navy, et al., 28 Jun 77, Deal, Box13, Marshall Islands 1975-1977, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C90J

328. Bruce W. Wachholz to L Joe Deal, 24 Aug 77, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands1975-1977, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C93J

329. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 14]

33o. Wachholz to Mitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 141

331. Harry U. Brown to Peter Oliier, 21 Aug 87 [C76]; U.S. statutes at LaqVolume 91:1159-1161. [C94]

332. “Relocation of Bikini Island People Will Begin August 28,”25 Aug 78, Deal, Box13, Marshall Islands July-Dee 197& RG 326, DOE Archives [C105]; Wachholz toMitchell, 21 Aug 79. [Cl 141

333. Greenhouse and Miltenberger, BNL 50797, External Radiation Survev and DosePredictions for Roneetam Utirik, RoneeriL Ailuk and Wotie Atoll% [C91]

334. Office of Micronesia Status N otiations, “The Negotiations for the Future7Political Status of the Trust Territories o the Paafic Islands,” 20 Sep 83, Rudolph’s

files, Box 15, EH. [CM(5]

Page 144: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 137

335. William L Robinson to Tommy F. McCraw, 27 Jan 78, Document 45079, CIC.[G25]

336. Secretary of Interior [Cecil D. Andrus] to Harold Brown, 5 Jan 78, Deal, Box13, Marshall Islands Jan-June 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives [C951

337. NVO-213, Enewetak Radiolmical SUDDOrtPm.ect Final Rewrt. [C78]

338. Vktor E. Noshkin, UCRL -80587, Transuranium Radionuclidesin Comoonent~of the Benthic Environment of Enewetak Atoll ~ Feb 78, McCraw, Box 9, -Radiological Sumey, RG 326, DOE Archives [C122]

339. Charles J. Treat to FC, 14 Mar 78, Document 47783, CIC [C26]

340. Tommy F. M&raw to Hal Hollister, 17 May 78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall IslandsJan-June 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives [C971; “Brief Revii, Radiological Conditionsin the Marshall Islands”, 3 Nov 78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands Juty-Dec 1978, RG326, DOE Archives [Cl 01]; ‘Summary, Measured Body Burdens, 137 Cs Bikini Is.FMdentsn, Mkwgraph] 2 Mar 79, McCraw, Box 9, Radiological Survey, RG 326, DOEArchives. [Cl 15]

341. Paul G. Rogers and ~m Lee Carter to Harold Brown, 21 Apr 78, EH, Box1086, Job 9189, 5470 Enewetak Cleanup, RG 434, EH. [G271

342. W. J. Bair to Hal Hollister, 28 Apr 78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands 1975-1977, RG 326, DOE Archives. [G7’I

343. James L Liierman to Ruth G. Van Cleve, 19 Jun 78, Deal, Box 13, MarshallIslands Jan-June 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives [C102]

344. L Joe Deal to Hal Hollister, 23 May 78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands Jan-June 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C98]; “Nuclear Testing-Paafic” [viewgraphs], Deal,Box 13, Marshall Islands Jan-June 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C99]; “YatesCommittee Hearings” [excerpt], 22 May 78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands Jan-June1978, RG 326, DOE Archives. [Cl 00]

345. Matthew Nimetz to Members of the Micronesia Interagency Group, 11 Jul 78,Deal P [Cl 11]; James L Liierman to Joe Deal, 27 Jul 78, Deal P. [Cl 12]

346. Draft action memorandum, 31 Jul 78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands July-Dec 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives [C106]; “Marshall Islands Radiological SafetyProgram” ~ewgraphs], McCraw, Box 9, Radiological Surv , RG 326, DOE Archiies

7[C108]; Radiological Suwey Plan for the Northern Marsha I Islands, 22 Aug 78, EPfila [C8]

347. ‘Memorandum of Agreement between Department of the Navy, Departmentof Energy and Department of the Interior”, 2 Aug 78, Deal P. [C109]

348. “Statement of Understanding on the Part of the Government of the UnitedStates and the Government of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands Concerning theMove of the People of Bikini Island, Augus$ 1978”, 16 Aug 78, Deal, BOX 13,Marshall Islands July-Dee 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C103]

Page 145: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 138

349. Bro~ to Oliver, 21 Aug 87 [C76]; “Relocation of Bikini Island People WillBegin Au st 28,”25 Aug 78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands Ju~-Dec 1978, RG 326,

rDOE Ar ives [Cl 05]; U.S. statutes at lame Volume 92, Part 1:487-489. [C104]

350. “Relocation of Bikini Island People Will Begin August 28,”25 Aug 7& [C105]

351. “Brief Review, Radiological Conditions in the Marshall Islands,” 3 Nov 78, Deal,Box 13, Marshall Islands July-Dee 1978, RG 326, DOE Archives. [C101]

352. Draft action memorandum, 31 Jul 78 [C106]; “Stipulation of Dtsmissd,” 27 Ocl -78, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands 1979-1980, RG 326, DOE Archives. [CI071

353. PSAD 79-54 ReDoti To The Conwess, Eneweta k Atoll<leanine UCI NuclearContamination (GAO, 1979), pp 7-10. [Cl 16]

354. “Summary, Measured Body Burdens, 137 Cs Bikini Is. Residents,” ~bvgraph]2 Mar 79, McCraw, Box 9, Radiological Sutvey, RG 326, DOE Archives. [Cl 15]

355. R R Monroe to James L Liverman, 9 Feb 79, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands1979-1980, RG 326, DOE Archives. [Cl 13]

356. “Fact Bock Major General Grayson D. Tate, Jr., Commander, Field Command,Defense Nuclear Agency MsiL Enewetak Atoll 25-29 May 1979”, n.d., Document45110, Clc [G30]

357. Juda v. U.S., 13 CL Ct. 667 (1987), p. 672. [G44]

358. W. J. Bair to Ruth Clusen, 29 May 79, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands 1979-1980, RG 326, DOE Archives. [Cl 18]

359. Draft DOI report to Sidney Yates, Deal P. [C123]

360. Juda v. U.S., 13 Cl. Ct. 667 (1987), p. 672. [G44]

361. Undersecretary of the Interior to Adrian P. Winkel, 21 May 79, Enclosure indraft letter to Charles B. Meinhold, 16 Nov 84, Rudolph’s files, EH. [Cl 171

362. Memorandum from Roger Ray, 25 May 79, EP fiks. [G29J

363. Undersecretary of the Interior to Adrian P. Wtnkel, 21 May 79, Enclosure in ‘draft letter to Charles B. Meinhold, 16 Nov 84, Rudolph’s files, EH. [Cl 17’J

364. Bruce Wachholz to Ruth Clusen, et. al, 9 Jul 79, Deal, Box 13, MarshallIslands 1979-1980, RG 326, DOE Archives [Cl 19]

365. Bruce W. Wachholz to Ruth Van Clev~ 16 Aug 79, Deal, Box 13, MarshallIslands 1979-1980, RG 326, DOE Archives [C120]; David M. Rosenbaum to Ruth G.Van Cleve, 23 Aug 79, Deal, Box 13, Marshall Islands 1979-1980, K 326, DOEArchives. [C121]

366. Amata Kabua to Iroijlaplap Joanes et al., 12 Sep 79, EH, Box 1086, Job 9189,5470 Enewetak Cleanup, RG 434, EH-DOE records storage [G31]; Bruce W. Wachholz

Page 146: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT

to list, 3 Dec 79, EH, Box 1086, Job 9189, 5470DOE records storage. [G34]

139

Enewetak Cleanup, RG 434, EH-

367. IWO-213, Enewetak Radiohxid SUDDort Proiect Final ReDO@ (Las VegasDOE, Nevada Operations Office, Sep 82) [C78]; “Marshall islands A Chronology,” p.34. [A271

368. “Resolution of the Council of Eneweta~ 20 Sep 79, Document 239070, CIC,pp. 4-9. [G33]

369. “Resolution of the Council of Eneweta~ 20 Sep 79, EH, Box 1086, Job 9189,5470 Enewetak Cleanup, RG 434, EH [G32]; Wachholz to list [G34]; Theodore FLMitchell, “Radiation Protection for Enewetak Atoll,g Sep 79, Ray, Radiation Protectionfor Enewetak Atoll. [G35]

370. Bruce W. Wachholz to Ruth Van Cleve, 28 Sep 79, EH, Box 1086, Job 9189,5470 Enewetak Cleanup, RG 434, EH-DOE records storage. [G36]

371. National Cytogenetics, Inc, “-merit of Radiation Health Etkts of theResettlement of Enewetak Atoll,” 12 Ott 79, Document 45058, CIC. [G371

372. Ruth G. Van Cleve to Bruce WachholA 22 Ott 79, EH, Box 1086, Job 9189,5470 Enewetak Cleanup, RG 434, EH-DOE records storage. [G41]

373. Wachholz to list [G34]; Theodore R Mitchell to Ruth C. Clusen, 6 Nov 79, EH,Box 1086, Job 9189, 5470 Enewetak Cleanup, RG 434, EH-DOE records storage.[G39J

374. Wachholz to list [G34]; Roger Ray to L Joe Deal and B.W. WachholZ 15 Nov79, EH, Box 1089, Job 9189, 5470 Enewetak Cleanup, RG 434, EH-DOE recordsstorage. [G40]

375. Van Cleve to WachholA 22 Ott 79. [G41]

376. Conard et al., Review of Medical Findines in a Marshallese Pomdation Twentv-Six Years After Accidental ExDosure to Radioactive Fallou& BNL 51261, Jan 80. [Dl J

377. ‘Marshall Islands A Chronology 1944-1981,” p. 35. [A271

378. U.S. statutes at LareG Vol. 94, Parl 1:84-85. [D3]

379. Iroij Johannes Peter, Iroij Benton Abraham, and Magistrate John Abraham toPresident Jimmy Catier, 4 Apr 80, Document 47578, CIC [H80]

380. “Report on the Enewetak Food and A ricdture Program, Fiscal Year 1987,”ERudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall Is nds-1987, EH. [D61]

381. DOE, Melelen Radiation Ilo AiliH ko ltu~ 110Ma~, Ko Rar Etali Ilo 1978 lleMeaning of Radiation for Those Atolls in the Northern Part of the Marshall IslandsThat Were Surveved in 197& (Washington: DOE, 1982) [D103]; “Marshall Islands AChronology; p. 35. [A2~

382. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 35. [A271

Page 147: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 140

383. Wachholz to list. [G34]

384. W. L Robison et al. UCRL-53066. Reassessment of the Potential l?adioloei~Doses for Re5dents Resett!inP Enewetak Atoll, 30 Ott 80, p. 1. [H79]

385. Roger Ray to Richard T. Montoy& 25 May 84, DOE Rudolph’s files, EH. [D14]

386. U.S. Statutes at Law Vol. 94, Part 33477-3479. [D2]

387. Roger Ray to Richard W. Teare, 26 Jan 83, Brown, Roger Ray (DPO) Corres. -1983, NV [G43]; Juda vs U.S., 13 CL CL 667 (1987), pp. 667-693. [GM]

Harry U. Brown to W. H. Adams et al., 2 Nov 88, DOE Rudolph’s files, Letter~~, Letters-Marshall Islands 1988, EH. [D76]

389. Robert L Morgan to the Secretary et al, 27 Feb 81, Management (AD), Job89034F, Box 4, 1100.63 Defense Programs (l), RC 434, AD. [F30]

390. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 37. [A27’J

391. “Marshall Islands A Chronology,” p. 37. [A271

392. N. Douglas Pewitt to Alex G Fremlin& 7 Apr 81, EP files [Hi]

393. Tommy McCraw to W. W. Burr, 27 May 81, Rudolph’s files, unmarked bo~unmarked folder, EH. [0124]

394. Herman E. Roser to the Secretary et al, 26 Ott 81, AD, Job 89035F, Box 2,1100.63 Defense Programs, 1 of 2, RG 434, AD. [F31]

395. Ray to Teare, 26 Jan 83. [C43]

396. Roger Ray, “Comments of Lettec Rongelap Local Government (Senator JetonAnjain) to RMi President Amata Kabua, Dated May 3, 1990,” Rudolph’s files, D-file,Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D104]

397. BNL 51761, Medical Status of Marshallese Accidenttv ExDosed to 1954 BravQFallout Radiation: Ianuaw 1980 Throu~h December 1982, pp. 1-2. [H8]

398. W. L Robison et al, An UDdated Radiological Dose Assessment of Bikini andEneu Islands at Bikini Atoll, UCRL 53225, 29 Jan 82, p.1. [H78]

399. ‘Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA),”Management (AD), Job 90003F, Box 3, 1100.65, Environmental Protection, Safety &Emergency Preparedness, RG 434, AD. [F26]

400. John Rudolph to Tom Cornwell and Kristine Morris, 2 Mar 82, Rudolph’s files,Box 2, EIS Marshall Islands Compact Legislation Package, EH. [H2]

401. Herman Roser to the Secretary, 23 Mar 82, attached to a ietter from Sen. JohnG!enn to Secretary James D. Watkins, 4 May 90, Brown, NV. [D122]

Page 148: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 141

402. Kristine Morris to John Rudolph and Tom. Cornwell, 25 Mar 82, Rudolph’s files,Box 2, EH. [H3]

403. C. W. Edington to Trivelpiece, Apr 82, EP files [H4]

404. J. W. Thiessen to A W. TrivelpiZ 14 Apr 82, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D123]

405. Tommy MKraw to Edward Vallario, 22 Jul 85, EP files [H25]

406. Fred M. Zeder to James Kelly et al., 16 May 84, DOE, Rudolph’s files, EH. ‘[D12]

407. NVO-213, ~newetak Radiokwical SuoDoti ProiecL Final ReDoN Sep 82. [1+5]

408. W. J. Bair, “Response to Questions Regardin the DOE 1982 Radiation itepo~”f7 Feb 90, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Mars all Islands 1990, EH. [D109]

409. “Proclamation 5564 of November 3, 1986,” co mDiiation of A~reemen~Between the Government of the United States and the FreeIv ksociated State of theRecmblicof the Marshall Islands (hereafter Compilation) (Washington: The President’sPersonal Representative for Micronesia Status Negotiations, 1987). [Dl 10]

410. “Agreement Concluded Pursuant to Section 234 of the Compact of FreeAssociation,” 1 Ott 82, ComDilation. [Dl 12]

411. U.S. statutes at Lam Vol. %, Part 2:1705-1709. [D4]

412. Herman E. Roser to assistant secretary, environmental protection, safety, andemergency preparedness, EP-1, 28 Ott 82, Mana emen~ Box 2, Job 90003F, 1100.63

FDefense Programs (DP), RG 434, AD [H3~; Wil iam A Vaughan to the Secretary etal, 29 Ott 82 (signed 5 Nov 82), with attachments, AD, Box 2, Job 90003F, 1100.65Environmental Protection, Safety & Emergency Preparedness (EPS&EP), RG 434, AD.[H38]

413. Melelen Radiation Ilo Aili7i ko Itufi Ilo Ma~, ko Rar Etali Ilo 1978 (Th~Meanirw of Radiation for Those Atolls in the Northern Part of the Marshall IslandsThat Were Surveved in 1978) [D103]; Tommy McCraw to Edward Vallario, 22 Jul 85,EP files. [H25]

414. “Transcript of Meetings to Gcplain the 1978 Radiological Sumy of the MarshallIslands, Majuro, M. I., Dec 8-9, 1982,” Ra s fil~ Transcript of meetings to explain

xthe 1978 radiological suwey of the Mars all Islands, Majuro, MA, Dec &9, 1982[H6]; Tommy M&raw to James De Fran~ 16 Dec 82, EP files [H~

415. “Standard Operating Procedure No. 21, Revision No. 1, Pacific Area SupportCMce (PASO), Bikini Atoll Support SeMces,” DOE, Rudolph’s files, D-file, MarshallIslands 1986, EH. [D42]

416, Brown to Adams et al., 2 Nov 88, Rudolph’s Files, Letter files, Letters-MarshallIslands 1988, EH. [D76]

Page 149: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 142

417. U.S. Con .,\

House, 98th Cong., 1st sess, Subcommittee on ~blic lands andNational Parks, T e Tmst Territorv of the Pacific Islands Jan 83, Committee Print No.3. [D5]

418. “Action: Radiation Litigation Support Plan,” 22 May 84, Rudolph’s files, EH.[D13]

419. Herman E. hr to the director of administration, MA-2, 11 Jan &3, AD, Box3, Job 90003F, 11(X).65 EPS&EP, K 434, AD. [F271

420.T

r Ray, DOE/NV deputy for Paafic Operat”m, to James DeFranas, 26 Jan83, Ray’s Ies. [G75]

421. Maj. Cen. WNiam W. Hoover to acting manager, Nevada Operations Office,14 Feb 83, AD, Box 3, Job 90003F, 1100.63 Defense Programs (Bulk), K 434, AD.[F28J

422. K Dean Helms to the director of administration, 29 Mar 83, AD, Box 2, Job90003F, 1100.63 DP, RG 434, AD. [F29]

423. Thomas R Clark to Cen WNiam W. Hoover, 14 Jul 83, Brown, Roger Ray(DPO) Corres. 1983 [H1O]; Harry Brown to John Rudolph and Thomas Cla~ 2 Jun86, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D371

424. “Prcdamation 5564 of November 3, 1986,” ComDilation. [Dl 10]

425. “Agreement between the Government of the United States and theGovernment of the Marshall Islands for the Im Cementation of Section 177 of theCompact of Free -ation,” f25 Jun 83, Rudo ph’s files, Marshall Islands-Section177 AgreemenL EH. [0113]

426. 00S PressRelease, “Marshall Islands Voters Approve Free Association with theUnited States,” 15 Sep 83, Rudolph’s files, El+. [D6]

427. Herman Roser to the Secreta~, special assistant to the Secretary for Policy andProgrammin& 21 Ott 83, Rudolph’s Files, EH. [D71

428. W. D. Jackson to W. J. Stanley, 9 Nov 83, Brown, Roger Ray (DPO) Corms1983, NV. [Hll]

429. BARC, Interim ReDort, Resettlement of Bikini Atoll: Feasibility and Estimat~Cost of Meeting the Federal Radiation Protection tandards 23 Nov 83, DOE,Rudolph’s files, EH. [08]

430. W. J. Stanley to Addressees, 2 Aug 85, Rudolph’s files, EH. [028]

431. NV, Marshall Islands Prowam Plan W 1985-1989, 31 Jan 84, Rudolph’s Files,EH. [D9]

432. Philip Helfrich to Colleagues, 10 Feb 84, Brown’s files, Roger Ray (DPO)Corres. 1984, NV. [H12]

Page 150: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 143

433. “Report on the Enewetak Food and “ km Program, Fiscal Year 1987,”YRudolph’s Files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall I and&1987, EH. [0611

434. Draf& letter to Charles B. Meinhold, 1 Nov 84, Rudolph’s files, EH. 10191

435. me People of Bikini, by and through the Bikini/Kili Counal et al. v. UnitedStates of America”, 1 May 84, DOE, Rudolph’s files, EH. [01201

436. “Department of Energy (DOE) Mamhall Islands and Environmental Program,”n.d., Rudolph’s files, EH. [D1O]

437. W. J. Stanley to Add~ 15 May 84, Rudolph’s files, EH. [Dl 1]

438. Janet J. MKoy to Maj. Cen. William W. Hoover, 25 May 84, attached to Maj.Gen. William W. Hoover to Roger Ray, 5 Jun 84, Ray’s files. [G761

439. Roger Ray to Ambassador Fred M. Zeder, office for Micronesia statusnegotiations, 8 June 84, Ray’s files [G771

440. Roger Ray to Amata Kabua, 20 Jul 84, Rudolph’s files, Box 2, Ml ProgramGeneral, EH. [HIS]

441. Richard T. Montoya to William Clark 15 Jun 84, pp. 68, 33-35, Rudolph’sfiles, BOX 2 of 18, EH. [H13]

442. William Clark to Donald P. Hodel, 5 Jul 84, Brown, “Enyu,” [sic Actuallyconcerns Enue Island, not Enyu.] Resettlement W 86, General Correspondence, NV.[H14]

443. Ray to Kabua, 20 Jul 84. [H15]

444. David B. Leclaire to Donald White, 26 Aug 87, Rudolph’s files, D-file, MarshallIslands 1987, EH. [052]

445. W. J. Bair to Roger Ray, 12 Sep 84, Rudolph’s files, EH. [016]

446. W. J. Stanley to Addressees, 28 Aug 84, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D151

447. “Drat Staff Comments,” 21 Sep 84, Rudolph’s files, Box 15 of 18, EH. [H161

448. “Memorandum of Understanding Between the Department of Energy and theDepartment of Defense for the Planning and Support for Saf~ard C and Conductin

%Nuclear Weapons Tests Outside North American Continental Lmits,” Brown, SafeguarC/Joint Sampler W 88 Working Group, NV. [Hl 71

449. W. J. Stanley to Addressees, 28 Sep 84, Rudolph’s files, EH. [Dl 71

450. Roger Ray to Janet McCoy, 14 Dec 84, Brown, Roger Ray (DIQ COIWS 1984,NV. [H18]

451. W. J. Stanley to Addressees, 17 Ott 84, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D18]

Page 151: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 144

452. Bikini Atoll Rehabilitation Committee, ReDort No. 1. ResettIement of BikiniAtolk Feasibility and Estimated Osto f Meetine the Federal Radiation ProtectionStandards. Submitted to U.S. Congress, House and Senate Committees on InteriorAppropriations, 15 Nov 84. [Dl 19]

453. FL Dennis Bevans to James U. DeFrancis, 30 Nov 84, Rudolph’s files, EH.[D20]

454. Bob Tiller to Don Ofte, undated, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D21]

455. James U. DeFranas to William W. Hoover, 18 Dec 84, Rudolph’s files, Box 2of 18, EH. [H19]

456. Ray to McCoy, 14 Dec 84. [H18]

457. “Standard Operating Procedure No. 21, Revision No. 1, Paafic Area Su portf’Office (PASO), Bikini Atoll Support Services,” Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Is ands

1986, EH. [D42]

458.

459.[H20)

460.

Tommy F. Mtiraw to Delbert F. Bunch, 20 May 87, EP fiks. [H421

Roger Ray to John E. Rudolph, 5 Jan 85, Rudolph’s files, Box 2 of 18, EH.

Sidney R Yates to Donald P. Hodel, 18 Jan 85, Rudolph’s files, Box 2 of 18,EH. [H21] -

461. Yates to Hodel, 18 Jan 85. [H21]

462. W. J. Stanley to Addressees, 27 Apr 85, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D29]

463. R Ray to W. W. Hoover, 12 Feb 85, Rudolph’s files, Box 2 of 18, EH. [H22]

464. Lessard et al, BNL 51882, Thvroid Absorbed Dose for PeOD Ie at Roneel~Utirik, and Sifo on March 1, 1954, Mar 85, pp. iii, xiii. [H81]

465. Operations Plan Mission No. 4, FY 1985, Ebeye, Majuro, Uteri~ Rongeiap,Rudolph’s files, EH. [D31]

466. ‘Statement of Jonathan M. Weisgall Legal Counsel to the People of BikiniBefore the House Appropriations Committee Subcommittee on Interior,’ 1 May 85,Rudolph’s files, EH. [0121]

467. W. J. Stanley to Addr~ 27 Apr 85, Rudolph’s fib EH. [D291

468. “Statement of the Counal and People of Enewetak Before the Subcomm”Meeon Interior House Committee on Appropriations,m 1 May 85, Rudolph’s files, Bax 2of 18, EH. [H23]

469. “Summary of Radiation-Related Medical Examinations,” 10 May 85, Rudolph’sfiles, EH. [D24J

470. John S. Herrington to Donald P. Hodel, 20 May 85, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D25J

Page 152: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 145

471. “Marshall Islands Program,” 21 May 85, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D26]

472. “Residents Vacate Atomic-Test Atoll,” Washirwton Pm May 22, 1985, p. A-2 [D27J; McCraw to Vallario, 22 Jul 85. [H25]

473. SLNO to Secretary of State, 1 Jul 85, Rudolph’s files, Box 2 of 18, EH. [H24]

474. Tommy McCraw to Edward J. Vallario, 22 Jul 85, EP fks. [H25J

475. Tommy MKraw to Joseph F~erald, 30 Apr 87, EP files. [H41]

476. W. J. Stanley to Addressees, 2 Aug 85, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D28]

477. W. J. Stanley to Add~ 5 Aug 85, IWolph’s fik EH. [D30]

478. Wdliam H. Adams and Peter Heotis, ‘Public Health Report No. 12,”16 Dec85, Brown, BNL Medial FY 1986 General Comespondence, NV. [H2~

479. Tom Kijiner to Donald Hodel, 10 Dec 85, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D32]

480. Us. ~tatutes at LarQe, Vol. 99, Part 2. [D105J

481. Harry U. Brown, “Major Provisions of Interest to DOE under the Final andApproved Compact of Free Association,” 13 ~ 85, Brown, Compact of FreeAssociation W 1985/86/87, NV. [H26]

482. A Bryan Siebert to Dan Ofte, 23 Dec 85, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D33]

483. U.S. statutes at l-wee, Vol. 99, Part 2. [D105J

484. Harry Brown, ‘Marshall Islands Programs Briefin&” Jan 86, Rudolph’s files, EH.[D34]

485. H. U. Brown to T. Clark and R Duncan, 29 Jan 86, I?udolph’s files, Box 15of 18, EH. [H28J

486. W. J. Stanley to Distribution, 6 Feb 86, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D35]

487. Bill H. Adams to Joseph H. Dryden, 9 May 86, Brown, BNL Medi=i W 19= .General Correspondence, NV. [H29]

488. Harry U. Brown to Peter K Fitzsimmo~ 30 Jun 86, Rudolph’s files, “MarshallIslands-legislation,” Box 15 and 18, EH. [H31J; [D371; Thomas R Clark to Maj. Cen.George K. Withers, DMA director, 22 May 86, and attachmen~ Rudolph’s files, EH.[D36]

489. HaY

U. Brown to John Rudolph and T. R Cla~ 2 Jun 86, Rudolph’s files,“Marshall Is ands Legislation,a Box 15, EH. [H30]

490. William D. Jackson to Joe Dryden, July 86, Brown, Enewetak General 87, NV.[H32]

Page 153: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 146

491. “Memorandum of Agreement Between the Field Command, Defense NuclearAgency andthe Department of Energy, Nevada Operations OffkeforMonitoringtheCactus Crater Storage Structure,” 18 Ju186, Brown, ftuni~ NV. [H34]

492. Harry U. Brown to John E. Rudolph, 12 Sep 86, Brown Marshall IslandsPlanning FY 1986-1987 Program/POlicy Guidance, NV. [H35J and Harry U. Brown toLMlliam L Robinson, 20 Ott 86, Brown, Marshall islands F%nning FY 1986-1987Program/Policy (kichnm, NV. [H36]; ‘Agreement between the Government of theUnited States and the Government of the lvtarshall Islands Regarding the Resettlement .of Enjebi Island,” 21 Jut 86, co mDilation. [Dl 14]

493. “Agreement between the Government of the United States and theGovernment of the Marshall Islands Regarding Use of Certain lands on Ejit Island byPersons Displaced as a ltesult of the United States Nuclear Testing Program in theMarshall Islands,” 21 JUI 86, Co mDilationJ [Dl 15]

494. “Agreement Concerning Procedures for the Implementation of United StatesEconomic Assistance Programs and Setvices Provided in the Compact of FreeAwciation between the Government of the United States and the Government of theMarshall Islands,” 21 Jul 86, Co mDilation. [Dl 16]

495. H&N, ~onceDtual Desire ReDort Bikini Atoll Eneu Base Facilities meDared forUSDOIIUSDOE and the Bikini PeoDl~ Jan 87, DOE, Rudolph’s files, D-file, MarshallIslands 1987, EH. [D43]

4%. W. D. Jackson to J. H. Dryden, 3 Ott 86, Brown, BNL Medical 87, NV. [H82]

497. “Briefing/Discussions with RMI,” 5 sep 86, Rudolph’s files, D-file, MarshallIslands 1986, EH. [D38]

498. Edward T. Lessard, “Review of Marshall Islands Fallout Studies,” 30 Sep 86,Brown, Rongelap File 5, NV. [H33]

499. William L Robison, Marshall Island Dose Assessment and EnvironmentalProwam FY 1987-1988-1989, Rudolph’s files, BOX Marshall Islands Program Plan, EH.[D47]

500. “Agreement for implementation of the Compact of Free ksociation betweenthe Government of the United States and the Government of the Republic of theMarshall Islands, 10 Ott 86, Co mDilation. [Dl 17J

501. Congressional Record-House, Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Islands 1986, EH.[D39J

502. “Proclamation 5564 of November 3, 1986: CornDilation. [Dl 10]

503. Har U. Brown to T. R Clark and D. T. Schueler, 18 Nov 86, Rudolph’s files,xD-file, Mars all Islands 1986, EH. [D40]

504. S. Con. Res. 171, 99th Congress, 2nd Session, ComDilation [Dl 18]; U.S.Statutes at Lartze,Vol. 100, Part 5; 3762-3705. [G71]

Page 154: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 147

505. Harry U. Brown to Adams et al., 2 Nov 88, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall Islands 1988. EH. [D76]

506. H&N, ConceDtual Desien ReDott Bikini Atoll Eneu Base Facilities preDared forUSDOIIUSDOE and the Bikini PeoDle. [D43]

507. S. R Foley to Tom BevN, 20 Feb 87, Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Islands1987, EH. [D44]

508. Harry U. Brown to T. R Clark and D. T. Schueler, 11 Mar 87, Brwwn, MarshallIslands Planning ~ 1986-1987 Program/Policy Guidance, NV. [H391

509. Peter K. Fitzsimmons to Harry U. Brown,Dosimetfy Revkw 87, NV. [1-140]

510. F. Berndt Schine to John Rudolph, 4 Jun 87,[stands 1987, EH. [D471

30 Mar 87, Brown, Bioassay-

Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall

511. Tommy F. MKraw to Debt F. Bunch, 20 May 87, p. 1, EP files [H42]

512. William D. Jackson to J. H. Dryden, 17 Jun 87, Brown, BNL Medical 87, NV.[H43]

513. Tommy McCraw to Joseph Fitzgerald, 30 Apr 87, EP files. [H41]

514. Harry U. Brown to John E. Rudolph, 15 May 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall Islands 1987, EH. [D46]

515. Tommy F. M&raw to Delbert F. Bunch, 20 May 87, p. 19, EP files. [H42]

516. Brown to Rudolph, 10 Jun 87, Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Islands 1987,EH. [048]

517. J. H. Dqden to Addressees, 2 Jul 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall Islands-1 987, EH. [D49J

518. ‘Agenda: Interagency Working Group on Free Associated State Affairs,YMeeting Thursday, July 16, 1987,” Rudolph’s files, Letter fi es, Letters-Marshall IsIands-

1987, EH. [D50]

519. Nick C. Aquilina to Richard T. Montoy& 24 Jul 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH. [D51]

520. P&D Technologies, Makinrz Ronfze[arJHabitable Dosed Worlmlan for aPhase 2 Comwehensive Studw 12 Apr 89, Tom Bell’s files (hereafter Bell’s files), EH.[D108]

521. Harry U. Brown to David R Anderson, 19 Feb 88, Brown, flunk NV. [H53]

522. Thomas E. Hamilton et al., “Thyroid Neoplasia in Marshall Islanders Exposedto Nuclear Fallou$” JAMA 258, (7 Aug 87): 62%36. [H44]

523. Peter N. Oliver to Harry U. Brown, 29 Aug 87, Brown, Rongelap 87, NV. [H45]

Page 155: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 148

524. j. H. Dryden to Addressees, 27 Aug 87, Rudolph’s fiks, Letter files, Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH. [D53]

525. Harty U. Brown to R M. Nelson et al., 27 Aug 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall Islands-1 987, EH. [D54]

526. William H. Adams to JosephDryden, 27 Ott 87, Brown, BNL Medical 87, NV.[H471

527. Peter N. Oliver to Harry U. Brown, 2 Ott 87, Brown, Encwetak General 87, “NV. [H46]

528. Harry U. Brown to J. E. Rudolph and j. H. Dryden, 1 Ott 87, Rudolph’s files,Letter files, Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH. [D45J

529. J. H. Dryden to Addressees, 5 Ott 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH, [D55]

530. J. H. D~den to Addressees, 12 Ott 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH. [D56]

531. Harry U. Brown, Minutes of Marshall Islands Planning Group Meeting HeldOctober 14, 1987, 23 Ott 87, Brown, Rongelap 87, NV. [D571

532. “Memorandum of Understanding between the U.S. Department of Energy and177 Health Plan,” Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH. [D58J

533. Harry U. Brown, Minutes of Marshall Islands Planning Group Meeting HeldOctober 14, 1987, 23 Ott 87, Brown, Rongeiap 87, NV. [D571

534. Juda vs. U.S., 13 CL Ct. 667 (1987’). [CM]

535. Harty U. Brown to Jonathan Weisgall, 16 Nov 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH. [D59]

536. Harry U. Brown to Howard Hills, 1 Dec 87, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall islands-1987, EH. [D60]

537. Charles B. Meinhold to Members of the Marshall Islands Radiation SafetyReview Committee, 5 Mar 90, Attachment 12, Brown, NV. [H76]

538. Harry U. Brown to Joseph Dryden and Oscar de Bruin, 15 Jan 88, Rudolph’sfiles, D-file, Marshall Islands 1988, EH. [Dl 11]

539. Nick C. Aquilina to Kittie Baier, 5 Feb 88, Brown, Bikini 88, NV. [H51]

540. Nick C. Aquilina to J. E. Rudolph et al., 4 Apr 88, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall islands-1988, EH. [DWJ

541. “Memorandum of Understanding Between the U.S. Department of Energy andthe 177 Health plan,” Brown, Medical 88, NV. [H50J

Page 156: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 149

542. James A. M&lure and J. Bennett Johnston to U.S. President 26 Jan 88, Brown,Bikini 88, NV. [H59]

543. Harry U. Brown to J. E. Rudolph et al., 16 Feb 88, Brown, Rongelap 87, NV.[H52]

544. “Operations Plan 88-4, Mission No. 4, W 1988,” Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall islands-1988, EH. [D63]

545. Edward T. Lessard to David L Wheeler, 11 Mar 88, Brown, Bioassay- ‘Dosimetry Review 87, NV. [H54]

546. H&N, Preliminaw Plan for the Rehabilitation and ResettIement of Ron@p~ Apr 88, Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Islands 1989, EH. [D65]

547. Har U. Brown to Oscar de Bmm and Jonathan M. Weisgall, 15 Apr 88,YRudolph’s fi es, D-file, Marshall Islands 1988, EH. [D66]

548. Rongelap Reassessment Proje@ “Prelimina~ R+@ Rongelap ReassessmentProject,” 20 Apr 88, Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Islands 1988, EH. [D67’I

549. WNiam H. Adams to Henry Kohn, 28 Apr 88, Rudolph’s files, EH. [D68]

550. William H. Adams to Joseph Dryden, 29 Apr 88, Brown, Medical 88, NV.[H55]

551. Dryden to Addressees, 1 Jul 88, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshallislands-1988, EH. [D71]

552. BARC, ~U mma w Report (ReDort No, ~ 22 July 88, Rudolph’s files, D-file,Marshall Islands 1988, EH. [D72]

553. Har~ Brown to Bill Jackson, 7 Nov 88, Brown, Rongelap 1988 File 289, NV.[H571

554. Bernd Franke to Hiroshi Yamamura, 14 Sep 88, Brown, NV. [H56]

555. Brown to Kohn et al., 21 Ott 88, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshallislands-1988, EH. [D74]

556. Troy E. Wade II to Bevill, 7 Apr 89, Gtecutive Secretariat Collection. [ESl ]

557. P&D Technologies, Makine ROnRt+D Habitable PrOD osed Workdan for aPhase 2 Comprehensive Study Bell’s fil~ EH. [D108]

558. Oscar de Bruin to John Rudolph, 7 Ott 88, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall islands-1988, EH. [D73]

559. Harry L Kohn to George Miller et al., 14 Nov 88, Brown, Rongelap 1988, File289, NV. [H58]

560. Harry U. Brown to Oscar de Bruin, 26 Ott 88, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall Islands 1989, EH. [D75J

Page 157: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 150

561. Harry U. Brown to Adams et al., 2 Nov 88, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall Islands 1988, EH. [D76]

562. “The Department of Energy Marshall Islands Medid Program, Fiscal Year1988-1989 llepo~” 1 Dec 88, Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Islands 1988, EH. [D77’I

563. People of Enewetak v. U.S., ~ Federal Rerxwter, 2d seri~[G45]

pp. 134-137.

564. William H. Adams et ai., BNL-521 92, Medical Status of Marshalkse Accidently.

Emmsed to 1954 Bravo Fallout Radiation: Ianuary 1985 throueh Dece mber 198 z Ray’sfiles [H49]

565. Harry U. Brown to Jeton Anjain, 5 Sep 89, Rdolph% files, D-file, MarshallIslands 1989, EH. [D85J

566. Harry U. Brown to J. E. Rudolph, 17 Feb 89, Brown, Rongelap File 389, NV.[H60J

567. Harry U, Brown to N. C. Aquilina, 17 Mar 89, Rudolph’s fk, D-file, Marshall[slands 1989, EH. [D79]

568. “Department of Energy (DOE) Medical, Environmental, and Radiological SafetyPrograms in the Marshall Islands 1989-1991,” Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall Islands 1989, EH. [D781

569. Rongelap Reassessment Proje@ “Rongelap Reassessment Proj~ l?epo~Corrected Edition,” 1 Mar 89, Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Islands 1989. [D89]

570. Brown to Aquilina, 17 Mar 89, Rudolph’s files, D-file, Marshall Islands 1989,EH. [D79]

571. W. D. Jackson to Joe Dryden, 28 Apr 89, Brown, BNL Medical 89, NV. [H63]

572. Oscar de Bwm to members of the Nitijela, 22 Mar 90, Brown, NV. [H65]

573. Roger Ray, “Enjebi Information Summary,” Apr 89, with attached “Author’sNote,’ Ray’s Files [H74]

574. Roger Ray, “Enjebi Information Summary,” Apr 89, with attached “Author%Note,” Ray’s Files [H74]

575. Troy E. Wade II to Tom Bevill, 7 Apr 89, Brown, BNL Medial 89, NV. [H61J

576. P&D Technologies, Makin~ RonEetao Habitable Proo osed Workrdan for qPhase 2 Commehensive Studv, 12 Apr 89, Bell’s files, EH. [D108]

577. David L Wheeler to Harry U. Brown, 1 May 89, Brown, Rongelap File 5, NV.[H64]

578. Ron de Lugo to Amata Kabu~ 2 May 89, Rudolph’s files, Letter Files, Letters-Marshall islands-1989, EH. [D80]

Page 158: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 151

579. David L Wheeler to Har~ U. Brown, 7 Jun 89, Brown, NV. [I-Ml

580. Transcript of 2 Aug 89 testimony of DOE -taty James D. Watkins beforethe Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs on the Department of Energy’sRadiation Health Effects Research Program and Working Conditions at DOE Sites, pp.24-25, attached to Jacqueline Knox Brown to the Hon. John Glenn, 23 Ott 89, DOEExeaitive Secretariat Collection. [ES5]

581. Charles B. Meinhold et al. to Rudolph, 5 Jun 89, Rudolph’s files, 5 Jun 89,Letter Files, Letters-Marshall Islands 1989, EH. [D81]

582. kfMiam L Robison to Hany U. Brown and Charles B. Meinhold, 10 Jul 89,Brown, NV. [H671

583. Casper Sun to Whom It May Concern, 15 Jul 89, Brown, Rongelap 789, NV.[H68]; Charles B. Meinhold to Members of the Marshall Islands Radiation SafetyReview Committee, 5 Mar 90, Enclosure 4, Brown, NV. [H76]

584. Transcript of testimony of DOE %creta~ James D. Watkins, 2 Aug 89, pp. 18,21-24, attached to Jacqueline Knox Brown to the Hon. John Glenn, 23 Ott 89,Executive Secretariat Collection. [ES51

585. Harry U. Brown, memo for the record, 7 Aug 89, Rudolph’s files, Letter Files,Letters-Marshall islands 1989, EH. [D82]

586. William L Robison et al., ‘Comments on the Statements by Bemd Franke,-30 Aug 89, DOE, Rudolph Files, EH. [D83]

587. Robison et al., ‘Comments on the Statements by Bernd Franke~ 30 Aug 89.[D83]

588. Harry U. Brown to Oscar de Bruin, 1 Sep 89, DOE, Rudolph’s files, D-file,Marshall Islands 1989, EH. [D84]

589. W. D. Jackson to J. H. Dryden, 16 Ott 89, Brown, BNL Medical 89, NV. [H70]

Larry L Morgan to WNiam H. Adams 17 Ott 89, DOE, Rudolph’s files, Letter~~, Letters-Marshall islands-1989, EH. [D86]

591. William L Robison to Hany U. Brown, 18 Ott 89, Brown, NV. [H71]

592. Ron de Lugo to the Hon. James D. Watkins, 23 Ott 89, DOE ExecutiveSecretariat Collection. [ES6]

593. Transcript of statement of John L Meinhard$ at the Oversight Hearing onRongelap, pursuant to P. L 99-239, before the House Subcommittee on Insular andInternational Affairs, 16 Nov 89, pp. 79-83, EH [H85]; Ron de Lugo to the Hon. JamesD. Watkins, 21 Nov 89, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters - Marshall Islands 1989,EH [D87J; “House Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs, Subcommittee on Insularand International Affairs, Statement by John E. Rudolph, Defense Programs, UnitedStates Department of Energy, November 16, 1989: (hereafter “Statement by JohnRudolph,”) [H72]; “Statement of Senator Jeton Anjain on Behalf of the Rongelap AtollLocal Government before the Secretarial Panel for the Evaluation of Epidemiologic

Page 159: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 152

Research Act”witiesfor the Department of Energy,” 28 Dec 89, DOE, Rudolph’s files,Letter files, Letters-Marshall islands-1989, EH. [0901

594. “Statement of Senator Jeton Anjain on behalf of the Ron clap Atoll LocalRGovernment before the Subcommittee on Insular and International A airs, Committee

on Interior and Insular Affairs,” DOE Legislative Affairs Library. [G791

595. “Statement by John Rudolph; 16 Nov 89, Brown, NV [H72]; John C Tuck toFrank Press, 2 May 90, DOE Executive Secretariat Collection [E53]; “Summary ofHearing Before the Subcommittee on Insular and International Affairs, November 16,1989,”22 Nov 89, Rudolph’s Files, D+ile Marshall Islands 1989, EH. [G70J

5%. Ron de b o to James D. Watkins, 21 Nov 89, Rudolph’s fil~ Letter files,fLetters-Marshall Is ands 1989, EH. [D87’I

597. Kunio D. Lamari to Hunting Hardisty, 7 Dec 89, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall Islands 1989, EH. [0881

598. Samuel Thomsen to Gerald Watson, 9 Jan 90, Bm, Runi$ NV. [G481

599. “Informal DOE Agreement No. 90DIBO03,” 15 Dec 89, Brown, Eneweta4 NV.[H73]

600. “Statement of Senator Jeton Anjain on Behalf of the Rongelap Atoll LocalGovernment before the Secretarial Panel for the Evaluation of Epidemiologic ResearchActivities for the Department of Energy,” 28 Dec 89, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall islands-1989, EH. [D90]

601. Charles B. Meinhold to Harry U. Brown, 3 Jan 90, Rudolph’s files, D-File,Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D91]

602. Harry U. Brown to Stephen Simon, 13 Jan 90, Brown, NV. [G471

603. Draf$ James D. Watkins to J. Bennett Johnston, 9 Jan 90, Rudolph’s files,Letter files, Letters-Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D92]

604. Thomsen to Watson, 9 Jan 90. [G48]

605. Hany U. Brown to Stephen Simon, 13 Jan 90, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D93J

606. William D. Jackson to J. H. D~den, 1 Feb 90, Rudolph’s files, Letter files,Letters-Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D%]

607. John E. Rudolph to Christine Gebbi~ 22 Jan 90, Rudolph files, D-file, MarshallIslands 1990, EH. [D94]

608. John C. Tuck to the Secretary Uames D. Watkins,] n.d., Rudolph’s files, Letterfiles, Letters-Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D951

609. J. P. Dickey to Gerald Watson, 24 Jan 90, Brown, Runic NV. [G49]

610. W. John ~pton to Har~ U. Brown, 2 Feb 90, Brown, Eneweta~ NV. [G50]

Page 160: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 153

611. J. H, Dryden to Addressees, 16 Feb 90, Rudolph’s files, Letter filS Letters-Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D97J

612. William D. Jackson to J. H. Dryden, 18 May 90, Brown, BNL Medical, NV,[G58]

613. Roscoe M. Hall to Walter Kate, 23 Apr 90, Brown, NV. [G52]

614. Secretary James Watkins to Ron de Lugo, 8 Jun W, tidolph’s fil~ Letter files,Letters+tmhall Islands 1990, EH. [D1OO]

615. J. H. Dryden to Mdr~ 18 Apr 90, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letter-Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D98]

616. Harry U. Brown to W.I-l. Ma- et al., 18 Apr 90, Brow, NV. [G54]

617. Charles B. Meinhold to Harry U. Brown, 30 Apr 90, Brown, NV. [G53]

618. Bemd Franke, Why the Rongelap Reassessment Project Did Not Fulfill ltsMission. Rongelap Versus Eniwetak and Bikink Equal Treatment?” Institute for Energyand Environmental Research, May 90,Rudolph’s files, EH. [D99)

619. David M. Weiman to Joseph C. Karpinski, 1 May 90, Brown, NV. [G571

620. Brush to Ray, 9 Jul 90, DOE Executive Secretariat Collection [ES2]; John C.Tuck to Frank Press, 2 May 90, Brown, NV. [G55J

621. Sen. Glenn to Secretary James Watkins, 4 May 90, Brown, NV. [0122]

622. “Statement of Senator Jeton Anjain on Behalf of the Rongelap Atoll LocalGovernment and the Rongelap People Presently Livhg in Wile,” Apr 1990, Brown, NV.[G51]

623. Harry U. Brown to David M. Weiman, 7 May 90, Brown, NV. [G561

624. E. Cooper Brown to Forrest S-X 11 May 90, Brown, NV. [G@.

625, Frank Press to John C. Tuck 18 May 90, DOE Executive Secretariat Collection.[ES3]

626. E. Cmper Brown to Bob Alvarez 31 Aug 90, Bell’s files, EH. [0102]

627. Peter N. Brush to the Secretary, 20 Jul 90, DOE Execut”we SecretaflatCollection. [ES4]

628. Stella Guerra to Harry Brown, 2 Jul 90, Brown, Eneweta~ NV [G59J; J.H.Dryden to Harry Brown, 10 Sep 90, Brown, Eneweta~ NV. [G60]

629. Guerra to Brown, 2 Jui 90. [CS9]

630. Harry U. Brown to W.H. Adams, et al., 17 Aug 90, Brown, Ml General, NV.[G61]

Page 161: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

DRAFT 154

631. J. H. Dryden to Addressees, 6 Aug 90, Rudolph’s files, Letter files, Letters-Marshall Islands 1990, EH. [D101]

632. McDonald E. Wrenn to David Wheeler, 27 Aug 90, Brown, NV. [C62]

633. William D. Jackson to J.H. Dryden, 19 Ott 90, Brown, BNL Medical (91), NV.[C63]

634. Dryden to Brown, 10 Sep 90. [C60]

635. “Memorandum of Agreement Between the U.S. Department of the Interior andthe Kili/Bikini/Ejit Lmd Government Counal for the Rehabilitat”mnand Resettlementof Bikini Atoll,” 5 Ott W, Brown, Bikini (91), NV. [Cl 1]

636. Stella Guerra to J.H. D~den, 25 Ott 90, Brown, Enewetak (91), NV. [G281

637. Harry U. Brown to Osar de Bruin, 26 Ott 90, Brown, NV. [C&l]

638. Stella Guerra to Harry U. Brown, 6 Nov 90, Brown, Enewetak (91), NV. [G651

Page 162: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

155

UST OF MAPS

1.

2,

3.

4,

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13,

14.

15.

16,

17.

18.

19.

20.

Pacific Ocean showing location of Marshall Islands in relation to Hawaiian Islandsand United States

Trust Tern”tory of the Paafic Islands

Marshall Islands

Detailed map of Bikini Atoll showing location of ta~t ships during OPERATIONCROSSROADS in 1946

Extended WTLE danger area

Ship positions on 2 March, 24 hours after CIMTLE BRAVO

Radiological surveys of several Marshall Island atolls, 18 Mar 54

Nuclear Detonation Sites on Enewetak Atoll

Background map showing relocations from 1946 to June 1954

Detail map of Ailinginae Atoll

Detail map of Bikar Atoll

Detail map of Bikini Atoll

Detail map of Enewetak Atoll

Detail map of Kwaja\ein Atoll

Detail map of Majuro Atoll

Detail map of Rongelap Atoll

Detail map of Rongerik Atoll

Detail map of Ujelang Atoll

Detail map of Utirik Atoll

Detail map of Wotje Atoll

Page 163: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

.- .

Page 164: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

——— — —— —

/

I

-a=

A

0

-xv

u-az

z

\I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

.

1’ -/.-----------/

,/

--- 1

!

I

L.-

,/--’

9----” F-/-----L--:_----___----_,I

I

\

I

\\ :--

D

L ——

,J IJ

-= -“ %

Page 165: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

——. —.. —._

,I

.

II

c). “,. .

T

.-,.. -

,,,,’ .$

., -,. =,’ 2

,’,’

,’,’

,’.’

,’,’,,

,,

Page 166: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

...

b

LJ

L&

I

.

I

1

4

z

f

o

f

o

4

4

u

t

4

4

I

i

i

1

f

I

i

i

I

I

I

f

f

i

+

f

1

i

i

i

i

4

t

I

i

i

!

Page 167: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Map NO. .5

I

I

I;B

IJ

II’I

\“-

EE!3

.

I

d’”

..

mf-

. .

‘1 -H”.i ‘.

Page 168: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Dot

110

~ / i~T55, I

)

i

/ ‘\L

c:RTISS ~A’l ROKo

AINS.Y RTH ● ,*●EPf’f Rx)N \ ●ESTES

;GLASA MuhRO_M~LALA

; LST )62 GRANVILLE s

I

II

1

I

I

. 1i

BIKINI

A1OL1I

I C>’EN’HAWAPA?HE ,0

I,Soux 9 e~l

HALL Pc.lw~.

COCOpA ●

1

GROVE

G;PsY

Figure 65. Ship positions on 2 !%rch,24 hours after CASTLE, BRAVO.

SCurce: G’:A,Castle Series 1954, U. S. Atmospheric !!uclearl!ea?ons Tests

?Juclear Test Personnel Review

~.. — .—-. *

Page 169: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

. Map NO. 7

&sI

.=~.

I

I

I

I

I

I

=121

I

I

I I

1

i

III

I

1

——

@dz

II--l

IhPIED/DOElANL RC

.

Page 170: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Map No. 8

54

\1=’F-l\

WK,~TUt (c.-, aLOU, lDMIV1~

KlmuN”lCIW,

/’7/BOKOMBA1O1<, ,, @

OOUOLUOl&!@_ —

JE&lOAK,B,

i\

-JN<CTAR (U I

APACME (0)

U’ q J

TOBACCO 181

~LIRON (B! :;;::;;’ +

DOGWOOO {s1ALEUEJLC(V-.1 DOG(TI

XING (4 IOLIVE (El

CACTUS (s)BILI.AE fWmlfIUl LACROSS (S1

PINE (01 DSAGE (A)

.,.-= ., =::”’1

O.t..m..lwd=%zb (ERIE ITl

IiEiElA\Boxo(k)

MuNJOm {l&al

lNEDRAL luv@Il

BUTTERNUT (B) ‘V*”ROSE ml k. JINEOROL 14,.,.!

ANA*IJ lBr”nl

IBI-BARGE(A)-AIR ORDVfS1-SURFACE

iU1-UNDER-WATER0-

(Nmaa’ Mdcd

FIGURE 1-53. NUCLEAR DETONATION SITES ON ENEWETAK ATOLL.

Source: Defense Nuclear Agency, Yhe RadiologicalCleanuD of Enewetak AtollL 1981.

Page 171: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

.

Page 172: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

AILlhJGINAE ATOLL

RADIOLOGICAL SURVEY10 MARCH

AVERAGERtsAOt~G (MAX REAOING)MR/HR.

F NA.llBUENIS.

\-“%

BOKONIKAIARU ~.

-S-w...u=.u= --n

Source: Memorandum on Radiological Surveys of Several MarshallIslands Atolls, 18 March 1954, LANL Records Center,F-43, B-195, Castle Fallout Observations

FIG. 5

1-

0

Page 173: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Map No. 11

o

o

e

o

0

0

0

4a

o

0

0

0 00 p&wJABOERUKlcU B.

%=:ARUMENII IS.

o 0,

0O*

o●

v

~

o

D

BIKAR ATOLL*#

fRADIOLOGICAL SURVEY

09>

*‘*>

/7

9 MARCH

“%AVE. READING (MAX READING)

%~ ~ MR / HR

FIG. 3

Source: Memorandm on Radiological Surveysof Several Marshall Islands Atolls,18 March 1954, LANL Records Center,F-43, B-195, Castle Fallout Obsemations

Page 174: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

NAM

N

—ERSV() CRATER

BOKLEKUMTON

BCKBATA

BOKAETOKTOI(

QROKEN

F

EONJEBI

&

%COMPLEX

)

ENEU I

JELETE

I UKUJ

ENIDRIK

~NEMAN +

LELE

\k, ENEALO

~ ROJKEFE

NAUTICAL x~, LE~ ”;’-’,, ,,, ,,

. . . . . . $- 2345 67 0 ,.

,...-

50

Hap BikiniAtoll NVO-97 Summary of the 1969and 1970 Bikini Surveys, February 1971, FicCraw Collection,’ @Box ‘, Summary Report of the 1969 and 1970 Bikini Surveys, DOE”Archives RG 326

N,.,

FIGURE 1, BIKINI ATOLl-

Page 175: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Map No. 13

i

3

-e-01 2’345———

Nwtical Miles

Enjtbi

Lo@a

Joptsn

Mtdren

Enenmk

MILEAGE TABLE

(Nautical MilesFromDockto Dock)

/

Q,/

,4 S!,1,1IWmd

>, /

\

//

/Lmaon ml / num171T9--l

./

. /’

0n4nA11mom 109-!

//

//

00..

FIGURE 14. ISLANDS OF ENEWETAK ATOLL.

Source: Defense Nuclear Agencyt T&e RadiologicalCleanuD of Enewetak AtO1lA 1981.

Page 176: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

—..—_.- .-:..,-

,..,.,4 ... C...<,

\ ~~

,,,,!. -.I. T.T ,’...,

,. i.,. . . . .

Ih., . . . !. ,..!, ,,1..,,,..4 b..,.., ,.., ,,.,,,., . . . . ,..,

,1

&-I;~lOn,rOn, Mend

[A#, k.lt”r, ,1. ]

I.”dln old

Darritl$land ~\Rita)

,...t,,,.,...,. ,“.,.,

C.--.”,’.,,.”,

r, . . ... .‘i

\

,, The BIue Pacific,.,, . . ...! c,... , ,.1,.

ml,, .“,, .

m..,..! r.,.- !. ... $-, . . ...M.”. “.!., .,, -,M/ ,., ,..#.”# o., .* -., ,.,

,.,O . . ...? , ,.. ,. C., . . . . .. C.. L

‘- %

“..d;.,.r!$h, Uligalslond

,.mm.r<!.l ,:., ,!., ,., m.., !..,.,. w,

The Sfcepy lagooni

Ir,..,., IG..4!,,ll... l,. 4.4,

‘. )i-+

‘--”l .“.’““’ #’i’-:’J k,, -..,J !Dd. p 1,1.. d

> .. .--s,... -,, ,=. >... . .—-MAJURO A1OLL

n.!., ..,, ”

,. ICOL., C ... ..,.0r. ,.., ., ,, - !.,

. ,, . . . . . . . . .

—..

—_

~/-9

. . . . . ...

Allen, I.like (i4JIuro Atoll)Sdil,.o

$!c,m Micrc,npxj.r) Ke;,o~tS

Gbtl Division, Library of f,IIIgIessI

I

Page 177: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

llAmuLLuuAm ,

\

\

%,

G & N DivisionLibrary of Congress

Trust ‘Territory of the PaCific I~l~nd5,

Northern klariana, Caroline, and }IarshallIslands. n.p.196-? G6N Div. , Lib of Co”g

Q

it- “z-“AR.NALLISLA”O,& .“.

i\

$&.- /

k“--,:

\“ -.:--....-J

--

Page 178: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Source: Memorandum on Radioloq Surveys of Several MarshallIslands Atolls, 18 Mar. 54, LANL Records Center,F-43, B-195, Castle Fallout Observations

H

/

●hvoAn D,

●mmtmmAwa

:b-BMuJMrm ●

-“’”’”’

RON6ELAP ATOLL

RAOIOLO@lCAL SURVEY@ MARCH

AW . REAOIXW (UAX. RCAOINO)

mm / Ha

NOTE* UltDCRLt#KO WLUXS WC*8

MI!ASURCO OX II UAOCM A*OCORRCCTCO10 S MAmCM ●Y~-I+ccM LAW [FACTOR 1.4-I

zo.

Page 179: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Map No. 17

RONGERIK ATOLL

RADIOLOGICAL SURVEY

10 MARCH

AVE READING (MAX. RCAOfNG]

MR / HR

●IG. 4

Source: Memorandum on Radiological Surveysof Several Marshall Islands Atolls,18 March 1954, LANL Records Center,F-43, B-195, Castle Fallout Observations

Page 180: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Map No. 18

40

lDKAni#E

Ch,d Lorenp JOJnrl’

GIOUD G.OUO

(LI En#btl lD~I Ewel~~)

FIGURE 1-35. UJELANG ATOLL SHOWING RESIDENCE ISLANDS.

source: Defense Nuclear Agency, The Radiol oaical

CleanuD of Enewetak Atollu 1981.

Page 181: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

Map No. 19

P\\\~1\

\,*1 Fwl

)UTIR!K ATOLL

RADIOLOGICAL SURVEY

(

9 wARC~

# AVE READING (MAX. ftEAOING)

wmm PASSAGE MR / HR

17

Is.‘1

40(66) \

N. MILES

FIG.2

‘Tmnc

Source:COPIEDIDOE

Memorandum on Radiological Surveysof Several Marshall Islands Atolls,

lfi~~RC 18 March 1954, LANL Records Center,F-43, B-195, Castle Fallout Observations

Page 182: MARSHALL ISLANDS CHRONOLOGY 1944 TO 1990 ( DRAFT )

WOTJE ATOLL“.

-

* . .

.G.T .-

MARSHALL ISUNDS(PAM)

n lW s n

‘IH-?JHR

a

Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands,Northern Mariana, Caroline, and.MarshallIslands. n.p.196-? G&M Div., Llb of Cong.

G&\l DivisionLibrary of Congress

1n lR c n